| 1000 |
Structure identifier |
Structure identifiers |
Structure identifier without sub-identifier and preceding sign, e.g. "UA1". |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_NAME |
| 1001 |
Complete structure identifier |
Structure identifiers |
Complete structure identifier (including sub-identifier) without preceding sign, e.g. "A.UA1.UA2". |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_FULLNAME |
| 1002 |
Structure description |
Structure identifiers |
Description for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
LOCATION_DESCRIPTION |
| 1003 |
Complete structure identifier with preceding sign |
Structure identifiers |
Complete structure identifier (including sub-identifier) with preceding sign, e.g. "=A.UA1.UA2". |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_FULLNAME_WITHPREFIX |
| 1004 |
Identifier block |
Structure identifiers |
Provides the identifier block to which the structure identifier belongs, e.g. "Function designation," "Location designation" etc. The property can be used in forms for the structure identifier overview. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_TYPENAME |
| 1005 |
Usage count |
Structure identifiers |
Specifies how often a structure identifier is used in the project ("?" = not updated, * = not used, but a sub-identifier exists). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_USE |
| 1006 |
Identifier block (ID) |
Structure identifiers |
Provides (regardless of the language) the identifier block to which the structure identifier belongs, e.g. "Function designation," "Location designation" etc. This property can be used in reports, e.g. in the structure identifier overview. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
LOCATION_TYPENAME_NR |
| 1007 |
Structure description 2 |
Structure identifiers |
Description for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
LOCATION_DESCRIPTION_2 |
| 1008 |
Structure description 3 |
Structure identifiers |
Description for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
LOCATION_DESCRIPTION_3 |
| 1009 |
Structure description Supplementary field |
Structure identifiers |
Describing supplementary text for the structure identifier, displayed in structure identifier management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
LOCATION_DESCRIPTION_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 1010 |
Structure identifier: superior name component |
Structure identifiers |
Outputs the xth name component of a structure identifier using the index.
Example: For a structure identifier in the form of "=A.B.C.D" the index 3 returns the value "C". |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
LOCATION_NAMEPART |
| 1011 |
Structure identifier superior |
Structure identifiers |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
LOCATION_UPPERLOCATION |
| 1012 |
Structure identifier superior: Description |
Structure identifiers |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
LOCATION_UPPERLOCATION_DESCRIPTION |
| 1100 |
Function designation (main identifier) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLANT |
| 1101 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 1) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT1 |
| 1102 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 2) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT2 |
| 1103 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 3) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT3 |
| 1104 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 4) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT4 |
| 1105 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 5) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT5 |
| 1106 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 6) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT6 |
| 1107 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 7) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT7 |
| 1108 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 8) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT8 |
| 1109 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 9) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT9 |
| 1120 |
Function designation |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Terminal strip (in reports)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full function designation name, e.g. "A.UA1.UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLANT |
| 1121 |
Function designation (sub-identifier, complete) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
For a function designation provides all the sub-identifiers, for example "UA1.UA2" at a complete function designation "A.UA1.UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBPLANT |
| 1122 |
Function designation (leading identifiers) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Supplies leading identifiers up to the hierarchy level specified by the index, for example, "A.UA.UA2" for index 3 for a function designation "A.UA.UA2.UA3.UA4". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLANT_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1128 |
Function designation (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Part of function designation that is entered at this planning object. The entire function designation for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_PLANT_PART |
| 1129 |
Function designation (visible) |
Function (base object) |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLANT_VISIBLE |
| 1130 |
Function designation (main identifier): Description |
Function (base object)
Connection
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLANT_DESCR |
| 1131 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT1_DESCR |
| 1132 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT2_DESCR |
| 1133 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT3_DESCR |
| 1134 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT4_DESCR |
| 1135 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT5_DESCR |
| 1136 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT6_DESCR |
| 1137 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT7_DESCR |
| 1138 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT8_DESCR |
| 1139 |
Function designation (sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLANT9_DESCR |
| 1140 |
Function designation with preceding sign |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full function designation name with preceding sign, e.g. "=A.UA1.UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLANT_WITHPREFIX |
| 1150 |
Function designation: Description |
Connection
Page
Function (base object)
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLANT_DESCR |
| 1200 |
Location designation (main identifier) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION |
| 1201 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 1) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION1 |
| 1202 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 2) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION2 |
| 1203 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 3) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION3 |
| 1204 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 4) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION4 |
| 1205 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 5) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION5 |
| 1206 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 6) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION6 |
| 1207 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 7) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION7 |
| 1208 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 8) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION8 |
| 1209 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 9) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION9 |
| 1220 |
Location designation |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full location designation name, e.g. "O.UO1.UO2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLLOCATION |
| 1221 |
Location designation (sub-identifier, complete) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides all the sub-identifiers for a location designation, e.g. "UO1.UO2" at a complete location designation "O.UO1.UO2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBLOCATION |
| 1222 |
Location designation (leading identifiers) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Supplies leading identifiers up to the hierarchy level specified by the index, for example, "O.UO.UO2" for index 3 for a location designation "O.UO.UO2.UO3.UO4". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1228 |
Location designation (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Part of the location designation that is entered at this planning object. The entire location designation for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION_PART |
| 1229 |
Location designation (visible) |
Function (base object) |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION_VISIBLE |
| 1230 |
Location designation (main identifier): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_LOCATION_DESCR |
| 1231 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION1_DESCR |
| 1232 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION2_DESCR |
| 1233 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION3_DESCR |
| 1234 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION4_DESCR |
| 1235 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION5_DESCR |
| 1236 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION6_DESCR |
| 1237 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION7_DESCR |
| 1238 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION8_DESCR |
| 1239 |
Location designation (sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBLOCATION9_DESCR |
| 1240 |
Location designation with preceding sign |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full location designation names with preceding sign, e.g. "+O.UO1.UO2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLLOCATION_WITHPREFIX |
| 1250 |
Location designation: Description |
Connection
Page
Function (base object)
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLLOCATION_DESCR |
| 1300 |
Functional assignment (main identifier) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT |
| 1301 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 1) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT1 |
| 1302 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 2) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT2 |
| 1303 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 3) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT3 |
| 1304 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 4) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT4 |
| 1305 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 5) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT5 |
| 1306 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 6) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT6 |
| 1307 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 7) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT7 |
| 1308 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 8) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT8 |
| 1309 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 9) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT9 |
| 1320 |
Functional assignment |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Terminal strip (in reports)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full functional assignment. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT |
| 1321 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier, complete) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the functional assignment with all the sub-identifiers. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT |
| 1322 |
Functional assignment (leading identifiers) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1328 |
Functional assignment (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Part of the functional assignment that is entered at this planning object. The entire functional assignment for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_PART |
| 1329 |
Functional assignment (visible) |
Function (base object) |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_VISIBLE |
| 1330 |
Functional assignment (main identifier): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_DESCR |
| 1331 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT1_DESCR |
| 1332 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT2_DESCR |
| 1333 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT3_DESCR |
| 1334 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT4_DESCR |
| 1335 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT5_DESCR |
| 1336 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT6_DESCR |
| 1337 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT7_DESCR |
| 1338 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT8_DESCR |
| 1339 |
Functional assignment (sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT9_DESCR |
| 1340 |
Functional assignment with preceding sign |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full functional assignment with preceding sign. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_WITHPREFIX |
| 1350 |
Functional assignment: Description |
Connection
Page
Function (base object)
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_DESCR |
| 1400 |
Installation site (main identifier) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION |
| 1401 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 1) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION1 |
| 1402 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 2) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION2 |
| 1403 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 3) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION3 |
| 1404 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 4) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION4 |
| 1405 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 5) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION5 |
| 1406 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 6) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION6 |
| 1407 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 7) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION7 |
| 1408 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 8) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION8 |
| 1409 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 9) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION9 |
| 1420 |
Installation site |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION |
| 1421 |
Installation site (sub-identifier, complete) |
Function (base object)
Page
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the installation site with all the sub-identifiers. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION |
| 1422 |
Installation site (leading identifiers) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1428 |
Installation site (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Part of the installation site that is entered at this planning object. The entire installation site for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_PART |
| 1429 |
Installation site (visible) |
Function (base object) |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_VISIBLE |
| 1430 |
Installation site (main identifier): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_DESCR |
| 1431 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION1_DESCR |
| 1432 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION2_DESCR |
| 1433 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION3_DESCR |
| 1434 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION4_DESCR |
| 1435 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION5_DESCR |
| 1436 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION6_DESCR |
| 1437 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION7_DESCR |
| 1438 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION8_DESCR |
| 1439 |
Installation site (sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPLACEOFINSTALLATION9_DESCR |
| 1440 |
Installation site with preceding sign |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full installation site with preceding sign. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION_WITHPREFIX |
| 1450 |
Installation site: Description |
Connection
Page
Function (base object)
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION_DESCR |
| 1500 |
Document type (main identifier) |
Page
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE |
| 1520 |
Document type |
Page
Segment (pre-planning) |
Part of the structure identifier of the document type that is entered at this structure segment or planning object. The entire structure identifier of a planning object consists of all parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLDOCTYPE |
| 1521 |
Document type (sub-identifier, complete) |
Page
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBDOCTYPE |
| 1522 |
Document type (leading identifiers) |
Page
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1528 |
Document type (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Part of the document type that is entered at this planning object. The entire document type for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE_PART |
| 1530 |
Document type (main identifier): Description |
Page
Segment (pre-planning) |
Description of the document type. |
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_DOCTYPE_DESCR |
| 1540 |
Document type with preceding sign |
Page
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLDOCTYPE_WITHPREFIX |
| 1550 |
Document type: Description |
Page
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLDOCTYPE_DESCR |
| 1600 |
User-defined structure (main identifier) |
Function (base object)
Page
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the main identifier of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED |
| 1601 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 1) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 1 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB1 |
| 1602 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 2) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 2 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB2 |
| 1603 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 3) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 3 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB3 |
| 1604 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 4) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 4 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB4 |
| 1605 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 5) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 5 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB5 |
| 1606 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 6) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 6 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB6 |
| 1607 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 7) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 7 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB7 |
| 1608 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 8) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 8 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB8 |
| 1609 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 9) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the sublevel 9 of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB9 |
| 1620 |
User-defined structure |
Function (base object)
Page
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full character string of the user-defined structure. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLUSERDEFINED |
| 1621 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier, complete) |
Function (base object)
Page
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the user-defined structure with all the sub-identifiers. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBUSERDEFINED |
| 1622 |
User-defined structure (leading identifiers) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1628 |
User-defined structure (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Part of the user-defined structure that is entered at this planning object. The entire user-defined structure for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_PART |
| 1629 |
User-defined structure (visible) |
Function (base object) |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_VISIBLE |
| 1630 |
User-defined structure (main identifier): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_DESCR |
| 1631 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB1_DESCR |
| 1632 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB2_DESCR |
| 1633 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB3_DESCR |
| 1634 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB4_DESCR |
| 1635 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB5_DESCR |
| 1636 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB6_DESCR |
| 1637 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB7_DESCR |
| 1638 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB8_DESCR |
| 1639 |
User-defined structure (sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_USERDEFINED_SUB9_DESCR |
| 1640 |
User-defined structure with preceding sign |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLUSERDEFINED_WITHPREFIX |
| 1650 |
User-defined structure: Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLUSERDEFINED_DESCR |
| 1700 |
Higher-level function number (main identifier) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Page
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Segment (pre-planning) |
The first (and in this case only) hierarchy level of the higher-level function number. Is required for fluid power. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER |
| 1720 |
Higher-level function number |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Full higher-level function number. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER |
| 1721 |
Higher-level function number (sub-identifier, complete) |
Part reference
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Function (base object)
Page
Terminal strip (in reports)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the higher-level function number with all the sub-identifiers. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBINSTALLATIONNUMBER |
| 1722 |
Higher-level function number (leading identifiers) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1728 |
Higher-level function number (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Part of the higher-level function number that is entered at this planning object. The entire higher-level function number for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_PART |
| 1729 |
Higher-level function number (visible) |
Function (base object) |
Shows the component of the respective identifier block of the displayed DT. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_VISIBLE |
| 1730 |
Higher-level function number (main identifier): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Higher-level function number description. |
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_DESCR |
| 1740 |
Higher-level function number with preceding sign |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER_WITHPREFIX |
| 1750 |
Higher-level function number: Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER_DESCR |
| 1800 |
Product (main identifier) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT |
| 1801 |
Product (sub-identifier 1) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT1 |
| 1802 |
Product (sub-identifier 2) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT2 |
| 1803 |
Product (sub-identifier 3) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT3 |
| 1804 |
Product (sub-identifier 4) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT4 |
| 1805 |
Product (sub-identifier 5) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT5 |
| 1806 |
Product (sub-identifier 6) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT6 |
| 1807 |
Product (sub-identifier 7) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT7 |
| 1808 |
Product (sub-identifier 8) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT8 |
| 1809 |
Product (sub-identifier 9) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT9 |
| 1820 |
Product |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Terminal strip (in reports)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full product aspect, e.g. "U-UA1-UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPRODUCT |
| 1821 |
Product (sub-identifier, complete) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the full name of the product aspect with all the sub-identifiers, e.g. "UA-UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLSUBPRODUCT |
| 1822 |
Product (leading identifiers) |
Page
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_LEADINGPARTS |
| 1828 |
Product aspect (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Part of the product aspect that is entered at this planning object. The entire product aspect for a planning object consists in this case of the own individual part and all the parts of the superior structure segments and planning objects. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_PART |
| 1829 |
Product (visible) |
Function (base object) |
Shows the "Product aspect" component of the visible DT. A value is only displayed here if the extended reference identification is activated in the project structure and the product aspect is used for structuring. Blanks or line breaks that are available in the displayed DT are not displayed for this property. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_VISIBLE |
| 1830 |
Product (main identifier): Description |
Function (base object)
Connection
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_PRODUCT_DESCR |
| 1831 |
Product (sub-identifier 1): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT1_DESCR |
| 1832 |
Product (sub-identifier 2): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT2_DESCR |
| 1833 |
Product (sub-identifier 3): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT3_DESCR |
| 1834 |
Product (sub-identifier 4): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT4_DESCR |
| 1835 |
Product (sub-identifier 5): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT5_DESCR |
| 1836 |
Product (sub-identifier 6): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT6_DESCR |
| 1837 |
Product (sub-identifier 7): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT7_DESCR |
| 1838 |
Product (sub-identifier 8): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT8_DESCR |
| 1839 |
Product (sub-identifier 9): Description |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_SUBPRODUCT9_DESCR |
| 1840 |
Product with preceding sign |
Connection
Function (base object)
Page
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full product aspect with preceding sign, e.g. "U-UA1-UA2". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPRODUCT_WITHPREFIX |
| 1850 |
Product: Description |
Connection
Page
Function (base object)
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Devices |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DESIGNATION_FULLPRODUCT_DESCR |
| 2000 |
Object identification |
Basic object |
Internal object identifier. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_DBOBJECTID |
| 3010 |
Last editor: ID |
Project
Page
Form (base object)
Function definition library
Symbol
Symbol library |
The value entered as a "User code". |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_LAST_USERCODE |
| 3011 |
Last editor: Name |
Project
Page
Form (base object)
Function definition library
Symbol
Symbol library |
The name associated with the user code. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_LAST_USERNAME |
| 3012 |
Last editor: Phone |
Project
Page
Form (base object)
Function definition library
Symbol
Symbol library |
The telephone number associated with the user code. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_LAST_USERPHONE |
| 3013 |
Last editor: E-mail |
Project
Page
Form (base object)
Function definition library
Symbol
Symbol library |
The e-mail address associated with the user code. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPUSER_LAST_USEREMAIL |
| 3014 |
Change protection |
Function
Connection
Page
Structure identifiers
Segment (pre-planning)
Interruption point
Segment definition (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
If this property is activated for an object (e.g. page, function, planning object, hierarchy level in a navigator) the complete object as well as all the subordinate objects are protected against all types of change. This means that not only the parts data are protected, as at device protection, but rather that all the properties of the object can no longer be changed and that the object cannot be deleted or moved. This property is assigned automatically inter alia during the generation of subprojects. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
WRITEPROTECTED |
| 3015 |
Change protection (hierarchical) |
Function
Connection
Page
Structure identifiers
Segment (pre-planning)
Placement
Interruption point
Segment definition (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Shows whether an object (for example a page, function, planning object, hierarchy level in a navigator) is protected itself or is protected by a superior object. This property also exists at other objects that can be protected by a superior object, for example at interruption points or graphical element. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
WRITEPROTECTED_AUTOMATIC |
| 10000 |
Project name |
Project |
Provides the project name without file name extension. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_NAME |
| 10001 |
Project structure: Functional assignment |
Project |
Project structure for the functional assignment, identified by "==". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT |
| 10002 |
Project structure: Function designation |
Project |
Project structure for the function designation, identified by "=". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLANT |
| 10003 |
Project structure: Installation site |
Project |
Project structure for the installation site, identified by "++". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLACEOFINSTALLATION |
| 10004 |
Project structure: Location designation |
Project |
Project structure for the location designation, identified by "+". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_LOCATION |
| 10005 |
Project structure: Higher-level function number |
Project |
Project structure for the higher-level function number in fluid power. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_INSTALLATIONNUMBER |
| 10006 |
Project structure: Document type |
Project |
The document type valid only for pages and external documents is stored in this project structure. The KKS identifier is normally entered here. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_DOCUMENTSTRUCTURE |
| 10007 |
Project structure: User-defined structure |
Project |
Defines the structure of the user-defined structure. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_USERDEFINED |
| 10008 |
Show tab for DT structures |
Project |
Controls the visibility of the "Structure" tab in the project properties. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_SHOWDTSTRUCTURETAB |
| 10009 |
Project name (full) |
Project |
Name of the project file including file name extension and the full file path. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_FULL_PROJECTNAME |
| 10010 |
Project path |
Project |
Relative file path of the project file, starting from the directory entered in the user settings as the general project directory. Only one value can then be displayed when there is a discrepancy between the project directory entered in the user settings and the current project path. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_PROJECTPATH |
| 10011 |
Project description |
Project |
Description of the project. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_INSTALLATIONNAME |
| 10012 |
Use page name in DT |
Project |
This setting is used to monitor whether the page name for devices is to be adopted in the prefix of the DT. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_TAKEOVERPAGENUMBER |
| 10013 |
Job number |
Project |
Enter the project number or the job number here. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DRAWINGNUMBER |
| 10014 |
Commission |
Project |
Enter e.g. the project number or a job number here. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_COMMISSION |
| 10015 |
Company name |
Project |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_COMPANYNAME |
| 10016 |
Company address 1 |
Project |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_COMPANYADDRESS1 |
| 10017 |
Company address 2 |
Project |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_COMPANYADDRESS2 |
| 10018 |
Separator for structures |
Project |
Contains all structure separators in coded form (except the document structure).
Format: Number of entries and then, separated by tabs, higher-level and lower level structure identifier. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_CODEDSEPARATORS |
| 10019 |
Nested device tags |
Project |
This stores a coded value defining which device tags are nested and in what manner.
Format: Number of entries and then each setting separated by tabs (as 0 or 1 coded Boolean variables). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_CODEDNESTINGSETTINGS |
| 10020 |
Creator |
Project |
The sign-in name or user code of the project creator is displayed here. Specify whether the sign-in name or user code is to be output in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATOR |
| 10021 |
Creation date |
Project |
Date the project was created. The property is automatically assigned and cannot be changed. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATIONDATE |
| 10022 |
Last editor: Sign-in name |
Project |
User code of the last person to edit the project. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 10023 |
Modification date |
Project |
Date of last changes to the project. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 10024 |
Last translation: Date |
Project |
The date of the last foreign language translation. How the date is displayed can be configured in the project settings. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_LASTTRANSLATIONDATE |
| 10025 |
Responsible for project |
Project |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_RESPONSIBLEFORPROJECT |
| 10026 |
Project end |
Project |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_PROJECTEND |
| 10027 |
Date |
Project |
Provides the current date as a character string corresponding to the currently defined formatting. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_ACTUALDATE |
| 10028 |
Project start |
Project |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_PROJECTBEGIN |
| 10029 |
Superior structure formats |
Project |
A coded value is stored here, indicating which structures are to be "superior", i.e. the identifying name or DT element. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_SPECIALDINMODE |
| 10030 |
Make |
Project |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_MAKE |
| 10031 |
Project: Type |
Project |
Serves to indicate the type, e.g. machine or plant. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_TYPE |
| 10032 |
Place of installation |
Project |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_LOCATIONOFINSTALLATION |
| 10033 |
Part features |
Project |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_PARTFEATURES |
| 10034 |
Environmental consideration |
Project |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENVIRONMENTALCONSIDERATION |
| 10035 |
Location |
Project |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_LOCATION |
| 10036 |
Regulation |
Project |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_REGULATION |
| 10037 |
Degree of protection |
Project |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DEGOFPROTECTION |
| 10038 |
Enclosures |
Project |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENCLOSURES |
| 10039 |
Feed-in |
Project |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_POWERINPUT |
| 10040 |
Input lead |
Project |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_LEADIN |
| 10041 |
Control voltage |
Project |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CONTROLVOLTAGE |
| 10042 |
Manufacturing date |
Project |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_MANUFACTURINGDATE |
| 10043 |
Eplan version of the last modification or update |
Project |
Eplan version used for the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTUSEDVERSION |
| 10044 |
Eplan build number of the last modification or update |
Project |
Eplan build number used for the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTUSEDBUILDNUMBER |
| 10045 |
Project path (full) |
Project |
Complete file path of the project file, but without the project file name. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_FULL_PROJECTPATH |
| 10046 |
Creation time |
Project |
The time the project was created. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_CREATIONTIME |
| 10047 |
Modification time |
Project |
The time the project was last changed. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTMODIFICATIONTIME |
| 10048 |
Last translation: Time |
Project |
The time of the last foreign language translation. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_LASTTRANSLATIONTIME |
| 10050 |
Structure format for pages |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying name elements, for the page name. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PAGE |
| 10051 |
Structure format for interruption points |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying name elements, for interruption points. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_INTERRUPTIONPOINT |
| 10053 |
Structure format for busbars |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for busbars. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_BUSBAR |
| 10054 |
Superior structure format for all devices |
Project |
Defines the superior structure format for all devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_MASTERDEVICES |
| 10055 |
Structure format for general devices |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for general devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_STANDARDDEVICE |
| 10056 |
Structure format for black boxes |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for black boxes. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_DEVICEBOX |
| 10057 |
Structure format for PLC / bus technology |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for PLC/bus technology. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLC |
| 10058 |
Time of the day |
Project |
Provides the current date as a character string corresponding to the currently defined formatting. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_ACTUALTIME |
| 10059 |
Structure format for terminal strips |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for terminal strips. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_TERMINALSTRIP |
| 10060 |
Structure format for plugs |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for plugs. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PLUG |
| 10061 |
Structure format for cables |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for cables. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_CABLE |
| 10062 |
Structure format for structure boxes |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for structure boxes. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_LOCATIONBOX |
| 10063 |
Structure format for fluid devices |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for Fluid devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_FLUID |
| 10064 |
Structure format for fluid connection splicer / line connector |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for Fluid connection splicers / line connectors. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10065 |
Number of frozen pages per page type |
Project |
Provides the number of frozen pages for each page type in the project. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section). |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PROJ_FROZENPERPAGETYPE |
| 10069 |
Project: Template |
Project |
Displays the template (basic project, or, for a copied project, the source project) from which the project was created. To differentiate, the file extension is displayed in addition to the file name. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ORIGIN |
| 10070 |
Naming format for pages |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive name elements, for pages. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_PAGE |
| 10071 |
Naming format for interruption points |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive name elements, for interruption points. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_INTERRUPTIONPOINT |
| 10073 |
Naming format for busbars |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for busbars. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_BUSBAR |
| 10074 |
Superior naming format for all devices |
Project |
Contains the combined quantity of all naming elements used in the device naming formats. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_MASTERDEVICES |
| 10075 |
Naming format for devices |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for general devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_DEVICE |
| 10076 |
Naming format for black boxes |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for black boxes. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_DEVICEBOX |
| 10077 |
Naming format for PLC / bus technology |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying DT elements, for PLC/bus technology. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_PLC |
| 10079 |
Naming format for terminal strips |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for terminal strips. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_TERMINALSTRIP |
| 10080 |
Naming format for plugs |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for plugs. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_PLUG |
| 10081 |
Naming format for cables |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for cables. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_CABLE |
| 10082 |
Naming format for structure boxes |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for structure boxes. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_LOCATIONBOX |
| 10083 |
Naming format for fluid devices |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for Fluid devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_FLUID |
| 10084 |
Naming format for fluid connection splicer / line connector |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e., the identifying and descriptive DT elements, for Fluid connection splicers / line connectors. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10085 |
Structure format for mechanical devices |
Project |
Specifies the structure format, i.e. the identifying DT elements, for mechanical devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_MECHANIC |
| 10086 |
Naming format for mechanical devices |
Project |
Specifies the naming format, i.e. the identifying and describing DT elements, for mechanical devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_NAMEFORMAT_MECHANIC |
| 10089 |
Sequence of the project structures in the page name |
Project |
Describes the sequence of the project structures in the page name and furthermore also defines the sorting of the pages. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_STRUCTURESEQUENCE_PAGE |
| 10090 |
Edit DT in individual fields |
Project |
This specifies that the DT is edited in individual fields and a standard format is not used. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DEVTAGFORMAT_ENABLECUSTOMFORMAT |
| 10091 |
Sequence of individual DT properties |
Project |
Describes the sequence of the individual DT properties when the DT is edited in individual fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DEVTAGFORMAT_CUSTOMFORMAT |
| 10092 |
Structure of tree structure in page tree |
Project |
Specifies the layout of the project structure for the display in the tree view of the page navigator. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_PDD_PAGES_HIERARCHY |
| 10093 |
Show descriptive identifiers in page tree |
Project |
Specifies whether the tree view of the page navigator shows describing structure identifiers. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_PDD_PAGES_SHOWDESCRSTRUCTURES |
| 10094 |
Structure of the tree structure in the device navigators |
Project |
Specifies the layout of the project structure for the display in the tree view of the device navigators. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_PDD_DEVICES_HIERARCHY |
| 10095 |
Show descriptive identifiers in device navigators |
Project |
Specifies whether the tree view of the device navigators shows describing structure identifiers. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_PDD_DEVICES_SHOWDESCRSTRUCTURES |
| 10096 |
Block property: Format (potential definition) |
Project |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_POTENTIALDEFINITION |
| 10097 |
Block property: Format (piping definition) |
Project |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PROCESSDEFINITION |
| 10098 |
Highest revision index (change tracking) |
Project |
Delivers the highest revision index of all pages and layout spaces in the project. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJECT_HIGHEST_REVISION_INDEX |
| 10099 |
Project structure: Product |
Project |
Project structure for the higher-level function number in fluid power. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_HIERARCHY_PRODUCT |
| 10100 |
Customer: Short name |
Project |
Short name of customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERID |
| 10101 |
Customer: Title |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERTITLE |
| 10102 |
Customer: Name 1 |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNAME1 |
| 10103 |
Customer: Name 2 |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNAME2 |
| 10104 |
Customer: Name 3 |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNAME3 |
| 10105 |
Customer: Street |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERSTREET |
| 10106 |
Customer: P.O. box |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERPOBOX |
| 10107 |
Customer: Zip code (City) |
Project |
City zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERZIPCODE |
| 10108 |
Customer: City |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERCITY |
| 10109 |
Customer: Country |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERCOUNTRY |
| 10110 |
Customer: Phone |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERTELEPHONE |
| 10111 |
Customer: Fax |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERFAX |
| 10112 |
Customer: E-mail |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMEREMAIL |
| 10113 |
Customer: Zip code (P.O. box) |
Project |
Postbox zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERZIPCODEPOBOX |
| 10114 |
Customer: State / Region |
Project |
Region of a country (federal state). The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERREGION |
| 10115 |
Customer: Full name |
Project |
Full name of customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERLONGNAME |
| 10116 |
Customer: Customer number |
Project |
Number managed under personal details. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNUMBER |
| 10117 |
Customer: Description |
Project |
This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, such as "responsible for sales, part ...., good credit" and so on. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
Customer |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMERNOTE |
| 10120 |
Unique project ID for the Cloud |
Project |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CLOUD_PROJECT_ID |
| 10122 |
Processing mode for the cloud |
Project |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CLOUD_EDITMODE |
| 10130 |
End customer: Short name |
Project |
Short name of end customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERID |
| 10131 |
End customer: Title |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERTITLE |
| 10132 |
End customer: Name 1 |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERNAME1 |
| 10133 |
End customer: Name 2 |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERNAME2 |
| 10134 |
End customer: Name 3 |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERNAME3 |
| 10135 |
End customer: Street |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERSTREET |
| 10136 |
End customer: P.O. box |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERPOBOX |
| 10137 |
End customer: Zip code (City) |
Project |
City zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERZIPCODE |
| 10138 |
End customer: City |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERCITY |
| 10139 |
End customer: Country |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERCOUNTRY |
| 10140 |
End customer: Phone |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERTELEPHONE |
| 10141 |
End customer: Fax |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERFAX |
| 10142 |
End customer: E-mail |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMEREMAIL |
| 10143 |
End customer: Zip code (P.O. box) |
Project |
Postbox zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMERZIPCODEPOBOX |
| 10144 |
End customer: State / Region |
Project |
Region of a country (federal state). The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_REGION |
| 10145 |
End customer: Full name |
Project |
Full name of end customer. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_LONGNAME |
| 10146 |
End customer: Customer number |
Project |
Number managed under personal details. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_NUMBER |
| 10147 |
End customer: Description |
Project |
This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, such as "responsible for sales, part ...., good credit" and so on. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant customer data from parts management via project management. |
End customer |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ENDCUSTOMER_NOTE |
| 10149 |
Revision: Original project name |
Project |
Name of original project from which the revision was generated. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_REVISIONSPARENT_NAME |
| 10150 |
Revisions |
Project |
Revision designations, max 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISIONS |
| 10151 |
Revision: Original project name (complete) |
Project |
Name of original project from which the revision was generated, including file name extension and complete file path. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISIONSPARENT |
| 10152 |
Revision marker (from property comparison) |
Project
Page
Placement
Connection
Segment (pre-planning) |
Marker text that displays the changes to an object in a revision (compatible with EPLAN 21). |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISIONMARKER |
| 10153 |
Revision change marker (from property comparison) |
Project
Placement
Page
Connection
Segment (pre-planning) |
Displays the type of change to an object in a revision (added, changed or deleted). |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISIONID |
| 10154 |
Revision: Change tracking started |
Project |
Indicates when the change tracking started during a revision. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_START |
| 10155 |
Revision name (change tracking) |
Project |
Revision name (change tracking), max. 1,000 possible. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_NAME |
| 10156 |
Revision comment (change tracking) |
Project |
Revision comment (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_DESCRIPTION |
| 10157 |
Revision created by (change tracking) |
Project |
Revision created by (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USER |
| 10158 |
Revision date (change tracking) |
Project |
Revision date (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_DATE |
| 10159 |
Revision time (change tracking) |
Project |
Time when a project was changed during a revision. The time display can be specified in the project settings. A max. of 1,000 records allowed. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_TIME |
| 10160 |
Approved by |
Project |
Shows the editor who has checked the project. This property can be entered in the project properties. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_APPROVEDBY |
| 10161 |
Approved date |
Project |
Shows date and time of checking the project. This property can be entered in the project properties. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_APPROVEDDATE |
| 10162 |
Checked by |
Project |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_CHECKEDBY |
| 10163 |
Checked date |
Project |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_CHECKEDDATE |
| 10164 |
Revision: Temporary reference project |
Project |
Specifies whether it is a temporary reference project. (Temporary reference projects can be deleted at any time.) |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_TEMP |
| 10180 |
Customer code |
Project |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CUSTOMIDENTIFICATION |
| 10181 |
User |
Project |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_IDENTIFICATION |
| 10182 |
Workstation |
Project |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_STATION |
| 10184 |
Unique project ID |
Project |
Unique project ID, used in the project management. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_GUID |
| 10185 |
License number of dongle |
Project
Page |
The license number of the dongle used for the last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_SERIALNUMBERDONGLE |
| 10190 |
User code (change tracking) |
Project
Page
Layout space |
Shows the user code that was specified in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USERCODE |
| 10191 |
User name (change tracking) |
Project
Page
Layout space |
Shows the user name that was specified in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USERNAME |
| 10192 |
User: Phone number (change tracking) |
Project
Page
Layout space |
Shows the phone number that was specified in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USERPHONE |
| 10193 |
User: E-mail address (change tracking) |
Project
Page
Layout space |
Shows the e-mail address that was specified in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_USEREMAIL |
| 10195 |
Defined working section (from change tracking) |
Project |
The property is used in projects with revised defined working sections. Shows the defined working section that was completed in a revision, a maximum of 1,000 is possible. This allows you, for example, to view the revision status of the individual defined working sections in the project properties. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_REVISION_LOG_EDITINGAREA |
| 10200 |
Number of pages per page type |
Project |
Provides the number of pages for each page type in the project. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section). |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PROJ_COUNTPERPAGETYPE |
| 10230 |
Creator: Short name |
Project |
Short designation of the project creator. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORID |
| 10231 |
Creator: Title |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORTITLE |
| 10232 |
Creator: Name 1 |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNAME1 |
| 10233 |
Creator: Name 2 |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNAME2 |
| 10234 |
Creator: Name 3 |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNAME3 |
| 10235 |
Creator: Street |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORSTREET |
| 10236 |
Creator: P.O. box |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORPOBOX |
| 10237 |
Creator: Zip code (City) |
Project |
City zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORZIPCODE |
| 10238 |
Creator: City |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORCITY |
| 10239 |
Creator: Country |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORCOUNTRY |
| 10240 |
Creator: Phone |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORTELEPHONE |
| 10241 |
Creator: Fax |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORFAX |
| 10242 |
Creator: E-mail |
Project |
The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATOREMAIL |
| 10243 |
Creator: Zip code (P.O. box) |
Project |
Postbox zip code. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORZIPCODEPOBOX |
| 10244 |
Creator: State / Region |
Project |
State within a country. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORREGION |
| 10245 |
Creator: Full name |
Project |
Full name of project creator. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORLONGNAME |
| 10246 |
Creator: Customer number |
Project |
Number managed under personal details. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNUMBER |
| 10247 |
Creator: Description |
Project |
This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, such as "responsible for sales, part......, good credit, etc." and so on. The property can be automatically populated with the relevant manufacturer/supplier data from parts management via project management. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_CREATORNOTE |
| 10250 |
Last modification date per page type |
Project |
Provides the last modification date of the pages in the project for each page type. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section). The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PROJ_DATEPERPAGETYPE |
| 10251 |
Last modification time per page type |
Project |
Provides the last modification time of the pages in the project for each page type. The page type is specified via the index (in the help system in the "Page types" section). The time representation can be configured in the project settings. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
PROJ_TIMEPERPAGETYPE |
| 10300 |
Total no. of pages |
Project |
Indicates the total number of pages in a project. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_PAGECOUNT |
| 10301 |
Created pages |
Project |
Provides the number of manually generated pages in a project. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_EDITEDPAGES |
| 10302 |
Generated report pages |
Project |
Provides the number of (automatically generated) report pages in a project. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_GENERATEDPAGES |
| 10303 |
Project status |
Project |
Provides the information of the individual messaging areas in a tab-delimited character string. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_PROJECTSTATUS |
| 10304 |
Number of layout spaces |
Project |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJECT_INSTALLATIONSPACECOUNT |
| 10310 |
Thermal design: Voltage |
Project |
Voltage for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_VOLTAGE |
| 10311 |
Thermal design: Frequency |
Project |
Frequency for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_FREQUENCY |
| 10312 |
Thermal design: Simultaneity factor |
Project |
Simultaneity factor for calculating the power dissipation. The simultaneity factor is an estimated value that takes into consideration the fact all the devices are never switched on simultaneously at full power in a plant. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_SIMULTANEITYFACTOR |
| 10313 |
Thermal design: Total power dissipation for air-conditioning field |
Project |
Total power dissipation for air-conditioning fields, contains the calculation of the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJECT_POWERDISSIPATION_POWER_OF_ZONE |
| 10370 |
Customer |
Project |
This property is populated during the data transfer of projects from EPLAN 5. It is only required for EPLAN 5 due to compatibility reasons and is no longer used in new projects. If data has been backed up in EPLAN 5 and the project has been filed off, the name of the customer to whom the project was delivered is indicated here. |
Archive data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_CUSTOMER |
| 10450 |
Start page name with document type |
Project |
Defines whether the document type is placed in front of the page name. This property is only descriptive; the actual setting is made via the project structures. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_ADDITIONALINFO_DOCUMENTSTRUCTUREINFRONT |
| 10500 |
Source language |
Project |
Project setting for the source language. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_SOURCELANGUAGE |
| 10510 |
Data backup: Complete backup |
Project |
In the project management, shows whether the project has been completely or minimally backed up. |
Archive data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_FULL |
| 10511 |
Data backup: Back up external documents |
Project |
In the project management, shows whether external documents were also saved in the backup. |
Archive data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_EXTDOCS |
| 10512 |
Data backup: Back up image files |
Project |
In the project management, shows whether image files were also saved in the backup. |
Archive data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_IMAGES |
| 10513 |
Data backup: Reorganize project |
Project |
In the project management, shows whether the project was reorganized on backup. |
Archive data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_COMPRESS |
| 10514 |
Data backup: Method |
Project |
In the project management, shows the manner in which the project was backed up (back up/ filed off / archived). |
Archive data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_METHOD |
| 10515 |
Data backup: Backup medium |
Project |
In the project management, shows the medium used to back up the project. |
Archive data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_MEDIUM |
| 10516 |
Data backup: E-mail message split size in MB |
Project |
In the project management, shows the size of the parts used for an email backup of the project. |
Archive data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_SPLITSIZE |
| 10517 |
Data backup: Backup directory |
Project |
In the project management, shows the directory used to back up the project. |
Archive data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_BACKUPPATH |
| 10518 |
Data backup: Description |
Project |
In the project management, shows the description of the last backup. |
Archive data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_BACKUP_DESCRIPTION |
| 10600 |
Block property: Format (general devices) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_FUNCTION |
| 10601 |
Block property: Format (terminal strip definition) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_TERMINAL_DEF_TEXT |
| 10602 |
Block property: Format (terminal) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_TERMINAL |
| 10603 |
Block property: Format (plug definition) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_CONNECTOR_DEF_TEXT |
| 10604 |
Block property: Format (pin) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLUG |
| 10605 |
Block property: Format (PLC box) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLCBOX |
| 10606 |
Block property: Format (PLC connection point) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLC_TERMINAL |
| 10607 |
Block property: Format (cable / shield) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_CABLE |
| 10608 |
Block property: Format (connection) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_CONNECTION |
| 10609 |
Block property: Format (interruption point) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_INTERRUPTION_POINT |
| 10610 |
Block property: Format (black box) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_BLACKBOX |
| 10611 |
Block property: Format (device connection point) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_DEVICE_END_TERMINAL |
| 10612 |
Block property: Format (busbar) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_BUSBAR |
| 10613 |
Block property: Format (fluid device) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_FLUIDDEVICE |
| 10614 |
Block property: Format (fluid connection splicer / line connector) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10615 |
Block property: Format (PCT loop) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLT |
| 10616 |
Block property: Format (PCT loop function) |
Project |
Predefines which properties are specified in the relevant block property. If you assign a "Block property [n]" to a function and a format is not entered for either the function or the symbol, then the program uses the relevant format property that has been entered for this function category in the project. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLTFUNCTION |
| 10617 |
Block property: Format (process engineering) |
Project |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PROCESS |
| 10618 |
Block property: Format (page) |
Project |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PAGE |
| 10619 |
Block property: Format (mechanical) |
Project |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_MECHANIC |
| 10620 |
Format of displayed DT: General devices |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_FUNCTION |
| 10621 |
Format of displayed DT: Terminal strip definition |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_TERMINAL_DEF_TEXT |
| 10622 |
Format of displayed DT: Terminal |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_TERMINAL |
| 10623 |
Format of displayed DT: Plug definition |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_CONNECTOR_DEF_TEXT |
| 10624 |
Format of displayed DT: Pin |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_PLUG |
| 10625 |
Format of displayed DT: PLC box |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_PLCBOX |
| 10626 |
Format of displayed DT: PLC connection point |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_PLC_TERMINAL |
| 10627 |
Format of displayed DT: Cable / shield |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_CABLE |
| 10629 |
Format of displayed DT: Interruption point |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_INTERRUPTION_POINT |
| 10630 |
Format of displayed DT: Black box |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_BLACKBOX |
| 10631 |
Format of displayed DT: Device connection point |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_DEVICE_END_TERMINAL |
| 10632 |
Format of displayed DT: Busbar |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_BUSBAR |
| 10633 |
Format of displayed DT: Fluid device |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_FLUIDDEVICE |
| 10634 |
Format of displayed DT: Fluid connection splicer / line connector |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10635 |
Format of displayed DT: Cable connection |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_DTFORMAT_CABLE_CONNECTION |
| 10640 |
Format of full DT: General devices |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_FUNCTION |
| 10641 |
Format of full DT: Terminal strip definition |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_TERMINAL_DEF_TEXT |
| 10642 |
Format of full DT: Terminal |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_TERMINAL |
| 10643 |
Format of full DT: Plug definition |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_CONNECTOR_DEF_TEXT |
| 10644 |
Format of full DT: Pin |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_PLUG |
| 10645 |
Format of full DT: PLC box |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_PLCBOX |
| 10646 |
Format of full DT: PLC connection point |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_PLC_TERMINAL |
| 10647 |
Format of full DT: Cable / shield |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_CABLE |
| 10649 |
Format of full DT: Interruption point |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_INTERRUPTION_POINT |
| 10650 |
Format of full DT: Black box |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_BLACKBOX |
| 10651 |
Format of full DT: Device connection point |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_DEVICE_END_TERMINAL |
| 10652 |
Format of full DT: Busbar |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_BUSBAR |
| 10653 |
Format of full DT: Fluid device |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_FLUIDDEVICE |
| 10654 |
Format of full DT: Fluid connection splicer / line connector |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 10655 |
Format of full DT: Cable connection |
Project |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJ_FULLDTFORMAT_CABLE_CONNECTION |
| 10660 |
Block property: Replacement text |
Project |
Using this project property, you can define up to 100 tables for replacement texts (via the index). You can use these tables to replace the values of block properties: When editing block properties you can use the dialog Format: Block property to select the table with the replacement texts to be used for a property. The values of the selected property are then compared to the texts defined in the table and replaced accordingly. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKPROPERTY_REPLACETEXT |
| 10661 |
Block property: Format (pre-planning) |
Project |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_PLAOBJECT |
| 10662 |
Block property: Format (structure box) |
Project |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PROJ_BLOCKFORMAT_LOCATIONBOX |
| 10901 |
Supplementary field |
Project |
Max. 1,000 words in the supplementary fields for the project that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PROJ_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 10902 |
Type of project |
Project |
Indicates the type of project, e.g. "Macro project". |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROJ_NUMERICTYPE |
| 10950 |
AutomationML: Company |
Project |
This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJECT_ENTERPRISE |
| 10951 |
AutomationML: Works |
Project |
This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJECT_SITE |
| 10952 |
AutomationML: Building |
Project |
This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJECT_AREA |
| 10953 |
AutomationML: Plant |
Project |
This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJECT_PRODUCTION_LINE |
| 10954 |
AutomationML: Area |
Project |
This property can be used for the AutomationML export to specify an additional structure. If this property is filled, it is output in the AML file above the project structure defined by the identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJECT_WORK_CELL |
| 11000 |
Page name |
Page |
Consists of the page number, i.e. the page counter and subcounter. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_NAME |
| 11001 |
Modification time (automatic) |
Page |
The time the page was last changed. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_LASTAUTOMODIFICATIONTIME |
| 11002 |
Creation time |
Page |
The time the page was created. How the time is displayed can be configured in the project settings. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_CREATIONTIME |
| 11003 |
Watermark (revision) |
Page |
Watermark text for version-controlled pages, stored as a project setting. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_REVISION_WATERMARK |
| 11004 |
Number of pages per structure |
Page |
Indicates the number of pages within a structure identifier. For example, if three pages are available under the location designation "ET1", "3" is output here. |
Special |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_NUMBERPAGES_IN_LOCATION |
| 11005 |
At least one object with revision marker (from property comparison) |
Page |
At least one object per page has a revision marker. |
Revision |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_INSTANCE_WITH_REVISIONMARKER |
| 11006 |
Automatically generated |
Page |
Shows whether the page has been automatically generated, and provides information about the author:
0 = No
1 = Single-line representation (PLC schematic generation)
2 = Multi-line representation (PLC schematic generation)
3 = I/O overview (PLC schematic generation)
4 = Rack overview (PLC schematic generation)
5 = Eplan Engineering Configuration
6 = Schematic generator (ESG)
7 = Report
8 = Pre-planning. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_AUTO_CREATED_INFO |
| 11007 |
At least one object or page with revision marker (from property comparison) |
Page |
At least one object per page or the page itself has a revision marker. |
Revision |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_INSTANCE_OR_PAGE_WITH_REVISIONMARKER |
| 11008 |
Macro: Name |
Page
Macro box
Layout space |
File name of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PAGE_MACRO_NAME |
| 11009 |
Page name (full) |
Page |
Full page name; contains page names and the identifying and describing identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_FULLNAME |
| 11010 |
Page name (identifying) |
Page |
Identifying page name; contains page names and the identifying, but not describing identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_IDENTNAME |
| 11011 |
Page description |
Page |
Descriptive text for the page, is displayed in (e.g.) the tree view of the page navigator or in reports. Line breaks are permitted. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_NOMINATIOMN |
| 11012 |
Page counter |
Page |
This property can be used in forms (for example for the Table of contents), but is not designed for use in filters. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_COUNTER |
| 11013 |
Page subcounter |
Page |
This property can be used in forms (for example for the Table of contents), but is not designed for use in filters. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_SUBCOUNTER |
| 11014 |
Macro: Description |
Page
Macro box
Layout space |
Description text for the macro. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PAGE_MACRO_DESCRIPTION |
| 11015 |
Form name |
Page |
Name of the form used by the page. Selection is made from a list of available forms. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_FORMULAR |
| 11016 |
Plot frame name |
Page |
Name of the plot frame used by the page.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_FORMPLOT |
| 11017 |
Page type |
Page |
Defines the page type, i.e. whether it is a page for schematics, mounting panels, terminal diagrams, etc. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_TYPE |
| 11018 |
Macro: Name |
Layout space |
File name of the 3D macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_NAME |
| 11019 |
Macro: Description |
Layout space |
Description text for the 3D macro. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_DESCRIPTION |
| 11020 |
Creator |
Page |
Here the sign-in name or the combination of the user code and user name of the creator of the page is displayed. Specify whether the sign-in name or user code and name is to be output in the user settings. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_CREATOR |
| 11021 |
Creation date |
Page |
Date the page was created. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_CREATIONDATE |
| 11022 |
Last editor: Sign-in name |
Page |
Sign-in name of the last person who edited the page. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 11023 |
Modification date (manual) |
Page |
Manually entered modification date. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_LASTMANUMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 11024 |
Modification date (automatic) |
Page |
Date of last change to the page. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_LASTAUTOMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 11025 |
Macro: Version |
Layout space |
Version designation of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_VERSION |
| 11026 |
Macro: Source / reference |
Layout space |
|
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACROSOURCEREF |
| 11029 |
Page type (ID) |
Page |
Defines the page type, i.e. whether it is a page for schematics, mounting panels, terminal diagrams, etc. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_TYPE_NUMERIC |
| 11030 |
Drawing number |
Page |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_DRAWINGID |
| 11031 |
Suppl. field: Page |
Page |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_ADDITIONALPAGE |
| 11032 |
Suppl. field: Group |
Page |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_ADDITIONALGROUP |
| 11033 |
Suppl. field: Sheet no. |
Page |
The sheet number is used in addition to the page name and can consist of any combination of numbers and letters. It must be unique within an identifier block (same function designation / location designation). A start number must be entered, e.g. M1 or LM010, so that the property can be automatically assigned in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_ADDITIONALSHEETNUMBER |
| 11034 |
Macro: Source / reference |
Page |
|
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACROSOURCEREF |
| 11035 |
Keep parts at placement |
Page |
This property is evaluated during the generation of macros from a macro project, and assigned to the generated macro variants. If the property is activated, the macro stored on the part is placed unchanged when a device is inserted. The part number of the device is not used in this case, but instead the part numbers entered in the macro are retained.
If the property is deactivated, the part number of the device is used, and carried over to the main function of the macro. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_KEPP_PARTS_BY_INSERT_MACRO |
| 11036 |
Object identifier |
Page |
The object identifier is used for the identification of pages in accordance with DIN EN 61355-1. In doing so, the object identifier assigns a document (i.e. a project page) to a certain object (e.g. a function, a location, or a product). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_OBJECTCODE |
| 11037 |
Trade |
Page |
Determines the technology to be applied or selected. Depending on the page type, miscellaneous trades are available for a project page:
0 = Electrical engineering
1 = Mechanics
2 = Hydraulics
3 = Pneumatics
4 = Cooling
5 = Lubrication
6 = Process engineering
7 = Fluid power, general
99 = General.
The "General" trade is the default setting when generating report pages. If you filter defined working sections by certain trades, pages with the "General" trade are output along any other trade. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_CRAFT |
| 11038 |
Structure identifier with separators stored in the object identifier |
Page |
The unique structure identifier without leading separator stored in the object identifier. An empty string is output either if no valid structure identifier is stored in the object identifier or if several structure identifiers are stored. This property serves for display purposes in the page navigator. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_OBJECTCODE_STRUCTUREWITHOUTPREFIX |
| 11039 |
Part of the structure identifier without separators stored in the object identifier |
Page |
Supplies a part of the unique structure identifier without leading separator stored in the object identifier. An empty string is output either if no valid structure identifier is stored in the object identifier or if several structure identifiers are stored. This property serves to display in the page navigator. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
Yes |
PAGE_OBJECTCODE_STRUCTUREPARTWITHOUTPREFIX |
| 11040 |
Next page |
Page |
Name / number of the page following the current page. Not repeated for identical structure identifiers. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_NEXT |
| 11041 |
Previous page |
Page |
Name / number of the page before the current page. Not repeated for identical structure identifiers. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_PREV |
| 11042 |
Page number |
Page |
Part of the page name. The page number consists of the page counter and the page's subcounter. Identifier blocks like function designation or location designation are not displayed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_NUMBER |
| 11043 |
Highest page number per structure |
Page |
Indicates the highest number of pages used within a structure identifier. For example, if three pages are available with the page numbers "1," "3" and "5" under the location designation "ET1", "5" is output here. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_MAXNUMBERLOCATION |
| 11044 |
Scale (ratio) |
Page |
Shows the contents of the property Scale (ID 11048) as a property, for example "10 : 1" or "1 : 4". You can place this property as a special text on project pages. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_SCALE_RELATION |
| 11045 |
Contains results in the search results list |
Page |
With the help of this property the pages contained in the search results list can be taken into consideration when pages are filtered. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_HAS_RESULTS_IN_SEARCHLIST |
| 11048 |
Scale |
Page |
Scale 1:x. A dimension definition can be added to every page, regardless of type. This is required when you are using dimensions or to correctly scale graphical macros when inserting them. |
Settings |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_SCALE |
| 11049 |
Frozen report page |
Page |
Indicated whether a reporting page has been frozen. This type of page is no longer to be assigned to a reporting block and will no longer be updated. |
Special |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_FROZEN_EVALUATIONPAGE |
| 11050 |
Automatic page modified |
Page |
Shows whether an automatically created page has been subsequently manually edited. The property is automatically assigned and cannot be changed. |
Special |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_AUTOPAGECHANGED |
| 11051 |
Grid |
Page |
Raster setting of the page. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_SOLUTION |
| 11055 |
Macro: Source project |
Layout space |
Project name of the project used to create the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACROSOURCEPROJECT |
| 11056 |
Macro: Source project |
Page |
Project name of the project used to create the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACROSOURCEPROJECT |
| 11057 |
Macro: Description |
Page |
Description text for the macro. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACRODESCRIPTION |
| 11058 |
External document |
Page |
External document that is integrated into the project via the page type "External document". In doing so, the external document is referenced by an entry in the page properties. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_EXTDOCUMENT |
| 11059 |
Special remarks of creator |
Page |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_ANNOTATION |
| 11060 |
Change of standard: Do not rotate and flip |
Page |
Pages with this property are not rotated or flipped when changing standards. This property is activated by default for pages with type "Fluid power schematic". |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_DONT_CHANGESTANDARD |
| 11062 |
Number of pages per property |
Page |
Indicates the number of pages with a specific property. The property is specified in the "Number of pages / Page name per property" project setting. A report run is used to count the pages with the same value as this property, and the result is written to the "Page names per property" property. |
Special |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_NUMBERPAGES_WITH_PROPERTY |
| 11063 |
Page names per property |
Page |
Shows the names of the pages with a specified property. The property is specified in the "Number of pages / Page name per property" project setting. A report run is used to list the pages with the same value as this property, and the page names are written to the "Page names per property" property. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_PAGENAMES_WITH_PROPERTY |
| 11064 |
Page counter per property |
Page |
With this property you can have the information displayed in the page properties or in a plot frame on the number of pages including the present one exist with a specific property (for example Page "4" with function designation "A31"). The property is specified in the "Number of pages / Page name per property" project setting. A report run is used to count the pages with the same value as this property, and the counter is written to the "Page counter per property" property. |
Special |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_PAGENUMBER_WITH_PROPERTY |
| 11066 |
Source |
Page |
Specifies the source used for generating the page. Symbol libraries, symbols, and symbol variants are entered from the symbol editor. The full file name is entered from the form editor and plot frame editor. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_SOURCE |
| 11067 |
Report: Source project |
Page |
Specifies the project from which the data for the report is taken. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_SOURCE_PROJECT |
| 11070 |
Revision created by (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Revision created by (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_USER |
| 11071 |
Revision index (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Text used to identify change. Existing values can be selected from a list. A max. of 1,000 is allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_NAME |
| 11072 |
Revision description (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Revision description (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_DESCRIPTION |
| 11073 |
Reason for revision change (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Reason for revision change (change tracking), max. 1,000 allowed. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_CHANGE |
| 11074 |
Revision date (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Date on which a change was carried out within a revision. A max. of 1,000 allowed. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_DATE |
| 11075 |
Associated project revision (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Outputs the internal index value of the associated project revision (from change tracking) on a page; max. 1,000 entries are allowed. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_PROJ_REV |
| 11076 |
Page in draft mode |
Page |
As soon as you make changes to a page in a revision, it is marked as a "draft". This is shown visually with a watermark on the page, and the page is assigned this property. This mark is retained until you complete the page. |
Revision |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_DRAFT |
| 11077 |
Associated revision name (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Outputs the name of the associated project revision (from change tracking) on a page; max. 1,000 entries are allowed. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_PROJ_REVNAME |
| 11078 |
Revision time (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Time when a page was changed during a revision. The time display can be specified in the project settings. A max. of 1,000 allowed. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_TIME |
| 11079 |
Defined working section (from change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
The property is used during the revisioning of defined working sections. Displays the defined working section to which the page (or the layout space) belongs that was changed in a revision. A max. of 1,000 is allowed. You can, for example, use the property as a filter criterion in the page navigator in order to filter pages that were changed at a specific revision (e.g. Index 2). |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_EDITINGAREA |
| 11080 |
Approved by |
Page |
Shows the editor who has checked the page. This property can be entered in the Page properties dialog. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_APPROVEDBY |
| 11081 |
Approved date |
Page |
Shows date and time of checking the page. This property can be entered in the Page properties dialog. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_APPROVEDDATE |
| 11082 |
Checked by |
Page |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_CHECKEDBY |
| 11083 |
Checked date |
Page |
|
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_CHECKEDDATE |
| 11084 |
Origin |
Page |
Filled in during a data transfer from EPLAN 21 with the value of the corresponding EPLAN 21 property, but not otherwise used. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_SOURCE |
| 11085 |
Replacement of |
Page |
Filled in during a data transfer from EPLAN 21 with the value of the corresponding EPLAN 21 property, but not otherwise used. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_SUBSTITUTIONOF |
| 11086 |
Replaced by |
Page |
|
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_REPLACEDBY |
| 11087 |
Revision: Approved by (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Shows the editor who has checked the revision. This property can be entered in the Edit revision data dialog; it is not translatable. The index corresponds to the revision index, max. 1000 entries are possible. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_APPROVEDBY |
| 11088 |
Revision: Approved date (change tracking) |
Page
Layout space |
Shows date and time of checking the revision. This property can be entered in the Edit revision data dialog. The index corresponds to the revision index, max. 1,000 entries are possible. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_REVISION_LOG_APPROVEDDATE |
| 11090 |
Block property |
Page |
Shows the properties that have been specified in the relevant format property "Block property: Format [n]". The joint index [n] represents the relevant block and format properties. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PAGE_BLOCK_VALUE |
| 11091 |
Block property: Format |
Page |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
PAGE_BLOCK_FORMAT |
| 11901 |
Supplementary field |
Page |
Max. 1,000 words in the supplementary fields for the page that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
PAGE_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 11910 |
Macro: Name |
Page |
File name of the page macro, if required with path specifications. Both relative as well as absolute directory paths are allowed. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACRO |
| 11911 |
Macro: Version |
Page |
Version designation of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PAGE_MACRO_VERSION |
| 12002 |
Row height |
Plot frame |
Height of the grid rows. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FRAME_POSITIONSIZE |
| 12003 |
Grid offset X |
Plot frame |
Grid offset in the X direction relative to the origin. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_EVALUATION_AREA_START_POINT_X |
| 12004 |
Grid offset Y |
Plot frame |
Grid offset in the Y direction relative to the origin. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_EVALUATION_AREA_START_POINT_Y |
| 12005 |
Number of columns |
Plot frame |
Number of grid columns. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_NUMBER_OF_ROWS |
| 12006 |
Number of rows |
Plot frame |
Number of grid rows. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_NUMBER_OF_COLUMS |
| 12007 |
Number of ladders |
Plot frame |
Specifies how many 'ladders' are shown on a page for JIC projects. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_NUMBER_OF_LADDERS |
| 12009 |
Row numbering format |
Plot frame |
Format of the row numbers: 0 = numeric, 1 = alphanumeric. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_FORMAT_OF_NUMBERING_POSITION |
| 12010 |
Alphabetical column / row distribution |
Plot frame |
Sequence of characters used for implementation of column and row numbers in strings. The entry '0123456789ABCDEF', for instance, results in hexadecimal column designations. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_ROW_AND_POS_ALPHABETIC_ALLOCATION |
| 12011 |
Column numbering format |
Plot frame |
Format of the column numbers: 0 = numeric, 1 = alphanumeric. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_FORMAT_OF_ROW_NUMBERS |
| 12012 |
Asynchronous columns |
Plot frame |
Semi-colon delimited list of length values in Eplan coordinates, defines the width of individual columns (starting at the left) for asynchronous plot frames. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_ASYNCHRON_ROWS |
| 12013 |
Asynchronous rows |
Plot frame |
Semi-colon delimited list of length values in Eplan coordinates, defines the width of individual rows for asynchronous plot frames. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_ASYNCHRON_POS |
| 12014 |
Show column designation on non-logical pages |
Plot frame |
Specifies whether the column designations for this plot frame should also be output on non-logic pages (non-schematic pages). By default, designations are suppressed on non-logical pages. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_ROW_DESC_OF_NON_LOGICAL_PAGES |
| 12016 |
Page orientation / paper format |
Plot frame |
Plot frame orientation: 0 = Landscape format, 1 = Portrait format. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_PAGE_ORIENTATION |
| 12025 |
Start value (column) |
Plot frame
Page |
The column numbers of the grid are normally numbered from left to right (starting with 0). A different starting value can be provided here; this is useful for project-wide numbering. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_PATH_STARTID |
| 12026 |
Start value (row) |
Plot frame
Page |
The row numbers of the grid are normally numbered from left to right (starting with 0). A different starting value can be provided here; this is useful for project-wide numbering. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_POS_STARTID |
| 12027 |
String for column designation |
Page
Plot frame |
Set of character strings that overwrite the predefined column designations. Required for the project-wide numbering of columns and entered during automatic numbering. A character string is saved for each index value; max. 1,000 character strings allowed. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FRAME_PATH_ALPHASET |
| 12028 |
String for row designation |
Plot frame
Page |
Set of character strings that overwrite the predefined row designations. Required for the project-wide numbering of rows and entered during automatic numbering. A character string is saved for each index value; max. 1,000 character strings allowed. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FRAME_POS_ALPHASET |
| 12029 |
Number of characters for column / row |
Plot frame
Page |
Number of characters for column and row numbers for numerical representation; fills in the "missing" digits with zeros, such as column number "1" in the three-digit representation: "001". |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_PATHPOS_MINDIGITS |
| 12030 |
Add page names |
Plot frame |
If this property is activated, the page name is added to the column designation (page name + column designation). Relevant for the NFPA standard. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_ADD_PAGENAME |
| 12031 |
Continuous row / column designation |
Plot frame |
For ladder logic: The rows are incremented exactly like the columns, that is, each row designation only exists once per page. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_CONT_LADDER_DESCR |
| 12032 |
String for alphanumeric |
Plot frame |
If an alphanumeric column and row numbering format is specified for a plot frame (ID 12009 or ID 12011), then you enter the value of the column or row designations here. The entry '0123456789ABCDEF', for instance, results in hexadecimal designations. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_DEFAULT_ALPHASET |
| 12033 |
Plot frame dimensions: X axis |
Plot frame |
Defines the X axis dimensions of the plot frame. Required for 100 % zoom. |
Formats |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_AREA_X |
| 12034 |
Plot frame dimensions: Y axis |
Plot frame |
Defines the Y axis dimensions of the plot frame. Required for 100 % zoom. |
Formats |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_AREA_Y |
| 12035 |
Inverse column numbering |
Plot frame |
This property sets column numbering from right to left, for projects that comply with the GOST standard. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_PATH_REVERSE_NUMBERING |
| 12036 |
Inverse row numbering |
Plot frame |
This property sets row numbering from bottom to top, for projects that comply with the GOST standard. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_POS_REVERSE_NUMBERING |
| 12050 |
DXF export: Name of block |
Plot frame |
Name of the block generated by the DXF / DWG export. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_DXF_BLOCKNAME |
| 12051 |
DXF export: Insertion point (X) |
Plot frame |
This is used to set an origin offset for the whole page in a plot frame. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_DXF_INSERTXCOORD |
| 12052 |
DXF export: Insertion point (Y) |
Plot frame |
This is used to set an origin offset for the whole page in a plot frame. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_DXF_INSERTYCOORD |
| 12059 |
Contact image margin (on component) |
Plot frame
Page |
For automatically aligned contact images, this value specifies the clearance of the contact image to the insertion point of the component, in the X or Y direction, depending on the plot frame. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_MOTORSWITCH_OFFSET |
| 12060 |
Contact image margin (in path) |
Plot frame
Page |
For automatically aligned contact images, this value specifies the distance of the contact image to the bottom of the page or the relevant "Ladder" borders (depending on the plot frame used). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_CONTACTIMAGE_OFFSET |
| 12061 |
Contact image offset |
Plot frame
Page |
For automatically aligned contact images, this value specifies the offset of the contact image relative to the placement. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_CONTACTIMAGE_POSTPONEMENT |
| 12062 |
Property arrangement: Automatic Y coordinate (path) |
Plot frame
Page |
Specifies the value for the Y-coordinate for property arrangements at which the display property Y coordinate automatic (path) is activated. The value is relative to the point of origin of the page. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_AUTOY_OFFSET |
| 12063 |
Property arrangement: Automatic X coordinate (path) |
Plot frame
Page |
Specifies the value for the X-coordinate for property arrangements at which the display property X coordinate automatic (path) is activated. The value is relative to the point of origin of the page. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_AUTOX_OFFSET |
| 12099 |
Number of messages |
Plot frame |
Shows the total number of all messages during the data transfer of plot frames. |
Messages |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_ERRORCOUNT |
| 12100 |
Error: Graphic |
Plot frame |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any graphics during the data transfer of plot frames. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FRAME_GRAPHICERROR |
| 12101 |
Error: Property placement |
Plot frame |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any placed properties during the data transfer of plot frames. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FRAME_PLACEDPROPERROR |
| 12102 |
Column width |
Plot frame |
Width of grid columns. A max. of 1,000 is allowed. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FRAME_PATHSIZE |
| 12103 |
Reporting direction |
Plot frame |
Indicates the reporting direction for a plot frame:
0 = Vertical,
1 = Horizontal.
For projects according to IEC standards, the reporting direction is typically "vertical"; for projects according to the NFPA standards, it is usually horizontal. For projects according to the GOST standard, the reporting direction is typically "vertical"; a column numbered from right to left and a row numbered from the bottom to top can also be set via the properties "Inverse column numbering" (ID 12035) and "Inverse row numbering" (ID 12036). |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_EVALUATION_DIRECTION |
| 12104 |
DT adoption: Search direction conforming to GOST standard |
Plot frame |
This plot frame property allows the search direction for DT adoption to be changed to suit the GOST standard. If this property is activated, then in plot frames with a "Vertical" report generation direction, the DT is searched for towards the right and with a "Horizontal" report generation direction the DT is searched for downwards. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_DEVTAGSEARCHDIR_FOR_GOST |
| 12105 |
DT adoption: Only from boxes |
Plot frame |
This plot frame property allows the search direction for DT adoption to be changed. If this property is activated, the DT is only adopted from the box surrounding the function (black box, PLC box) on the corresponding project pages. If the function is not located in a box, no DT can be adopted. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FRAME_DEVTAGSEARCHDIR_BOXESONLY |
| 12200 |
Error (import) |
Plot frame |
Indicates whether a problem occurred during the data transfer of plot frames. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FRAME_IMPORTERROR |
| 13000 |
Form type |
Form |
Defines the form type, i.e., whether it is a form for a device tag list, terminal diagram, etc. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_TYPE |
| 13001 |
Plot frame to edit form |
Form |
The plot frame that is used for editing the form.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_FRAME |
| 13002 |
Form handling |
Form |
Defines the form as being static or dynamic: 0 = static, 1 = dynamic. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_BEHAVIOUR_STATIC_DYN |
| 13003 |
Regenerate header after change |
Form |
In this form property, you define the properties that cause a new data header area to be generated on the report page when they change. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_RECREATE_MAINTITLE |
| 13004 |
No. of columns |
Form |
Maximum number of columns to be generated on a page. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_COL_SIZE |
| 13005 |
No. of rows |
Form |
Maximum number of rows to be generated on a page. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_ROW_SIZE |
| 13006 |
Column width |
Form |
Width of the individual columns on a form. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_COL_WIDTH |
| 13007 |
Row height |
Form |
Height of the individual rows on a form. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_ROW_HEIGHT |
| 13008 |
Form orientation |
Form |
Sequence in which rows and columns are to be filled out: 0 = By row or 1 = By column. "By row" means that all the cells of a row are populated first before switching to the next row. In this case, jumpers are displayed vertically. "By column" means that all cells of a column are populated first before switching to the next column. In this case, jumpers are displayed horizontally. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_BEHAVIOUR_ROW_COL |
| 13009 |
Dynamic line adjustment |
Form |
If indirect properties are indexed with 0, then the values for all (meaningful) indices are printed together. This is generally done using one-row lists separated by semicolons. In forms, however, you can output these values as separate elements (rows/columns).
Example: Indirect target.Name(0) results in M1;M2;X1:2. If dynamic row adjustment is activated, then these four target names are printed under each other. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_DYN_ROW_ALIGN |
| 13010 |
Jumpers: Height of first level |
Form |
Height of a first level jumper in the terminal diagram. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_FIRST_LEV_HEIGHT |
| 13011 |
Connections |
Form |
Used in forms for representing the terminal diagram. The assignment of a connection to two connection points is thus shown as a three-tuple (an ordered quantity of assignments); multiple connection assignments are each separated by a "pipe" character.
Example: For the current cable, the entry "1;2:red|2;3;|;3;4;blue" means: The red conductor of the cable type connects Connection point 1 with Connection point 2. The second conductor of the cable type connects Connection point 2 with Connection point 3. The blue conductor of the cable type connects Connection point 3 with Connection point 4. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_ASSIGNMENT_CONNECTED_TERMINALS |
| 13012 |
Jumpers: Spacing |
Form |
Clearance between two jumpers at neighboring levels. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_DISTANCE |
| 13013 |
Jumpers: Radius for nodes |
Form |
If jumpers are shown graphically in terminal diagrams, a small filled circle is set on the base line on each leg of the jumper. The radius of this circle is specified with this property (in software coordinates). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_CP_RADIUS |
| 13014 |
Jumpers: Radius of connecting points |
Form |
Nodes of jumpers are graphically shown in the terminal diagram with a small filled circle. The radius of this circle is specified with this property (in software coordinates). (Start and end "legs" do not have dots.) |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_NODE_RADIUS |
| 13015 |
Jumpers: Height of internal wire jumper / insertable jumper |
Form |
Height of an internal wire jumper or insertable jumper of the first level in the terminal diagram. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_INT_HEIGHT |
| 13016 |
Jumpers: Height of external wire jumper/ insertable jumper |
Form |
Height of an external wire jumper or insertable jumper of the first level in the terminal diagram. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_EXT_HEIGHT |
| 13017 |
Jumpers: Spacing of internal wire jumper/ insertable jumper |
Form |
Clearance between two internal wire jumpers or insertable jumpers at neighboring levels. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_INT_DISTANCE |
| 13018 |
Jumpers: Spacing of external wire jumper/ insertable jumper |
Form |
Clearance between two external wire jumpers or insertable jumpers at neighboring levels. If the property is not set, the "Jumpers: Height of first level" property is used instead. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_WIRE_JUMPER_EXT_DISTANCE |
| 13019 |
Format for automatic page description |
Form |
Format for automatically assigned page descriptions in the generation of reporting lists. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_PAGE_DESC_AUTOFORMAT |
| 13020 |
Assignment: Index to graphic |
Form |
A fixed graphic can be inserted in connection diagrams or other forms using the "Graphic" placeholder. The configuration property exists for the placeholder to allow the graphic to be exchanged with any other graphic. Here you assign an index value to the graphic. The graphic is then selected in the "Graphic" placeholder by specifying the index value. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_RELATION_INDEX_GRAPHIC |
| 13021 |
Assignment: Function definition to graphic |
Form |
Assignment of a function definition to a symbol variant. Used when generating a page in order to create a fixed symbol graphic. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_RELATION_FUNC_DEF_GRAPHIC |
| 13026 |
Assignment: Property / value to graphic |
Form
Plot frame |
Assignment of a property and / or a value to a symbol variant. This property contains the assignment table assigning a graphic to the property and / or the value. A max. of 10 assignments allowed. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FORM_BEHAVIOUR_PROPERTY_VAL_GRAPHIC |
| 13027 |
Jumper display |
Form |
Graphical display of jumpers: 0 = Line or 1 = Angle. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_BEHAVIOUR_LINE_ANGLE |
| 13028 |
Jumpers: Line thickness |
Form |
Line thickness used for displaying jumpers. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_LINE_WIDTH |
| 13029 |
Jumpers: Number of levels |
Form |
Number of all jumper levels. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_JUMPER_COUNT_LAYERS |
| 13030 |
Cable chart: No. of cables A |
Form |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position A). |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_A |
| 13031 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area A |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position A). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_A |
| 13032 |
Cable chart: No. of cables B |
Form |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position B). |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_B |
| 13033 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area B |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position B). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_B |
| 13034 |
Cable chart: No. of cables C |
Form |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position C). |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_C |
| 13035 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area C |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position C). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_C |
| 13036 |
Cable chart: No. of cables D |
Form |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position D). |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_D |
| 13037 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area D |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for terminal connection points with the form position D). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_D |
| 13038 |
Cable chart: No. of cables (internal) |
Form |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for internal terminal connection points). |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_INT |
| 13039 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area, internal |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for internal terminal connection points). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_INT |
| 13040 |
Cable chart: No. of cables (external) |
Form |
Maximum number of columns or rows (dependent on the form orientation) that can be displayed in the cable chart (for external terminal connection points). |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_COUNT_EXT |
| 13041 |
Cable chart: Spacing for data area, external |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the data area of the cable chart (for external terminal connection points). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLE_DISTANCE_EXT |
| 13042 |
Horizontal symbol distance |
Form |
Distance to be displayed between neighboring symbols. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SYMBOL_ABREAST_DISTANCE |
| 13043 |
Number of adjacent symbols |
Form |
Number of neighboring symbols to be displayed. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SYMBOL_ABREAST_COUNT |
| 13044 |
Graphic for saddle, insertable and wire jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. Saddle jumpers, insertable jumpers and wire jumpers are represented by the same graphic. If these jumpers be represented by different graphics, the properties for separate jumper graphics must be used instead, e.g. "Graphic for internal wire jumpers" (ID 13045), "Graphic for external wire jumpers" (ID 13046), "Graphic for saddle jumpers" (ID 13047), etc. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_ALL |
| 13045 |
Graphic for internal wire jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_WIRE_INTERNAL |
| 13046 |
Graphic for external wire jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_WIRE_EXTERNAL |
| 13047 |
Graphic for saddle jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE |
| 13048 |
Connection graphic |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_CONNECTION |
| 13049 |
Symbol graphic |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_SYMBOL |
| 13050 |
Component graphic |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_SYMBREF |
| 13051 |
Graphic for wire jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_WIRE |
| 13052 |
Combine multi-level terminals |
Form |
Specifies whether multi-level terminals are displayed next to each other or under each other; useful for terminal line-up diagrams. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_COMBINE_MULTI_LEVEL_TERMINAL |
| 13053 |
Structure identifier overview |
Form |
Selection of structure identifiers to be displayed in the form:
0 = All structure identifiers
1 = Structure identifiers of the pages
2 = Structure identifiers used. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_STRUCTIDENTIFIEROVERVIEW_TYPE |
| 13054 |
Summarize external and internal targets in internal targets |
Form |
If this property is activated in a form for a device connection diagram, then external and internal targets are output together as internal targets. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_ALL_TARGETS_AS_INTERN |
| 13055 |
Use 'Plot frame to edit form' property for reports |
Form |
Specifies whether the "Use 'Plot frame to edit form' property for reports" property is used or not. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_FRAME_USEINREPORTS |
| 13056 |
Form for subsequent pages |
Form |
Shows the form for the following page, which can also have its own plot frame. The form for the following page is used with its plot frame as of the second page of a reporting block. If another next page form has been entered for the next page form, this is not taken into account when generating reports.
If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_NEXTPAGEFORM |
| 13057 |
Result from value set |
Form |
Shows the indexed content of the value set. For each value set, all possible assignments to the function properties are reported. (That is, all possible values that take on the property of the function through an assignment of the value set are reported.) |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
FORM_PLACEHOLDER_RESULT |
| 13058 |
Placeholder format |
Form |
Shows all variable assignments that are entered in the placeholder object (i.e. entries from the "Variable" column on the "Assignment" tab of the "Placeholder object" dialog). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_PLACEHOLDER_FORMAT |
| 13059 |
Separator for multiple values |
Form |
If several values are output in a text, then the character entered here is used as a separator. (A character string or a line break can also be entered as a separator.) If the property remains empty then a semicolon is used as a separator. Example: A1;A3;A6. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_MULTIRESULT_SEPARATOR |
| 13060 |
Generate data headers for the first x sorting properties |
Form |
This property specifies whether and which sorting properties are to be used when generating a new data header area:
0 = No new data header area,
1 = First sorting property is used for a new data header area,
2 = First and second sorting properties will be used for a new data header area,
3 = First, second, and third sorting properties will be used for a new data header area etc. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_RECREATE_MAINTITLE_WITH_SORTPROPS |
| 13061 |
Graphic for jumpers: Female pin end |
Form |
Placeholder for generating graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_JACKSIDE |
| 13062 |
Graphic for jumpers: Male pin end |
Form |
Placeholder for generating graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_PINSIDE |
| 13063 |
Consecutive number |
Form |
Can be used in the data area and in the data header area of reports that are output in list form (for example parts lists, summarized parts lists, terminal strip overviews, etc.) in order to number all of the rows. Every report block is separately numbered. The property can also be used at a manufacturing data export. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_LINE_COUNTER |
| 13064 |
Manufacturer / supplier list |
Form |
Monitors the report action of the manufacturer/supplier list:
0 = Manufacturers and suppliers,
1 = Only manufacturers,
2 = Only suppliers. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_MANUFACTURERLIST_TYPE |
| 13065 |
Graphic for internal saddle jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE_INTERNAL |
| 13066 |
Graphic for external saddle jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE_EXTERNAL |
| 13067 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header A |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position A). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_A |
| 13068 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header B |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position B). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_B |
| 13069 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header C |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position C). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_C |
| 13070 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header D |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for terminal connections with the form position D). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_D |
| 13071 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header, internal |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for internal terminal connections). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_INT |
| 13072 |
Cable chart: Spacing for header, external |
Form |
Distance to be displayed for the header of the cable chart (for external terminal connections). |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLE_HEAD_DISTANCE_EXT |
| 13073 |
Graphic for insertable jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_INSERTION |
| 13074 |
Graphic for internal insertable jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_INSERTION_INTERNAL |
| 13075 |
Graphic for external insertable jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_INSERTION_EXTERNAL |
| 13076 |
Cable chart: Header perpendicular to data area |
Form |
If this property is activated, the header of the cable chart is displayed across the data area. If it is not activated, the header has the same setup as the data area. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CABLETABLEHEAD_ATHWART_TO_CABLETABLEDATA |
| 13077 |
Connection diagram: Number of steps, internal |
Form |
For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies how many levels are planned for displaying internal targets. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_INT_STEPCOUNT |
| 13078 |
Connection diagram: Interval between steps, internal |
Form |
For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies the spacing between two levels when displaying internal targets. All levels are displayed with the same spacing. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_INT_STEPOFFSET |
| 13079 |
Connection diagram: Number of steps, external |
Form |
For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies how many levels are planned for displaying external targets. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_EXT_STEPCOUNT |
| 13080 |
Connection diagram: Interval between steps, external |
Form |
For connection point diagrams with variable levels, this specifies the spacing between two levels when displaying external targets. All levels are displayed with the same spacing. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_EXT_STEPOFFSET |
| 13081 |
Suppress data lines |
Form |
There can be blank data rows in reports when the output properties are blank. Blank data lines are not output if this property is selected. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SUPPRESS_EMPTY_LINES |
| 13082 |
Separator for combined values |
Form |
When several values with numbers are entered at the end of a text, the character (or character sequence) entered here is used as a separator. If the property remains blank, the character sequence "..." is used as a separator. Example: A1...A5 or A1-A5. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SUMUP_SEPARATOR |
| 13083 |
Reuse header for new column |
Form |
The header is repeated by default for every device when reporting dynamic forms. If this property is activated, the header is also repeated in each new column of the report. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_HEADER_IN_EACH_COLUMN |
| 13084 |
Connection diagram: Display all targets |
Form |
If this property is activated, all targets will be output up to the first level in the connection diagram. For all other levels, only the first targets are output. In the connection diagram, the targets are placed in a row and are only entered when the connection points belong to the same device and are next to each other in the graphic. In case of several targets, the connection graphic is represented as an oblique line.
If the property is deactivated, always the first target will be output. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_ALLDESTINATIONS |
| 13085 |
Connection diagram: Output only connected connection points at targets |
Form |
This property stands for device, terminal, cable as well as pin-connection diagrams. If it is activated, only the connected connection points of the displayed targets are output. This helps to save space in the connection diagrams. This property only relates to targets and does not affect the devices, cables, terminal strips, or plugs to be evaluated. These functions are also listed in the connection diagrams. Only the connected function connection points are output at the terminal strip, e.g. in a terminal connection diagram for a motor which is the target of a terminal strip. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_ONLYCONNECTEDCP |
| 13086 |
Connection diagram: Internal targets in table form |
Form |
If this form property is enabled, the properties of the internal targets are displayed in table format (and not grouped) in connection diagrams. A separate row is displayed for every target. If the internal and external targets are displayed in table format, the column width of the form is not shrunk to the report page.
If the property is not enabled, the grouped internal targets are output. With grouped targets, the column width of the form is automatically split in half on the report page. Targets that are not grouped are output with the full column width. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_TABULAR_INT |
| 13087 |
Connection diagram: External targets in table form |
Form |
If this form property is enabled, the properties of the external targets are displayed in table format (and not grouped) in connection diagrams. A separate row is displayed for every target. If the internal and external targets are displayed in table format, the column width of the form is not shrunk to the report page.
If the property is not enabled, the grouped external targets are output. With grouped targets, the column width of the form is automatically split in half on the report page. Targets that are not grouped are output with the full column width. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_TABULAR_EXT |
| 13088 |
Revision output with deleted pages |
Form |
If this form property is enabled, deleted pages are output in the revision overview. The option "Pages" must also be selected for the "Revision output type" property (ID 13106). Deleted pages are not output when the property is not enabled. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_REVISIONOVERVIEW_TYPE_DELETEDPAGES |
| 13089 |
Number of combined records |
Form |
This property can be used together with the "Combine in a line by" (ID 13111) property and indicates the number of objects that have been combined in a line. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_SUMOBJECTSCOUNT |
| 13090 |
Connection diagram: Do not divide targets |
Form |
If this property is activated, targets in connection point diagrams are always represented completely on a report page, rather than distributed on several report pages. Terminal strips and plugs are always separated regardless of this setting, if necessary, and the separation is drawn with a dotted line. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_NOBREAKBLOCKSONPAGE |
| 13091 |
Number of targets at target connection point |
Form |
This property can be used in terminal diagrams to identify connections that originate from a terminal and connect, from a terminal target, other targets. The value contains the number of the targets identified at the target connection point. In this context, only wire targets are considered, but no jumper targets. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_NUMBER_OF_DESTINATION |
| 13092 |
Consecutive number (header) |
Form |
Can be used in reports that are output in list form (e.g. parts lists, summarized parts lists, terminal strip overviews, etc.) in order to number all of the rows. Every report block is separately numbered. Within a report block, the row number starts again with "1" when the header changes.
The criterion that triggers a change in the header is defined by you in the properties "Regenerate header after change" (ID 13003) or "Generate data headers for the first x sorting properties" (ID 13060). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_LINE_COUNTER_CAPTION |
| 13093 |
Consecutive number (page) |
Form |
Can be used in reports that are output in list form (e.g. parts lists, summarized parts lists, terminal strip overviews, etc.) in order to number all of the rows. Every report block is separately numbered. Within a report block, the row number starts on each new page again with "1". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_LINE_COUNTER_PAGE |
| 13094 |
Graphic for internal switching jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. In the report, by way of a simple graphic, it is shown whether terminals are connected to each other via a closed or open switching jumper. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SWITCHABLE_INTERNAL |
| 13095 |
Graphic for external switching jumpers |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. In the report, by way of a simple graphic, it is shown whether terminals are connected to each other via a closed or open switching jumper. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SWITCHABLE_EXTERNAL |
| 13096 |
Jumpers: Suppress graphic for saddle jumper option |
Form |
|
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SUPPRESS_SADDLE_JUMPER_POSSIBILITY |
| 13097 |
Graphic for saddle jumper slot 3 |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE_SLOT_3 |
| 13098 |
Graphic for saddle jumper slot 4 |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE_SLOT_4 |
| 13099 |
Number of messages |
Form |
Total of all messages during the data transfer of forms. |
Messages |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_ERRORCOUNT |
| 13100 |
Error: Graphic |
Form |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any graphics during the data transfer of forms. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FORM_GRAPHICERROR |
| 13101 |
Error: Property placement |
Form |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any placed properties during the data transfer of forms. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FORM_PLACEDPROPERROR |
| 13102 |
Adapt row height dynamically |
Form |
Adjusts the row height in dynamic forms. If a cell contains longer text that causes a line break, then only this row automatically becomes higher. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_ADAPT_LINEHEIGHT |
| 13103 |
Use new column for each device |
Form |
In dynamically summarized reports, a new device (e.g. terminal strip or plug) begins in a new column. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_NEWDEVICE_IN_NEWCOLUMN |
| 13104 |
Display alignable accessories |
Form |
Enables/disables the display of accessories that can be aligned in reports. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_VIEW_ACCESSORIES |
| 13105 |
No line feed in data header area |
Form |
Controls the position of the data header area in forms. If the property is activated then the data header area is output with the next data row. If the property is deactivated then the data header area is output in its own row. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CAPTION_IN_DATALINE |
| 13106 |
Revision output type |
Form |
This form property shows which revision data are output in the revision overview:
Pages: The revision data relevant to the page and the project are output.
Project: Only the revision data relevant to the project are output. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_REVISIONOVERVIEW_TYPE |
| 13107 |
Cable graphic |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_CABLELINE |
| 13108 |
Replace variable values with text |
Form |
This property is only available in summarized parts lists. If it is activated, then a text - not a value - from the project settings will be output for the corresponding property in functions that have a variable defined in the placeholder object. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_REPLACE_VAR_VALUES |
| 13109 |
Symbol variant |
Form |
Specifies which symbol variant is displayed for output in the form for symbols that are represented by the "Symbol graphic" property. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SYMBOL_VARIANT |
| 13110 |
Reuse data header area for new column |
Form |
The data header area is repeated by default for every function for reporting dynamic forms. If this property is enabled, the data header area is also repeated in every new column of the report. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CAPTION_IN_EACH_COLUMN |
| 13111 |
Combine in a line by |
Form |
You specify the form properties for which identical data are to be entered in a row. For instance, you can combine the data for each page type in the table of contents. A semi-colon and the character sequence "..." are used as separators by default for entered values. However, you can also specify other separators via the properties "Separator for multiple values" and "Separator for combined values". |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SUMMARIZE_PROPERTIES |
| 13112 |
Align graphics to insertion point (without alignment box) |
Form |
The property can be used in forms and does affect all placeholders for graphics for which the alignment box has not been activated. The handle is set at the insertion point of the placeholder text for the symbols and macros inserted via this type of placeholder. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_USE_PHT_INSERTIONPOINT |
| 13113 |
Connection point-specific output |
Form |
If this property is activated, a row is generated in terminal diagrams and terminal connection diagrams for each pair of connection points. Terminals with more than two connection points are automatically split across multiple rows. In addition, terminal connection points that are not connected are output. In addition, jumpers between an internal and an external connection point are not evaluated and displayed as jumpers. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_TERMCON_ORIENTED |
| 13114 |
Output only used symbols |
Form |
If this property is activated, only the symbols actually used in the project will be output in the symbol overview. If the property is deactivated, all symbols of the symbol libraries stored in the project will be output. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_USED_SYMBOLS_ONLY |
| 13115 |
Alphanumeric sorting for internal connection points |
Form |
This form property is intended for use in table device connection diagrams in order to output the connection points there in an alphanumeric, collated, manner. For all connection points to be output internally and collated jointly, you must also activate the "Summarize external and internal targets in internal targets" (ID 13054) property. You cannot collate only external connection points.
In the case of alphanumeric collating, however, the logical association of the connection points is not always visible in the report. This sorting is first realized according to the "Plug designation (automatic)" (ID 20431) property, and then according to the connection point designation. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SORT_INTERNAL_CP |
| 13116 |
Properties formatted: Replacement text |
Form |
Using this form property, you can define up to ten tables for replacement texts (via the index). You can use these tables to replace the values of these properties when generating reports of forms that contain placeholder texts with formatted properties: When editing placeholder texts, you can select the table of replacement texts to be used for a property in the dialog Format: Block property. The values of the selected property are then compared to texts defined in the table and replaced accordingly.
When creating reports of forms, priority is given to the tables defined in this form property. If the selected table is not defined in the form property, the table of the same name will instead be used from the "Block property: Replacement text" (ID 10660) project property. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FORM_BLOCKPROPERTY_REPLACETEXT |
| 13117 |
Connection diagram: Target tracking across all devices |
Form |
If this property is activated, the target tracking in connection point diagrams will be continued via any devices. For the search for further targets, the Target tracking (PLC) to property is used in the connection point logic of the devices. In addition, the Connection point diagram: Output only connected connection points (ID 13085) property is evaluated as activated.
The last external and internal target is in each case the first device found for which no connection points have been specified for the transfer in the Target tracking (PLC) to property. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_TARGET_TRACKING_ALL |
| 13118 |
Apply abbreviation rules to all structure properties |
Form |
|
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_REDUCE_STRUCTUREPROPS |
| 13119 |
Output all subordinate segments |
Form |
When this form property is activated, all the subordinate segments are also determined and output for each segment in the data area of a report of the type "Structure segment plan" or "Planning object plan". |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SUBOBJECTS_RECURSIVE |
| 13120 |
Suppress property placements |
Form |
This property is only available for forms of the "Symbol overview" type. If the property is activated, only the symbol graphics are output in the symbol overview, but not the properties displayed by default at the symbol. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_SUPRESS_PROPERTYINSTANCES |
| 13121 |
Connection diagram: Output only connected connection points |
Form |
This property is only available for device connection diagrams. if it is activated, only the connected connection points of the reported device are displayed. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORM_MAINEVALUATIONOBJECT_ONLYCONNECTEDCP |
| 13122 |
Graphic for saddle jumper slot 5 |
Form |
Placeholder for generated graphics in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FORM_GRAPHIC_JUMPER_SADDLE_SLOT_5 |
| 13200 |
Error (import) |
Form |
Indicates whether a problem occurred during the data transfer of forms. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
FORM_IMPORTERROR |
| 14020 |
Creator |
Form (base object) |
Author of the form, plot frame or outline. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMGDOC_CREATOR |
| 14021 |
Creation date |
Form (base object) |
Creation date of the form, plot frame or outline. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMGDOC_CREATIONDATE |
| 14022 |
Last editor: Sign-in name |
Form (base object) |
User code of the last editor of the form, plot frame or outline. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMGDOC_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 14023 |
Modification date (automatic) |
Form (base object) |
Date of the last change to the form, plot frame or outline. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMGDOC_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 14100 |
Outline type / form type |
Outline definition |
Defines the type of the outline or of the form. Possible values: Outline extrusion, Outline NC record generation, Form (copper). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONTOURDEFINITION_TYPE |
| 14101 |
Outline: Variant |
Outline definition |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONTOURDEFINITION_VARIANT |
| 15000 |
Symbol library |
Symbol library
Symbol |
Name of the symbol library, determined from the database name. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBLIB_NAME |
| 15011 |
Symbol library description |
Symbol library |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_DESC |
| 15012 |
Version |
Symbol library |
Version of the symbol library. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_VERSION |
| 15013 |
Grid |
Symbol library |
Logical grid size of the symbol library. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_LOGICGRID |
| 15015 |
Number of symbols |
Symbol library |
Number of symbols in a symbol library. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBLIB_SYMBOLCOUNT |
| 15016 |
Number of locked symbols |
Symbol library |
Number of locked symbols in a symbol library. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBLIB_LOCKEDSYMBOLCOUNT |
| 15017 |
Number of symbol variants |
Symbol library |
Number of symbol variants in a symbol library. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBLIB_VARIANTCOUNT |
| 15019 |
Company code |
Symbol library |
Short designation of the company that created this symbol library. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_COMPANY |
| 15020 |
Creator |
Symbol library |
Creator of the symbol library. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_CREATOR |
| 15021 |
Creation date |
Symbol library |
Creation date of the symbol library. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_CREATIONDATE |
| 15022 |
Last editor: Sign-in name |
Symbol library |
User code of the last person to edit the symbol library. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 15023 |
Modification date (automatic) |
Symbol library |
Date of last change to the symbol library. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 15024 |
Modification date (manual) |
Symbol library |
Manually entered date of last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_MANUALDATE |
| 15030 |
Plot frame to edit symbol |
Symbol library |
The plot frame which is used for editing the symbol.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_FRAME |
| 15031 |
Compressed symbol library |
Symbol library |
This property is assigned to a symbol library if one or more symbol variants were deleted from the symbol library during compression. In a comparison with the complete symbol library, however, the compressed symbol library is still considered equal in the system master data. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBOLLIBRARY_REMOVED_VARIANT |
| 15098 |
Name of original symbol library |
Symbol library |
This property is used internally. It contains the name of the original symbol library if the symbol library has been converted. It is possible check whether the symbol library is compatible with an "old" EPLAN 5 symbol library. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_OLDNAME |
| 15099 |
Number of messages |
Symbol library |
Total of all messages during the data transfer of symbol libraries. |
Messages |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMBLIB_ERRORCOUNT |
| 15100 |
Error: Function definition |
Symbol library |
Indicates whether a function definition was missing during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_FUNCDEFERROR |
| 15101 |
Error: Connection point |
Symbol library |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any connection points during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_CONNECTIONERROR |
| 15102 |
Error: Symbol variant |
Symbol library |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any symbol variants during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_VARIANTERROR |
| 15103 |
Error: Representation type |
Symbol library |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any representation type during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_FUNCTYPEERROR |
| 15104 |
Error: Connection point logic |
Symbol library |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any connection point logic during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_LOGICERROR |
| 15105 |
Error: Symbol graphic |
Symbol library |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any symbol graphics during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_GRAPHICERROR |
| 15106 |
Error: Property placement |
Symbol library |
Indicates whether a problem occurred with any placed properties during the data transfer of symbol libraries. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_PLACEDPROPERROR |
| 15200 |
Error (import) |
Symbol library |
Shows whether a problem occurred during the symbol libraries data transfer that can be solved in the function definition assignment dialog. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_IMPORTERROR |
| 15201 |
Error (symbol editor) |
Symbol library |
Shows whether a problem occurred during the symbol libraries data transfer that can be solved in the symbol editor. Max. of 1,024 are recorded. |
Messages |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1024 |
No |
SYMBLIB_ERRORSYMBOLED |
| 15501 |
Modification date |
Function definition library |
Date of last changes to the function definition library. Since function definition libraries cannot be subsequently changed, only generated, this also reflects the creation date. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
No category |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_LASTMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 15502 |
Version information of function definition library |
Function definition library |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_VERSION |
| 15503 |
Creator |
Function definition library |
Creator of the function definition library. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_CREATOR |
| 15504 |
Creation date |
Function definition library |
Creation date of the function definition library. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
No category |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_CREATIONDATE |
| 15505 |
Last editor: Sign-in name |
Function definition library |
User code of the last person to edit the function definition library. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FCTDEFLIB_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 15901 |
Supplementary field |
Symbol library |
Max. 1,000 supplementary fields for the symbol library that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
SYMBLIB_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 16000 |
Name |
Symbol |
Identifying designation of the symbol, i.e. the identifier letter according to a standard. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMB_NAME |
| 16001 |
Connection point number |
Symbol |
Internal connection point number. Either a consecutive number or a "n" (for a variable connection number) or a "z" (for the last connection point with a variable connection number). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
SYMB_CONNECTIONNUMBER |
| 16002 |
Number |
Symbol |
Symbol number, indicates the position of the symbol in the symbol library. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMB_NR |
| 16003 |
Default variant |
Symbol |
The symbol variant with which the symbol is placed as standard. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_VARIANT |
| 16004 |
Default property arrangement for variant A |
Symbol |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_A |
| 16005 |
Default property arrangement for variant B |
Symbol |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_B |
| 16006 |
Default property arrangement for variant C |
Symbol |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_C |
| 16007 |
Default property arrangement for variant D |
Symbol |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_D |
| 16008 |
Default property arrangement for variant E |
Symbol |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_E |
| 16009 |
Default property arrangement for variant F |
Symbol |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_F |
| 16010 |
Target tracking |
Symbol |
The logic model is stored for "virtual" functions, such as T-nodes and corner nodes. Target tracking determines the direction of the "paths" from one device to another for automatic reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_LOGICMODEL |
| 16011 |
Symbol description |
Symbol |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DESC |
| 16012 |
Prevent new placement |
Symbol |
Prevents the symbol being used in new schematics. If this property is activated, then the symbol is no longer shown in the project symbol selection, i.e. it can no longer be newly inserted. The symbol can still be edited in the master data. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_PREVENTPLACEMENT |
| 16013 |
Supplementary field |
Symbol |
Max. 99 supplementary fields for the symbol that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 99 |
No |
SYMB_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 16014 |
Default property arrangement for variant G |
Symbol |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_G |
| 16015 |
Default property arrangement for variant H |
Symbol |
When placing the corresponding symbol variants, this assignment set is used for the properties. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_PROPERTYSET_H |
| 16016 |
PCT type |
Symbol
PCT loop
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
The PCT type defines which symbol is placed in the P&I diagram for the PCT loop / PCT loop function. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_PLTTYPE |
| 16017 |
Trade (function definition) |
Symbol |
Shows the trade specified in the function definition. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMB_CRAFT |
| 16018 |
Main function |
Symbol |
|
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_MAINFUNCTION |
| 16019 |
Intrinsically safe |
Symbol |
Shows whether an intrinsically safe function is generated when using the symbol:
0 = Not defined (the "Intrinsically safe" property is not observed when placing and replacing a symbol).
1 =Yes (an intrinsically safe function is generated when placing and replacing a symbol for this symbol).
2 = No (a function that is not intrinsically safe is generated when placing and replacing a symbol for this symbol).
The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_INTRINSICALLYSAFE |
| 16020 |
Creator |
Symbol |
Creator of the symbol. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_CREATOR |
| 16021 |
Creation date |
Symbol |
Creation date of the symbol. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_CREATIONDATE |
| 16022 |
Last editor: Sign-in name |
Symbol |
User code of the last person to edit the symbol. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_LASTMODIFICATOR |
| 16023 |
Modification date (automatic) |
Symbol |
Date of last changes to the symbol. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_LASTAUTOMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 16024 |
Modification note |
Symbol |
Modification note for changes to a symbol. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_MODIFICATIONCOMMENT |
| 16025 |
Modification date (manual) |
Symbol |
Manually entered change date of the symbol. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_LASTMANUMODIFICATIONDATE |
| 16026 |
Version |
Symbol |
Manually defined version number of the symbol. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_VERSION |
| 16027 |
Symbol representation type (encoded) |
Symbol |
Shows in coded form the representation type of the symbol:
1 = Multi-line
2 = Single-line
38 = P&I diagram
-2 = Pair cross-reference
3 = Overview
-3 = External
5 = Graphic
8 = Panel layout
-6 = Detailed panel layout. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_SYBMOLFUNCTIONTYPE |
| 16028 |
Symbol representation type |
Symbol |
Shows the representation type of the symbol, e.g. "Multi-line" or "Overview". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMB_SYBMOLFUNCTIONTYPE_NAME |
| 16030 |
Use first variant of connection definition point symbol |
Symbol |
The corresponding variants are normally always used when placing cable symbols and their relevant connection definition point symbols. If this property is enabled, the first variant of the connection definition point symbol is always used when placing or moving the cable symbol. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_CABLE_RELATED_VDP_SYMBOL_ID_USE_1ST_VARIANT_ONLY |
| 16031 |
Symbol variant assignment (internal) |
Symbol |
This property is populated during the data transfer of projects from EPLAN 5. It is only required for EPLAN 5 due to compatibility reasons and is no longer used in new projects. The assignment of the variants for data transfer is stored here. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 4 |
No |
SYMB_IMPORTEDVARIANTMAPPING |
| 16032 |
Symbol for contact image of motor overload switch |
Symbol |
|
Symbol data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_MOTOR_CONTACT_IMAGE |
| 16033 |
Default property arrangement for variant A (alternative) |
Symbol |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_A |
| 16034 |
Default property arrangement for variant B (alternative) |
Symbol |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_B |
| 16035 |
Default property arrangement for variant C (alternative) |
Symbol |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_C |
| 16036 |
Default property arrangement for variant D (alternative) |
Symbol |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_D |
| 16037 |
Default property arrangement for variant E (alternative) |
Symbol |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_E |
| 16038 |
Default property arrangement for variant F (alternative) |
Symbol |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_F |
| 16039 |
Default property arrangement for variant G (alternative) |
Symbol |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_G |
| 16040 |
DXF export: Name of block |
Symbol |
Name of the block generated by the DXF / DWG export. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DXF_BLOCKNAME |
| 16041 |
Default property arrangement for variant H (alternative) |
Symbol |
Name of the alternative standard property arrangement (e.g. top right) for the GOST 2.701-84 standard. This property is used when the standard property arrangement is selected for the component and the "Use alternative property arrangement" project setting is enabled. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_DEFAULT_ALTERNATIVE_PROPERTYSET_H |
| 16042 |
With signal isolation |
Symbol |
Shows whether a function with signal isolation is generated when using the symbol. The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. The following values are possible:
0 = Not defined (The property is not observed when placing and replacing the symbol.)
1 = Yes (A function with signal isolation is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol.)
2 = No (A function without signal isolation is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol.) |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_POTENTIALSEPARATED |
| 16043 |
Net-connecting |
Symbol |
Shows whether a net-connecting function is created when placing and replacing a symbol. The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. The following values are possible:
0 = Not defined (the property is not observed when placing and replacing the symbol).
1 = Yes (a net-connecting function is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol).
2 = No (a function that does not connect nets is generated for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol). |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_NETCONNECTING |
| 16044 |
Safety function |
Symbol |
Shows whether a function that is relevant to safety is generated when placing and replacing a symbol. The visibility of the property depends on the type of symbol. The following values are possible:
0 = Not defined (the property is not observed when placing and replacing the symbol).
1 = Yes (a function that is relevant to safety is created for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol).
2 = No (a function that is not relevant to safety is created for this symbol when placing and replacing the symbol). |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SYMB_SAFETYRELEVANT |
| 16045 |
Transformation point |
Symbol |
The transformation point is used as the base point for rotation and flipping. Each symbol variant can have its own transformation point; symbol variants are distinguished via the index. The transformation point is entered as a coordinate in mm, e.g., "2.0/2.0". The entry refers to the insertion point of the respective symbol variant. If a transformation point has not been defined for a symbol variant, the first connection point of the symbol will be used as a base point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 16 |
No |
SYMBOL_TRANSFORMATION_POINT |
| 16050 |
Property arrangements |
Symbol |
Contains multi-language designations for user-defined sets of properties (max. 64). |
No category |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 64 |
No |
SYMB_PROPERTYINSTANCESET |
| 16901 |
Variant name |
Symbol variant |
Name of the symbol variant. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBVAR_NAME |
| 16902 |
Number of connecting points |
Symbol variant |
|
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBVAR_CONPOINTSCOUNT |
| 16903 |
Symbol name |
Symbol variant |
Identifying designation of the symbol, i.e. the identifier letter according to a standard. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBVAR_SYMB_NAME |
| 16904 |
Symbol number |
Symbol variant |
Symbol number, indicates the position of the symbol in the symbol library. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBVAR_SYMB_NR |
| 16905 |
Symbol library |
Symbol variant |
Name of the symbol library, determined from the database name. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBVAR_SYMBLIB_NAME |
| 16906 |
Symbol description |
Symbol variant |
|
No category |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
SYMBVAR_SYMB_DESC |
| 18000 |
Name (form, plot frame, outline, form (copper)) |
Form (base object) |
Name of the form, plot frame, outline or form. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_NAME |
| 18011 |
Description (form, plot frame, outline, form (copper)) |
Form (base object) |
Description of the form, plot frame, outline or form. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_DESC |
| 18021 |
Company code |
Form (base object) |
Short designation of the company who has generated this form, plot frame or outline. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_COMPANY |
| 18031 |
Modification date (manual) |
Form (base object) |
Manually entered date of last change. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_MANUALDATE |
| 18041 |
Supplementary field |
Form (base object) |
Max. 99 supplementary fields for the form / plot frame that can be specified using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 99 |
No |
FORMBASE_ADDITION |
| 18051 |
Version |
Form (base object) |
Manually entered version number of the form, plot frame or outline. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_VERSION |
| 18061 |
Grid |
Form (base object) |
Logical grid spacing of the form, plot frame or outline. |
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FORMBASE_LOGICGRID |
| 19002 |
X coordinate |
Reference (base object)
Placement on layer |
|
Formats |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_XCOORD |
| 19003 |
Y coordinate |
Reference (base object)
Placement on layer |
|
Formats |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_YCOORD |
| 19005 |
Column number |
Placement on layer
Reference (base object)
Part reference |
Provides the column number where the placement is currently located. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PATHID |
| 19006 |
Row number |
Placement on layer
Reference (base object)
Part reference |
Provides the row number where the placement is currently located. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_POSID |
| 19007 |
Placement |
Placement on layer
Reference (base object)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports)
Connection |
Provides the full placement consisting of page, internal column and internal row (these do not reflect the column and row numbers). For functions and interruption points, the own cross-reference is output. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_FULLPLACEMENTLOCATION |
| 19008 |
User-defined property arrangement: Name |
Reference (base object)
Model view |
Internal property for the user-defined property arrangement specified on the component. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_USER_DEFINED_PROPERTYSET |
| 19010 |
Color |
Placement on layer |
|
Formats |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_COLOR |
| 19011 |
Line type |
Graphical element |
|
Formats |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_LINESTYLE |
| 19015 |
Font |
|
|
Formats |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_FONT |
| 19016 |
Alignment |
|
|
Formats |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_DIRECTION |
| 19017 |
Font size |
Symbol library
|
|
Formats |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_SIZE |
| 19019 |
Layer |
Placement on layer |
|
Formats |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_LAYER |
| 19020 |
Page type |
Reference (base object)
Placement on layer |
|
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PAGETYPE |
| 19021 |
Representation type / report type |
Reference (base object)
Connection
Part reference |
The representation type is displayed for component and part placements, e.g. "Multi-line". The report type is displayed here for reports, e.g. "Enclosure legend". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_TYPE |
| 19022 |
Page name |
Reference (base object)
Part reference
Placement on layer
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
For component or part placements, outputs the page names (page counters + subcounters) of the page on which the corresponding component or item is placed. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PAGENAME |
| 19023 |
Page name (full) |
Reference (base object)
Part reference
Placement on layer
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
For component or part placements, outputs the full page names (page name + all identifier blocks) of the page on which the corresponding component or item is placed. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PAGEFULLNAME |
| 19024 |
Page description |
Placement on layer |
|
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_PAGENOMINATION |
| 19030 |
Revision marker (change tracking) |
Placement
Project option
Segment (pre-planning) |
Automatically entered marker text at modified objects in a revision. The marker text is composed from a number of different properties, e.g. revision name, creator, and modification date. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_MARKER |
| 19031 |
Revision marker format (change tracking) |
Placement
Project
Project option
Segment (pre-planning) |
Defines the formatting of the revision marker text. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_MARKER_FORMAT |
| 19032 |
Modification date (change tracking) |
Placement
Project option
Segment (pre-planning) |
Date on which an object in a revision was modified. This property is displayed by default in the automatically generated revision marker. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_DATE |
| 19033 |
Creator (change tracking) |
Placement
Project option
Segment (pre-planning) |
Editor that changed the object in a revision. This property is displayed as standard in the automatically generated revision marker. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_USER |
| 19034 |
Modification time (change tracking) |
Placement
Project option
Segment (pre-planning) |
Time at which an object in a revision was modified. This property is displayed by default in the automatically generated revision marker. The time representation can be configured in the project settings. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_REVISION_LOG_TIME |
| 19070 |
Bundle: Connection point designation |
Bundle connection point
Connection |
The bundle connection point designation identifies a connection within a bundle. It occurs in pairs (but not more often) for each bundle: At the connection point entering the bundle and at the connection point leaving the bundle. Several bundle connection point numbers can also be entered, separated by commas. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
STRANDCONNECTOR_DESIGNATION |
| 19071 |
Bundle: Connection point description |
Bundle connection point |
Bundle description. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
STRANDCONNECTOR_DESCRIPTION |
| 19072 |
Bundle: Connection point data |
Bundle connection point |
Contains either the bundle description or, if this is not present, the bundle connection point designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
STRANDCONNECTOR_DATA_AUTOMATIC |
| 19100 |
Parametric rules |
Placement on layer |
Determines how size-adjusting symbols should behave when zooming in and out. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_PARAMETRICRULE |
| 19101 |
Invisible |
Placement on layer |
|
Formats |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_INVISIBLE |
| 19102 |
Line thickness |
Graphical element |
|
Formats |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_WIDTH |
| 19103 |
Graphical placement |
Placement on layer |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTANCE_GEDLOCATION |
| 19150 |
Pattern length |
Graphical element |
|
Formats |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_LINESTYLEFACTOR |
| 19151 |
Line end style |
Graphical element |
|
Formats |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_LINEENDTYPE |
| 19201 |
Text contents |
Text
Hyperlink |
Shows the content of graphical texts, placeholder texts, hyperlinks, and path function texts as multi-language character strings. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
TEXT_CONTENTS |
| 19300 |
Placeholder object name |
Placeholder text |
Name of the placeholder object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PLACEHOLDER_NAME |
| 19301 |
Placeholder object: Last value set selected |
Placeholder text |
The value set that was last assigned to the placeholder object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLACEHOLDER_LASTUSEDVALUESET |
| 19303 |
Value set name |
Placeholder text |
Required to generate the value set table in placeholder object overview screens and shows the names of the value sets in indexed form. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
PLACEHOLDER_VALUESET_NAME |
| 19304 |
File / Document |
Hyperlink
Image |
Shows the image file or the document with the hyperlink. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FILE |
| 19305 |
Description (Hyperlink) |
Hyperlink |
Description text of a hyperlink; an entry is only allowed in one language. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESCRIPTION |
| 19306 |
Image file: Description |
Image |
Description text of an image file; a multilingual entry is allowed. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DESCRIPTION_ML |
| 19307 |
Property arrangement |
Reference (base object)
Model view |
Displays the name of the property arrangement set at the function / part placement. The property arrangement can also be assigned via this property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTANCE_ACTIVE_PROPERTYSET |
| 19308 |
Placeholder object description |
Placeholder text |
Description of the placeholder object. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLACEHOLDER_DESCRIPTION |
| 19310 |
X coordinate starting point |
Line |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
LINE_START_X |
| 19311 |
Y coordinate starting point |
Line |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
LINE_START_Y |
| 19312 |
X coordinate end point |
Line |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
LINE_END_X |
| 19313 |
Y coordinate end point |
Line |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
LINE_END_Y |
| 19314 |
Use placeholder object in Eplan Cogineer |
Placeholder text |
If the property is activated, this placeholder object can be used in Eplan Cogineer. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PLACEHOLDER_USE_IN_COGINEER |
| 19315 |
Remove placeholder object after generation with Eplan Cogineer |
Placeholder text |
If the property is activated, the placeholder object is deleted from the schematic after the generation of the schematic with Eplan Cogineer. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PLACEHOLDER_DELETE_AFTER_USAGE_IN_COGINEER |
| 19320 |
Circle radius |
Circle (arc / sector / ellipse) |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_RADIUS |
| 19321 |
X coordinate of the center |
Circle (arc / sector / ellipse) |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_CENTER_X |
| 19322 |
Y coordinate of the center |
Circle (arc / sector / ellipse) |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_CENTER_Y |
| 19323 |
Starting angle |
Circle (arc / sector / ellipse) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_STARTANGLE |
| 19324 |
End angle |
Circle (arc / sector / ellipse) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_ARC_ENDANGLE |
| 19340 |
X coordinate starting point |
Rectangle
Macro box |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_START_X |
| 19341 |
Y coordinate starting point |
Rectangle
Macro box |
|
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_START_Y |
| 19342 |
Rotation angle for rectangle |
Rectangle |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_ANGLE |
| 19343 |
Rotation angle for text |
Text |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
TEXT_ANGLE |
| 19380 |
Layer: Description |
|
Description text of a layer; a multilingual entry is allowed. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_LAYER_DESCRIPTION |
| 19400 |
File name |
Mechanical object |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_DOCNAME |
| 19401 |
Schematic link |
Mechanical object |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_HAS_ASSOCIATION |
| 19402 |
Trade 'Fluid power' |
Mechanical object |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_CRAFT_FLUID |
| 19403 |
Trade 'Electrical engineering' |
Mechanical object |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_CRAFT_ELECTRICAL |
| 19404 |
Object name |
Mechanical object |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_OBJNAME |
| 19405 |
Trade 'Process engineering' |
Mechanical object |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_CRAFT_PROCESS |
| 19406 |
Information |
Mechanical object |
Shows whether information for tracking a mechanical model is available. The property can be used for filtering. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_NOTE |
| 19407 |
Mechanical model is obsolete |
Mechanical object |
Shows whether the mechanical model in the file system is more current than the mechanical model in the Eplan project. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_IS_DIRTY |
| 19409 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: X coordinate starting point |
Mechanical object |
X coordinate for the starting point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_START_X |
| 19410 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: Y coordinate starting point |
Mechanical object |
Y coordinate for the starting point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_START_Y |
| 19411 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: Z coordinate starting point |
Mechanical object |
Z coordinate for the starting point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_START_Z |
| 19412 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: X coordinate end point |
Mechanical object |
X coordinate for the end point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_END_X |
| 19413 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: Y coordinate end point |
Mechanical object |
Y coordinate for the end point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_END_Y |
| 19414 |
Airflow-specific reserved area: Z coordinate end point |
Mechanical object |
Z coordinate for the end point of the reserved area. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_EXTERNALINSTANCE_VENTILATION_RESTRICTED_AREA_END_Z |
| 19503 |
Author: Reply |
|
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
DMG_COMMENT_RESPONSE_AUTHOR |
| 19504 |
Reply text |
|
|
No category |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
DMG_COMMENT_RESPONSE |
| 19505 |
Date and time |
|
Date and time of the reply. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
No category |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
DMG_COMMENT_RESPONSE_DATETIME |
| 19600 |
X position |
Door position |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_XPOS |
| 19601 |
Y position |
Door position |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_YPOS |
| 19602 |
Z position |
Door position |
Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 19603 |
Door: Part number |
Door position |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 19604 |
Door: Variant |
Door position |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDOORPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 19605 |
Offset X direction (drilling pattern) |
|
Offset in the X direction for the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTCONSTRUCTIONPOSITION_OFFSET_X |
| 19606 |
Offset Y direction (drilling pattern) |
|
Offset in the Y direction for the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTCONSTRUCTIONPOSITION_OFFSET_Y |
| 19607 |
Name (drilling pattern) |
|
Name of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEPARTCONSTRUCTIONPOSITION_NAME |
| 19620 |
Block property: Format |
QR code |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
QRCODE_BLOCK_FORMAT |
| 19621 |
Block property: Value |
QR code |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
QRCODE_BLOCK_VALUE |
| 19650 |
X position |
Mounting panel position |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_XPOS |
| 19651 |
Y position |
Mounting panel position |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_YPOS |
| 19652 |
Z position |
Mounting panel position |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 19653 |
Mounting location |
Mounting panel position |
Specifies the mounting location on the mounting panel, e.g. "Rear", "Left", "Right". |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_LOCATION |
| 19654 |
Angle |
Mounting panel position |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_ANGLE |
| 19655 |
Mounting panel: Part number |
Mounting panel position |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 19656 |
Mounting panel: Variant |
Mounting panel position |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEMOUNTINGPANELPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 19700 |
X position |
Locked area position |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_XPOS |
| 19701 |
Y position |
Locked area position |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_YPOS |
| 19702 |
Front |
Locked area position |
|
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_FRONTSIDE |
| 19703 |
Width |
Locked area position |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_WIDTH |
| 19704 |
Height |
Locked area position |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_HEIGHT |
| 19705 |
Type |
Locked area position |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLELOCKEDMOUNTINGAREAPOSITION_TYPE |
| 19750 |
X position |
Mounting rail position on busbar adapters |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_XPOS |
| 19751 |
Y position |
Mounting rail position on busbar adapters |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_YPOS |
| 19752 |
Z position |
Mounting rail position on busbar adapters |
Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 19753 |
Mounting rail: Part number |
Mounting rail position on busbar adapters |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 19754 |
Mounting rail: Variant |
Mounting rail position on busbar adapters |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 19755 |
Length |
Mounting rail position on busbar adapters |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLESUPPORTBARPOSITION_LENGTH |
| 19756 |
Required |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Specifies whether the part is an absolutely required accessory part. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_NESSECCARY |
| 19800 |
Affected functions |
Path function text |
Lists all the functions for a path function text that adopt this function text from the path. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PATHTEXT_FUNCTIONS |
| 20000 |
Name (identifying) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Identifying name of the function, consisting of the identifying device tag, the connection point designation for connection points, and the terminal designation for terminals. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTNAME |
| 20001 |
Name (full) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference |
Full name, such as the identifying name, but also still contains additional describing identifier elements. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_FULLNAME |
| 20002 |
Name (visible) |
Function (base object) |
Displayed name, contains the name as it was entered for the displayed DT in the properties dialog. May also contain terminal designation, etc. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_VISIBLENAME |
| 20003 |
DT (superior, without project structures) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Supplies the superior device tag without project structures.
Example: "U1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_MAIN |
| 20004 |
DT (subordinate, without project structures) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Supplies the subordinate device tag without project structures.
Example: "K1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_NESTED |
| 20005 |
DT (identifying) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Terminal strip (in reports)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Contains the identifying device tag of the function (without terminal / connection point designation). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAG |
| 20006 |
DT (full) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Terminal strip (in reports)
Plugs (in reports)
Cables (in reports) |
Contains the full device tag of the function (without terminal / connection point designation). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_FULLDEVICETAG |
| 20007 |
DT (identifying, without subordinate DT) |
Function (base object) |
Provides the identifying device tag without the subordinate DT. The property is used in the navigator in the tree view.
Example: "=A+O-U1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGWITHOUTNESTEDDEVTAG |
| 20008 |
DT (identifying, without project structures) |
Connection
Function (base object)
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Provides the identifying device tag without the project structures. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGWITHOUTSTRUCTURES |
| 20009 |
DT (full, without project structures) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Project
Part reference
Segment (pre-planning) |
Provides the device tag without the project structures, i.e., the following is output:
The result is "K1" for "=A1-K1," "K1" for "-K1" and "K1-K2" for "=A1-K1-K2". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULL |
| 20010 |
DT (displayed) |
Function (base object) |
The part of the device tag that is displayed in the graphical editor. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_VISIBLEDEVICETAG |
| 20011 |
Function text |
Function
Structure box
Terminal strip (in reports)
Plugs (in reports)
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Manually entered function text. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TEXT |
| 20012 |
DT: Prefix |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies the prefix before an identifier letter. Any prefix can be chosen, but a number is most practical. For example, you receive a DT "4K5" with the digit "4" as the prefix. You also obtain this type of DT when you display the page number in the DT; in this case the DT changes when you change the page number. If you use a fixed prefix instead, then the DT does not change. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PREFIX |
| 20013 |
DT: Identifier |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports) |
By default, the identifier letter assigned to the function definition is adopted, but this can be overwritten. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CODE |
| 20014 |
DT: Counter |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Counter for assigning DTs. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_COUNTER |
| 20015 |
DT: Subcounter |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Suffix for the DT. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SUFFIX |
| 20016 |
DT (subordinate): Prefix |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows the prefix before an identifier in the subordinate DT. Any prefix can be chosen, but a number is most practical. For example, you receive a DT "4K5" with the digit "4" as the prefix. You also obtain this type of DT when you display the page number in the DT; in this case the DT changes when you change the page number. If you use a fixed prefix instead, then the DT does not change. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_NESTEDPREFIX |
| 20017 |
DT (subordinate): Identifier |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Identifier in the subordinate DT. By default, the identifier letter assigned to the function definition is adopted, but this can be overwritten. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_NESTEDCODE |
| 20018 |
DT (subordinate):Counter |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Counter in the subordinate DT. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_NESTEDCOUNTER |
| 20019 |
DT (subordinate): Subcounter |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Suffix for the subordinate DT. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_NESTEDSUFFIX |
| 20020 |
DT (project structures only) |
Function (base object)
Connection |
Provides only the project structures, e.g. "=A1+O1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_ONLYSTRUCTURES |
| 20021 |
Cross-reference display |
Function |
Specifies the display of cross-references:
0 = Automatic display (cross-references are only then displayed if the visible DT is not blank).
1 = Never display
2 = Always display. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SUPPRESSCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20022 |
Function: Connection point designation |
Connection point
Function |
Shows the connection point designations of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point designations. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION |
| 20023 |
Function: Connection point description |
Connection point
Function |
Shows the connection point descriptions of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point descriptions. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESCRIPTION |
| 20024 |
Mounting site (describing) |
Structure box
Function
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Describing mounting site of the function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MOUNTINGLOCATION |
| 20025 |
Engraving text |
Function
Structure box
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports)
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Engraving text of the function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_GRAVINGTEXT |
| 20026 |
Function definition |
Function
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Symbol |
Provides the name of the entered function definition. |
Function data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_COMPONENTTYPE |
| 20027 |
Technical characteristics |
Function
Structure box
Function template
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Technical characteristics of the function. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TECHNICAL_CHARACTERISTIC |
| 20028 |
Connection point designation |
Connection point
Function |
Shows the connection point designations of a connection point. A maximum of 100 connection point designations can be defined by using the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
FUNC_TERMINALDESIGNATION |
| 20029 |
Connection point description |
Connection point
Function |
Shows the connection point descriptions of a connection point. A maximum of 100 connection point descriptions can be defined by using the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
FUNC_TERMINALDESCRIPTION |
| 20030 |
Terminal / Pin designation |
Function
Function template |
Designation of a terminal or pin. This property can only be placed separately and cannot be docked to other placed properties on the display tab of the property dialog. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PINORTERMINALNUMBER |
| 20031 |
Function text (automatic) |
Function
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports)
Plugs (in reports)
Cables (in reports)
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Displays the content of the manually entered function text or, if it is empty, the path function text. When this property is displayed on a project page, the line breaks are removed. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_TEXT_AUTOMATIC |
| 20032 |
Additional identifying name element |
Function
Connection |
This contains the terminal designation for terminals, the pin designation for pins, and the connection point designation for connection points. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ADDITIONALIDENTIFYINGNAMEPART |
| 20033 |
Output group |
Function
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
This property can be used as a filter and sorting tool in reports. It can be entered on main functions (e.g. cable definition lines, plug and terminal strip definitions). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_OUTPUTASSEMBLY |
| 20034 |
Level |
Function
Function template |
Level of the multi-level terminal; if the value is "0", then there are no multi-level terminals, but a terminal with only one level. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALLEVEL |
| 20035 |
DT adoption: Search direction |
Function |
Shows the search direction for the DT adoption:
0 = According to orientation of plot frame
1 = As an alternative to orientation of plot frame
2 = Only from boxes.
Additional information can be obtained in the help system in the sections "DT adoption" and "Defining the Search Direction for DT Adoption". |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_DEVICETAGSEARCHDIRECTION |
| 20036 |
Connection point designation (with displayed DT) |
Function |
Provides the entered designation for connection points. This consists of the combination of a "normal" DT and connection point designation for "normal" connection points, separated by a colon (or a character that can be freely defined). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_GEDNAMEWITHCONNECTIONDESIGNATION |
| 20037 |
PLC address (with displayed DT) |
Function |
Provides the entered designation for PLC connection points. This consists of the combination of a "normal DT" and PLC address, separated by a colon (or a character that can be freely defined). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_GEDNAMEWITHPLCADRESS |
| 20038 |
Connection point designations (all) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports)
Function template |
Contains all connection point designations of a function. During entering (in the property dialog or for tabular editing) the individual values are separated by paragraph marks. For the display the values are separated by semicolons. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONDESIGNATIONS |
| 20039 |
Connection point descriptions (all) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports)
Function template |
Contains all connection point descriptions of a function. During entering (in the property dialog or for tabular editing) the individual values are separated by paragraph marks. For the display the values are separated by semicolons. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONDESCRIPTIONS |
| 20040 |
Cable / Conduit: Type |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
The cable type describes the physical properties of the cable. The conduit type describes the physical properties of the conduit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLETYPE |
| 20041 |
Cable / Conduit: Length with unit |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Length of the cable or conduit with specification of the displayed measuring unit. If you do not enter a unit, the unit of length specified in the project settings is used. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLELENGTH |
| 20042 |
Cable / Conduit: Number of connections |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Number of conductors in the cable or number of tubes in the conduit. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEWIRECOUNT |
| 20043 |
Cable / Conduit: Cross-section / diameter |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Default value for the connection cross-section or connection diameter of the conductors of the cable or of the tubes in the conduit. All connections are assigned by default the same value for the connection cross-section or connection diameter. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEWIRECROSSSECTION |
| 20044 |
Cables: Voltage |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Voltage of the cable. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEVOLTAGE |
| 20045 |
Remark |
Potential definition point
Function
Cables (in reports)
Connection
Model view
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_COMMENT |
| 20046 |
Cable / Conduit: Length |
Function |
Length of the cable or conduit in "meter" without specification of the unit. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLELENGTH_VALUE |
| 20047 |
Contact / coil index |
Function
Function template |
Specifies the index of the coil or contact. This allows the contacts to be assigned to the appropriate coils in a contactor with multiple coils. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_COILINDEX |
| 20048 |
Name of target connection point (full) |
Function
Connection |
Provides the full name of a target connection point (max. 100 words allowed). This consists of the device tag plus the connection point designation. For terminals and pins, the terminal or pin designation is output in addition to the connection point designation. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNC_FULLCONNECTIONDESTINATIONNAME |
| 20049 |
Cross-reference display: Display |
Function
Interruption point |
Specifies the representation of the cross-reference display:
0 = From project settings
1 = Show by columns
2 = Show by rows. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SHOWCROSSREFERENCEBLOCK |
| 20050 |
Cross-reference display: Number of rows / columns |
Function
Interruption point |
If a row or column display of the cross-reference is set, then the number of rows or columns is defined here. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_NOOFCROSSREFERENCESINBLOCK |
| 20051 |
Use displayed DT as full DT |
Function (base object) |
If this property is enabled, the DT calculation, i.e. the calculation of the full DT from the visible DT, is entirely disabled. Instead, the visible DT is used directly as the full DT. This helps prevent an undesired transfer of hierarchy properties or nested elements on a full DT. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_DISABLENAMEEVALUATION |
| 20052 |
Plugs: Assignment to male pin / female pin end |
Function template
Function |
In the case of the separate management of male and female pins, this specifies whether the pin is assigned to the male or female pin end of the plug.
0 = Automatic (i.e. the assignment is made via the DT and the function definition)
1 = Male pin end
2 = Female pin end. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PINANDJACK_PLUGSIDE |
| 20053 |
Cable / Conduit: Number of connections and cross-section / diameter |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Displays the number of connections multiplied by the cross-section (or diameter), separated by "x". |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLEWIRECOUNTANDCROSSSECTION |
| 20054 |
Coil: Voltage |
Function |
Operating voltage of the coil. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
FUNC_COILVOLTAGE |
| 20055 |
Contact: Switching capacity |
Function |
Electrical switching capacity (in watt) of a contact at contactors and relays, is set at the coil. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
FUNC_CONTACTORPOWER |
| 20056 |
Plugs: Number of pins |
Function |
Number of pins, set at the plug definition. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PINCOUNT |
| 20057 |
Connection point cross-section |
Function |
Connection point cross-section of a plug or terminal. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONCROSSSECTION |
| 20058 |
Name (without project structures) |
Part reference
Function
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies the full name of a function without the project structures.
Example: "U1-X1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-X2:3". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULLNAME |
| 20059 |
Automatically generated |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Shows if a function was generated by an automatic run (e.g., automatically generated cables). If you deactivate this property, the function is seen as manually generated and not changed during automatic processing. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEAUTOCREATED |
| 20060 |
Do not use cable when adding up cable lengths |
Function |
Omits the cable from the summing of the cable lengths. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_DONT_COUNT_CABLE |
| 20061 |
Allow manual cable selection only |
Function |
Only manual cable selection is permitted for the cable. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALLOW_ONLY_MANUEL_CABLE_SELECTION |
| 20062 |
Allow multiple PE conductors |
Function |
Suppresses the message "Several PE conductors intersected" in the project review. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALLOW_TWO_PE_WIRES |
| 20063 |
Allow shields connected on both sides |
Function |
Suppresses the P003018 message "Shield applied too often" in the project check. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALLOW_TWO_SIDED_SHIELDINGS |
| 20064 |
Cables: Exchange source and target |
Function |
You use this entry to define whether the target designations in the cable diagram reflect that of the terminal diagram, or whether the target designations should be swapped. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_CHANGE_SOURCE_TARGET |
| 20065 |
Cable / Conduit: Unit of length |
Function |
Displayed measuring unit for the cable length or length of the conduit. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm
2 = cm
3 = dm
4 = m
5 = Meter
6 = km
8 = Inch
9 = "
10 = In
11 = ft
12 = feet
13 = foot
14 = yd
15 = yard
29 = µm. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLELENGTH_UNIT |
| 20066 |
Special cable |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
The cable is reported as a special cable. The message "Differing cable data" is suppressed. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_SPECIALCABLE |
| 20067 |
Cable / Conduit: Designation in graphic |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
This field is provided for the entry of text to be later displayed next to the cable or conduit in the schematic, e.g., "OELFLEX-SERVO-FD 4G1.5+2x(2x0.75StD) CP". |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_DESIGNATION |
| 20068 |
Cable / Conduit: Unit for cross-section / diameter |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Unit for the cross-section or diameter. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm².
For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20069 |
Cable name includes source / target |
Function
Connection |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Specifies whether the cable name contains source and / or target. In this case the DT is handled differently in the DT calculation. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_DEVTAGINCLUDESSOURCEORDESTINATION |
| 20070 |
Cable / Conduit: Cross-section / diameter with unit |
Function |
Cross-section or diameter of the connections in the cable or conduit, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20071 |
Cable / Conduit: Number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit |
Cables (in reports)
Function |
Number of connections and cross-section or diameter, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20072 |
Cable / Conduit: Number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit, length with unit |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Number of connections, cross-section or diameter, and length, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 20073 |
Cable / Conduit: Type, number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Cable type or conduit type, number of connections and cross-section or diameter, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_TYPE_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20074 |
Cable / Conduit: Type, number of connections, cross-section / diameter with unit, length with unit |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Cable type or conduit type, number of connections, cross-section or diameter, and length, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_TYPE_WIRECOUNT_CROSSSECTION_UNIT_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 20075 |
Connection point designation 1 |
Function |
Connection point designation of the first function connection point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION1 |
| 20076 |
Connection point designation 2 |
Function |
Connection point designation of the second function connection point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION2 |
| 20077 |
Name of target connection point |
Function
Connection |
Provides the name of a target connection point. This consists of the connection point designation. For terminals and pins, the terminal or pin designation is output in addition to the connection point designation. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESTINATIONNAME |
| 20078 |
Cable / Conduit: Length in unit of the project |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Length of the cable or conduit converted into the units defined in the project settings. The units are not displayed. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_LENGTH |
| 20079 |
Cable / Conduit: Length with unit of project |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Length of the cable or conduit, including units, converted into the units defined in the project settings. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 20080 |
Cable / Conduit: Screw connection size |
Function |
Shows the size of the thread for screw connections, e.g. "PG13.5". A screw connection helps you quickly and safely connect tube or piping with one thread. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_SCREWCONNECTIONSIZE |
| 20081 |
Cable / Conduit: Source: Stripping length |
Function |
Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_STRIPPINGLENGTHSOURCE |
| 20082 |
Cable / Conduit: Target: Stripping length |
Function |
Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_STRIPPINGLENGTHDESTINATION |
| 20083 |
Cable diagram form |
Function |
Name of the cable diagram form to be used for reporting the cable.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_FORM |
| 20084 |
Cable-connection diagram form |
Function |
Name of the cable connection diagram form to be used for reporting the cable.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM_FORM |
| 20085 |
No output to cable diagram |
Function |
Suppresses the output of the cable in the cable diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_NODIAGRAM |
| 20086 |
No output to cable overview |
Function |
Suppresses the output of the cable in the cable overview. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_NOOVERVIEW |
| 20087 |
No output to cable-connection diagram |
Function |
Suppresses the output of the cable in the cable-connection diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_NOCONNECTIONDIAGRAM |
| 20088 |
Function definition: Area |
Function
Symbol
Connection |
Area for grouping the function definitions. Provides the area within the trade, e.g., "coils and contacts" or "motors". |
Function data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CATEGORY_REGION |
| 20089 |
Graphical display in reports |
Function |
A max. of 10 additional graphical identifiers for reports that are needed for EPLAN 21 data imports. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_EVALUATION_GRAPHICCODE |
| 20090 |
Suppl. field for CLIP PROJECT data |
Function |
This property (max of 1,000, definable using the index) allows CLIP PROJECT data to be stored at functions when importing data from CLIP PROJECT. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_EXTERNAL_CLIPPROJECT |
| 20091 |
Name automatically assigned |
Cables (in reports)
Function |
Unnamed cable definitions, shields, and connection definition points are assigned to this property during automatic cable generation. Automatically assigned names are deleted and newly assigned in the next automatic run; manually assigned names are retained. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLEAUTONAMED |
| 20092 |
Cable assignment diagram form |
Function
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference |
Shows the form to be used for the cable assignment diagram. For the report, only those cables are considered which are assigned a form in the property "Cable assignment diagram form". All other cables are ignored. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_LAYOUT_FORM |
| 20093 |
Suppress in device tag list (if filtered) |
Function |
This setting allows suppressing devices in the device tag list by specifying an appropriate filter there. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SUPPRESSINDEVICELIST |
| 20094 |
Insert from macro as unplaced |
Function |
For functions saved in macros. If this property is assigned to a function, the function is not placed in the schematic when the macro is placed. The function is then only available as an unplaced function in the project. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_INSERTNOTPLACED |
| 20095 |
Identifying name elements |
Function (base object)
Connection |
Outputs a single value for the DT that is structured in such a way that it can be separated into individual parts and the structure elements assigned, even when using block properties and when the "Edit DT in individual fields" property (ID 10090) is enabled. If there is no format for block properties and the "Edit DT in individual fields" property is not enabled, this property corresponds precisely to the "Name (identifying)" property (ID 20000); otherwise the property outputs the individual parts of the DT using separators. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTNAMEPARTS |
| 20096 |
Identifying DT elements |
Function (base object)
Connection |
Outputs a single value for the DT that is structured in such a way that it can be separated into individual parts and the structure elements assigned, even when using block properties and when the "Edit DT in individual fields" property (ID 10090) is enabled. If there is no format for block properties and the "Edit DT in individual fields" property is not enabled, this property corresponds precisely to the "Device tag (identifying)" property (ID 20005); otherwise the property outputs the individual parts of the DT using separators. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGPARTS |
| 20097 |
Process object |
Function |
Helps you enter and display certain process data, e.g. a measurand or condition information. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCPROCESSDATA |
| 20098 |
Object ID of communication unit |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between Eplan Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems (max. 10 allowed). The object ID uniquely identifies communication units within P8. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_OBJECTID |
| 20099 |
Separator for terminal strip and plug definitions |
Function |
Provides the character "=" as the separator for terminal strip and plug definitions. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEFINITIONSEPARATOR |
| 20100 |
Part number |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows a max. of 50 of the part numbers assigned to a function. The property can be output in reports or used to group enclosure legends by part number. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTNR |
| 20101 |
Part variant |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows a max. of 50 variants of the part number assigned to a function. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_VARIANT |
| 20102 |
Number of units / quantity |
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the (max. 50) number of units of the part number assigned to a function. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_COUNT |
| 20103 |
Record type |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
At a function for the assigned part numbers, specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, e.g., component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. A max. of 50 is allowed. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTTYPE |
| 20104 |
Sorting of part on terminal strip |
Function |
Sort code for the order of the alignable accessories on the terminal strip. The value is assigned in accordance with the order of the accessory parts in the dialog Edit terminal strip. Max. of 50 placements are evaluated and reported.
If you do not use main terminals, this property is displayed at the terminal strip definition ("Part reference data" category). By default the accessory is sorted to the beginning of the terminal strip.
If you use main terminals, this property is displayed at the main terminals and specifies the order of the alignable accessories relative to the associated main terminal. In this case the sort code can also have negative values. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TERMINALSORTCODE |
| 20105 |
Suppress in bill of materials (if filtered) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This setting allows suppressing the part reference in the bill of materials by specifying an appropriate filter there. A max. of 50 parts references are reported. |
Part |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUPPRESSINPARTSLIST |
| 20106 |
Communication unit (at communication units) |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name of the communication unit. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 communications units. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_NAME |
| 20107 |
Configuration project (at communication units) |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Main group orientation element of bus data. All objects to which the same configuration project is assigned belong together and represent the PLC configuration. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 configuration projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_CONFIGURATIONPROJECT |
| 20108 |
Configuration project (indirect) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports)
SPS object
Free symbolic address (in assignment list) |
For a PLC connection point, this shows the configuration project of the associated PLC box. At bus ports of the "Overview" representation type the value is determined at the same single-line bus port. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCCONFIGURATIONPROJECT_INDIRECT |
| 20110 |
Number of functions |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function |
You can use this property to show the number of connections on connection definition points (and functions). The entered value is placed in the schematic together with the connection definition point - usually represented as a forward slash. Values such as "3+PE" are permitted. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SINGLE_LINE_FUNCTION_COUNT |
| 20111 |
Symbol library |
|
|
Symbol data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMBLIB_NAME |
| 20112 |
Symbol name |
|
|
Symbol data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMB_NAME |
| 20113 |
Symbol variant |
|
|
Symbol data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMB_VARIANT |
| 20114 |
Symbol description (function) |
|
|
Symbol data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMB_DESC |
| 20115 |
Function definition: Category |
Function
Symbol
Connection |
Function definition category, serves to group the function definitions. |
Function data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CATEGORY |
| 20116 |
Function definition: Group |
Function
Symbol
Connection |
Function definition group, serves to group the function definitions. |
Function data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_GROUP |
| 20117 |
Function definition: Description |
Function
Symbol
Connection |
Function definition description. |
Function data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DESC |
| 20120 |
Function text (common) |
Function |
Displays the function text (automatic) of the function or, if it is empty, the function text (automatic) of the associated main function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_TEXT_COMMON |
| 20121 |
Representation type |
Function (base object)
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Connection |
Type of placement of a function (normally contains the page type where the function has been placed). Possible values are:
1 = Multi-line
3 = Overview
-2 = Pair cross-reference
2 = Single-line
38 = P&I diagram
43 = Topology
8 = Panel layout
-6 = Detailed panel layout
-8 = 3D mounting layout
-12 = Functional
-3 = External
7 = Graphic. |
Function data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TYPE |
| 20122 |
Main function |
Function |
Defines whether a function is a main function. The main function represents a device in the devices represented in a distributed manner (e.g. the coil in a contactor). Only the main function carries (e.g.) the device definition of the device. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MAINFUNCTION |
| 20123 |
With signal isolation |
Function |
Specifies whether signals end at the function or are forwarded. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_POTENTIALSEPARATED |
| 20124 |
Cable / Conduit: Unit for cross-section / diameter (automatic) |
Function |
Automatically determined unit for the cross-section or diameter of the cable or conduit. Possible values are:
0 = Undefined
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm².
For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_CROSSSECTION_AUTO_UNIT |
| 20125 |
Cable / Conduit: Alternative cross-section / diameter |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Alternative cross-section or diameter of the conductors of the cable or tubes in the conduit. Has to be entered manually and enables you to specify the cross-section / diameter simultaneously in different units. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION |
| 20126 |
Cable / Conduit: Unit for alternative cross-section / diameter |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
The alternative unit for the alternative cross-section / diameter of the cable or conduit. Has to be entered manually and enables you to specify the cross-section / diameter simultaneously in different units. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm².
For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_ALTERNATE_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20127 |
Cable / Conduit: Alternative cross-section / diameter with unit |
Function |
Alternative cross-section or diameter of the cable or conduit, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_AUTO_ALTERNATE_CROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 20128 |
MAC address |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Media Access Control: Unique identifier of a network device (for example network card or WLAN card). The MAC address is centrally assigned and the first 24 bits identify the respective device manufacturer. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_MACADDRESS |
| 20130 |
Node group (Interbus) |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 groups. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_PARTICIPANTGROUP |
| 20131 |
Alternative (Interbus) |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 groups. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_ALTERNATIVE |
| 20132 |
Service info (Interbus) |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The service info can be set at bus nodes in Interbus systems. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 info elements. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SERVICEINFO |
| 20139 |
PLC object ID (at communication units) |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between Eplan Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies objects of this configuration system. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 identifiers. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_PLCOBJECTID |
| 20140 |
Supplementary field 1 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01 |
| 20141 |
Supplementary field 2 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02 |
| 20142 |
Supplementary field 3 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03 |
| 20143 |
Supplementary field 4 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04 |
| 20144 |
Supplementary field 5 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05 |
| 20145 |
Supplementary field 6 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD06 |
| 20146 |
Supplementary field 7 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD07 |
| 20147 |
Supplementary field 8 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD08 |
| 20148 |
Supplementary field 9 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD09 |
| 20149 |
Supplementary field 10 |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 supplementary fields. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD10 |
| 20150 |
DT: Page |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Name of the page, can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_PAGECOUNTER |
| 20151 |
DT: Subpage |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Name of the subpage; can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_PAGESUBCOUNTER |
| 20152 |
DT: Column |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Plot frame column, can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_COLUMN |
| 20153 |
DT: Row |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Plot frame row, can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_ROW |
| 20154 |
DT: Section |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SECTION |
| 20155 |
DT: Application |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_FUNCTIONCODE |
| 20156 |
DT: Supplementary field 1 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01 |
| 20157 |
DT: Supplementary field 2 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02 |
| 20158 |
DT: Supplementary field 3 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03 |
| 20159 |
DT: Supplementary field 4 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04 |
| 20160 |
DT: Supplementary field 5 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05 |
| 20161 |
Configuration project (at PLC boxes and bus ports) |
Function |
Main group orientation element of bus data. All objects to which the same configuration project is assigned belong together and represent the PLC configuration. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCCONFIGURATIONPROJECT |
| 20162 |
PLC object ID (at functions) |
Function |
Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between Eplan Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies objects of this configuration system. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCOBJECTID |
| 20163 |
Communication unit (at PLC connection points) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name of the communication unit, the value is selectable from the associated main function (PLC card). |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCBUSTERMCOMMENTITY_NAME |
| 20164 |
Bus coupler / head station |
Function |
Identifies a device as a bus coupler or head station. In the case of a head station the Rack property has to be filled additionally for the respective PLC card. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISBUSCOUPLER |
| 20165 |
Start IP address |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Start IP address of the current project. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_STARTIPADDRESS |
| 20166 |
Potential type of connection points |
Function |
Provides the potential type of the connection points, when this is the same for all function connection points. Otherwise the "Undefined" potential type is output instead. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_POTENTIALTYPE_TERMINALPOINTS |
| 20167 |
CPU |
Function |
Identifies a PLC box as the central processing unit (the processor) of a PLC controller. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISCPU |
| 20168 |
Symbol number |
|
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_SYMB_NUMBER |
| 20169 |
End IP address |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. End IP address of the current project. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_ENDIPADDRESS |
| 20170 |
DT (subordinate): Page |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Name of the page, can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_PAGECOUNTER |
| 20171 |
DT (subordinate): Subpage |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Subpage, can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_PAGESUBCOUNTER |
| 20172 |
DT (subordinate): Column |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Column from the plot frame; can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_COLUMN |
| 20173 |
DT (subordinate): Row |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Row from the plot frame; can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_ROW |
| 20174 |
DT (subordinate): Section |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SECTION |
| 20175 |
DT (subordinate): Application |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_FUNCTIONCODE |
| 20176 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 1 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01 |
| 20177 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 2 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02 |
| 20178 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 3 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03 |
| 20179 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 4 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04 |
| 20180 |
DT (subordinate): Supplementary field 5 |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Can be used in the subordinate DT. This property is available only in certain, customer-specific Eplan versions, and can be used if you have selected the "Edit DT in individual fields" project setting. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DT2_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05 |
| 20181 |
Domain Postfix |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name extension for PROFINET devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_DOMAINPOSTFIX |
| 20182 |
Use DHCP |
Function |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) facilitates the dynamic assignment of an IP address and other configuration parameters to computers in a network (e.g. internet or LAN) using the relevant server. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCOMMUNICATIONENTITY_USEDHCP |
| 20183 |
Connection point designation (with plug designation (automatic)) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Combined property from the plug designation (automatic) and connection point designation of a PLC connection point or device connection point, separated by a colon. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCAUTOPLUG_AND_CONNPTDESIGNATION |
| 20184 |
Power supply |
Function |
Identifies the device as a power supply. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISPOWERSUPPLY |
| 20185 |
Message text |
Function
Connection
Interruption point |
After the check run, shows all messages output for this function. Multiple messages are separated by a line break. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_MESSAGETEXT |
| 20186 |
Marked for deletion |
Function
Free symbolic address (in assignment list)
Connection
Connection definition point
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Marks functions or connections so that these can be found and deleted with a check run.
During the import and synchronization of the PLC data and assignment lists PLC objects (meaning PLC boxes, connection points and addresses) are marked if the respective function is only contained in the Eplan target project, but is not part of the imported PLC data.
During an AutomationML import functions are marked if the respective function is only contained in the Eplan target project, but is not part of the imported AML data.
During an import from Harness proD functions or connections that were deleted in Harness proD are marked in Eplan. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_PLCIMPORTCOMPARE_MARKEDTOBEDELETED |
| 20187 |
PLC diagram form |
Function |
This allows PLC cards (the PLC boxes) to each be assigned a separate report (a PLC diagram). The form set for the main function is only taken into account when generating reports.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data exist in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDIAGRAM_FORM |
| 20188 |
Function definition: Category / Group / Definition |
Function
Symbol
Connection |
Outputs the function definition in the "Category / Group / Function definition" format. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CATEGORY_GROUP_ID |
| 20189 |
Bus distribution device |
Function |
Entered on a PLC box and identifies it as a bus distribution device. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISBUSDISTRIBUTOR |
| 20190 |
Part: External document 1 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 1" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_1 |
| 20191 |
Part: External document 2 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 2" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_2 |
| 20192 |
Part: External document 3 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 3" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_3 |
| 20193 |
Part: Designation 1 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "Designation 1" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_DESCR1 |
| 20194 |
Part: Designation 2 |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "Designation 2" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_DESCR2 |
| 20196 |
Without sensor / actuator search for symbolic address |
Function |
If this property is enabled, no sensor/actuator search is carried out when establishing the "Symbolic address (automatic)" for an I/O connection point. Instead, the address is output when the "Use address if search for symbolic address is unsuccessful" project setting is enabled. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCNO_TARGETSEARCH_FOR_AUTOSYMBOLICADDRESS |
| 20197 |
Topology: Source of routing path |
Routing path (topology) |
Indicates the topology function connected to the routing path that is the source of the connection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_SOURCE |
| 20198 |
Cross-reference display: Max. number of cross-references |
Function
Interruption point |
Specifies the maximum number of cross-references that can be shown for a function or interruption point. The value "0" does not relate to any limitation of the cross-reference display. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MAXCROSSREFERENCEBLOCKCOUNT |
| 20199 |
Revision: Contact image text (for property comparison) |
Function |
This property provides text information about a contact image. It can be used for property comparison of projects, to highlight changes to the contact image on the relevant coil and to show the result of the comparison. Changes are only specified if the content of the contact image changes, for example if a contact is deleted or added or moved to another schematic path. Changes to properties that are not visible in the contact image (e.g., technical characteristics) are not specified. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONTACTIMAGETEXT |
| 20200 |
Type designation of part |
Function
Connection |
Provides the type designation of the part, is required for display in the part placement and contact image. Using the index you can differentiate between up to 50 entries. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_TYPENOTATION |
| 20201 |
Block property |
Function
Interruption point
Connection
Connection definition point
PCT loop
Segment (pre-planning)
Structure box
Potential definition point |
Shows the properties that have been specified in the relevant format property "Block property: Format [n]". The joint index [n] represents the relevant block and format properties. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
FUNC_BLOCK_VALUE |
| 20202 |
Block property: Format |
Function
Symbol
Interruption point
Connection definition point
PCT loop
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment definition (pre-planning)
Structure box
Potential definition point |
Selects which properties are specified in the relevant block property. Indirect properties cannot be output via block properties. The common index represents associated block and format properties. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
FUNC_BLOCK_FORMAT |
| 20203 |
Part: Designation 3 |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "Designation 3" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_DESCR3 |
| 20205 |
Format of displayed DT |
Function
Interruption point |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_DTFORMAT |
| 20206 |
Format of full DT |
Function
Interruption point |
|
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_FULLDTFORMAT |
| 20208 |
X coordinate Handle |
Part reference
Function |
X coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. For part placements, the handle is in the left center by default, so it is much easier to position the device on a mounting rail. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPEROFFSET_X |
| 20209 |
Y coordinate Handle |
Part reference
Function |
Y coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. For part placements, the handle is in the left center by default, so it is much easier to position the device on a mounting rail. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPEROFFSET_Y |
| 20211 |
DT (superior, without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the superior device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign.
Example: "-U1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_MAIN_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20212 |
DT (subordinate, without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the subordinate device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign.
Example: "-K1" is output for "=A+O-U1-K1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_NESTED_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20213 |
DT (full, without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Function (base object)
Connection
Project
Part reference |
Provides the device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign.
Example: "-K1" is output for "=A1-K1," "-K1" is output for "-K1" and "-K1-K2" is output for "=A1-K1-K2". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULL_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20214 |
Name (without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Part reference
Function
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the full name of a function without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign.
Example: "U1-X1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-X2:3". |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_FULLNAME_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20215 |
DT (identifying, without project structures, with preceding sign) |
Connection
Function (base object)
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Provides the identifying device tag without the project structures, but with information about the preceding sign. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IDENTDEVICETAGWITHOUTSTRUCTURES_WITHSEPARATOR |
| 20216 |
Safety function |
Function |
Shows whether a function is relevant to safety. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SAFETYRELEVANT |
| 20217 |
Net-connecting |
Function |
Shows whether a function is net-connecting. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_NETCONNECTING |
| 20218 |
ID for net-based connections |
Function
Potential definition point |
ID for identifying connection points for net-based connections. Every connection point has a unique ID. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
FUNCTION_NETBASEDWIRING_ID |
| 20219 |
IDs for net-based connections |
Function
Potential definition point |
Outputs the IDs of the connection points for a function separated by paragraph marks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_NETBASEDWIRING_IDS |
| 20220 |
Main terminal |
Function |
Defines a terminal as the main terminal; the terminal is then similar to a main function. For example, for a main terminal the function templates are displayed in the terminal strip navigator, and a device selection can be performed. A terminal strip can contain as many main terminals as you want. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_MAIN |
| 20221 |
Width |
Function
Structure box
Rectangle
Macro box |
Allows the width of black boxes, structure boxes and PLC boxes to be specified in placeholder objects. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_WIDTH |
| 20222 |
Height |
Structure box
Function
Rectangle
Macro box |
Allows the height of black boxes, structure boxes and PLC boxes to be specified in placeholder objects. The height must be entered as a negative value. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
RECTANGLE_HEIGHT |
| 20223 |
Distributed terminal index |
Function
Function template |
Distributed terminals are usually identified clearly via the terminal designation. But if you want to use identical designations for several distributed terminals (e.g., because terminals within a signal are to have the same terminal designation), then the distributed terminals must also have the same terminal designation. In this case, the distributed terminals are differentiated via the distributed terminal index. Distributed terminals with the same distributed terminal index are recognized as belonging together. The value of this property can be entered manually, or be assigned automatically during the optimization of the distributed terminals. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_DISTRIBUTED_TERMINALINDEX |
| 20225 |
Terminal / pin description |
Function
Function template |
Description of a terminal or pin. This property can only be placed separately and cannot be docked to other placed properties on the display tab of the property dialog. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PINORTERMINALDESCRIPTION |
| 20226 |
Connection point designation 3 |
Function |
Connection point designation of the third function connection point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION3 |
| 20227 |
Connection point designation 4 |
Function |
Connection point designation of the fourth function connection point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION4 |
| 20228 |
Auxiliary terminal |
Function |
Indicates whether the terminal is an auxiliary terminal. Terminals can be managed as main terminals or auxiliary terminals. This means that auxiliary terminals can be used, for example, to represent terminals which consist of several functions (several separate terminals in one housing). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_SECONDARY |
| 20229 |
Do not use main terminals |
Function |
If this property is enabled for a terminal strip definition, the main terminals are handled in the same way as "normal" terminals. In this case, the terminal strip is not split into independent areas and is only defined via the terminal strip definition. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_STRIP_DONT_USE_MAINTERMINAL |
| 20230 |
Terminal category |
Function
Function template |
This property can be used to characterize a terminal precisely. The property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. The following values are possible:
0 = Feed-through terminal,
1 = Isolating terminal,
2 = Switching terminal,
3 = Diode terminal,
4 = Fused terminal,
5 = Resistance terminal,
6 = Thermocouple terminal. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_FUNCTION |
| 20231 |
Terminal with LED |
Function
Function template |
Shows that the terminal has an LED. This property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_HAS_LED |
| 20232 |
Terminal opened |
Function |
Indicates whether the terminal is opened. If the property is activated, the connection between the internal and external sides of the terminal is separated, i.e., the potential transfer within the terminal is interrupted. This property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. You can show the state of an isolating terminal in this way, for example. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_IS_OPEN |
| 20234 |
Form for wiring diagram |
Function |
Allows for a separate form for wiring diagrams to be stated at the main function of a device. Wiring diagrams consist of several connection diagrams and are used to output information about connected conductors and targets. (Additional information can be obtained in the help system in the section "Generating wiring diagrams".)
If you assign a value via the API interface, please make sure that the corresponding master data is available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_FORM_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM |
| 20235 |
Layout space description |
3D function
Part reference |
Describing text for the layout space is displayed, e.g. in the tree view of the layout space navigator or in reports. Line breaks are permitted. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_INSTALLATIONSPACE_DESCRIPTION |
| 20237 |
Topology: Routing track |
Function
Connection |
This property stores routing paths that a connection routed in the routing path network or a routed cable runs through. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLING_PATH |
| 20240 |
Topology: Routing length |
Function |
Length of a routing path or routing point. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLING_LENGTH |
| 20241 |
Topology: Connection point extra length |
Function |
Additonal value that is added to the length of a connection one time. Here, for example, the length of the last routing point to the item can be entered. This information is taken into account during the route of a cable, and indicates by how much the cable is to protrude from the cable duct. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLING_CP_ADDITIONAL_LENGTH |
| 20242 |
Topology: Automatically generated routing path |
Routing path (topology) |
Indicates whether the routing path was generated automatically. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_AUTO_CREATED |
| 20243 |
Cables: Connection point length source |
Function |
Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the source item. It is by this value that the cable must project at the last routing point. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SOURCE_CP_LENGTH |
| 20245 |
Topology: Structure |
Function
Connection |
Here, the identifier structure of the first routing path of the routing track is entered during the route. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLING_STRUCTURE |
| 20246 |
Cables: Connection point length target |
Function |
Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the target item. It is by this value that the cable must project at the last routing point. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_DEST_CP_LENGTH |
| 20247 |
Topology: Connection filter |
Routing path (topology) |
Filter for generating routing path networks. Is used during routing to control which connections may be routed through which routing track (routing paths and routing points). Connection filters are taken into account only if the "Topology: Routing track specification" (ID 31119) property has not been activated. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_CONNECTIONFILTER |
| 20248 |
Topology: Routing path cross-section |
Routing path (topology) |
Indicates the fill capacity of the routing path, and serves as a basis for calculating the fill capacity. If no routing path cross-section is entered, the fill capacity will not be calculated either. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_CROSSSECTION |
| 20250 |
Topology: Routing length (automatic) |
Routing path (topology) |
Length of a routing path or routing point. Is used during routing to calculate the precise length of the associated connection. Shows the content of the manually entered routing length or, when that is empty, the geometric length. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLINGSEGMENT_LENGTH_AUTO |
| 20252 |
Distributed terminals cross-reference |
Function |
The distributed terminal's cross-reference refers from the first distributed terminal (according to the sequence in the terminal strip navigator and, primarily, the main terminal if one exists) to all other distributed terminals with the same terminal designation. For all other distributed terminals, this cross-reference refers back to the first distributed terminal. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DISTRIBUTED_TERMINAL_CROSSREFERENCE |
| 20253 |
CPU: Name |
Function |
Name of the central processing unit (the processor) of a PLC controller. The CPU name has to be unique within the Eplan project. For all PLC boxes always enter the complete CPU name in the form [Configuration project].[Station ID].[CPU identifier], for example "Siemens SIMATIC S7.Station 300.1".
At PLC boxes that do not represent a CPU, but rather input or output cards, enter the name of the associated CPU. All addresses with the same CPU belong in an assignment list. By entering different CPUs, multiple PLC controls can be managed in one project. When you plan several PLC controls in a project, it is therefore necessary to identify all PLC boxes via this property. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 128 |
No |
FUNC_PLCCPU_NAME |
| 20254 |
Description |
Function template |
Description of the function template, is also displayed in the navigators. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_DESCRIPTION |
| 20255 |
Start address 2 of PLC card |
Function |
For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can use this property to specify a separate start address for the address range of the outputs. This way, inputs and outputs can be addressed separately. The start address specifies the start value for the address range of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing. The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. For this property to be used, the Separate address range for inputs and outputs check box must be deactivated in the PLC-specific settings. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2 |
| 20256 |
Topology: Target of routing path |
Routing path (topology) |
Indicates the topology function connected to the routing path that is the target of the connection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_DESTINATION |
| 20257 |
Cable / Conduit: Length (full) |
Function
Cables (in reports) |
Length of the cable or conduit including units. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLELENGTH_FULL |
| 20261 |
Layout space name (of the part placement) |
3D function
Part reference |
Displays at a part placement the name of the layout space in which the corresponding item is placed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_INSTALLATIONSPACE |
| 20263 |
Part: External document 4 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 4" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_4 |
| 20264 |
Part: External document 5 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 5" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_5 |
| 20265 |
Part: External document 6 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 6" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_6 |
| 20266 |
Part: External document 7 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 7" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_7 |
| 20267 |
Part: External document 8 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 8" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_8 |
| 20268 |
Part: External document 9 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 9" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_9 |
| 20269 |
Part: External document 10 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 10" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_10 |
| 20270 |
Part: External document 11 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 11" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_11 |
| 20271 |
Part: External document 12 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 12" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_12 |
| 20272 |
Part: External document 13 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 13" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_13 |
| 20273 |
Part: External document 14 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 14" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_14 |
| 20274 |
Part: External document 15 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 15" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_15 |
| 20275 |
Part: External document 16 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 16" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_16 |
| 20276 |
Part: External document 17 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 17" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_17 |
| 20277 |
Part: External document 18 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 18" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_18 |
| 20278 |
Part: External document 19 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 19" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_19 |
| 20279 |
Part: External document 20 |
Function
Project
Connection
Connection definition point
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Outputs the "External document 20" property of the nth part using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_20 |
| 20280 |
Distributed terminal |
Function
Function template |
Specifies whether a terminal is a distributed terminal. Terminal connection points can be shown distributed with the aid of distributed terminals. Each distributed terminal then represents one or several connection points of the terminal. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_DISTRIBUTED_TERMINAL |
| 20283 |
Terminal with plug-in adapter |
Function
Function template |
Shows that the terminal has a plug-in adapter. This property is available in terminal reports, where it can be used to output terminal graphics. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_HAS_PLUGADAPTER |
| 20284 |
Used drilling pattern |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the drilling patterns (max. 50) in use of a part number assigned to a function. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CONSTRUCTION |
| 20285 |
State |
Function |
Indicates the states in the "Functional" representation type. A maximum of 10 states can be defined for the function using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
FUNC_FUNCTIONALTEXT |
| 20286 |
Function exists with 'Functional' representation type |
Function |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Functional" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_FUNCTIONAL |
| 20287 |
Eplan Data Portal: Configurator |
Function |
Name of the external configurator that is accessed via the Data Portal. Such a configurator, for example, can be used to subsequently configure devices and macros that have been placed via the Data Portal. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_EDP_ADAPTER |
| 20288 |
Eplan Data Portal: Configurator supplementary field |
Function |
Supplementary field of the external configurator that is accessed via the Data Portal. Here, specific information is stored for the external configurator. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_EDP_ADAPTER_ADDITIONAL |
| 20289 |
Integrated module |
Function |
Designates the PLC box as an integrated module. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCMODULE_ISINTEGRATED |
| 20290 |
Terminal strips: Allow same designations within multi-level terminals |
Function |
This property is used to specify whether a terminal designation within multi-level terminal may occur several times. In other words, several levels may have the same terminal designation. If the property is deactivated, the terminal designation must be unique for each level. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_STRIP_ALLOW_SAME_NAME_IN_MULTILEVEL |
| 20291 |
Switching jumper (internal) |
Function |
Shows the state of the switching jumper on the internal side of the terminal:
0 = None,
1 = Open,
2 = Closed.
The "Closed" setting affects the logic (connections, potentials, etc.). If this setting has been selected for a terminal, a switching jumper connection to the next terminal will be created. The "Open" setting does not affect the logic; it only serves to recognize the switching state. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_SWITCHABLE_JUMPER_INTERN |
| 20292 |
Switching jumper (external) |
Function |
Shows the state of the switching jumper on the external side of the terminal:
0 = None,
1 = Open,
2 = Closed.
The "Closed" setting affects the logic (connections, potentials, etc.). If this setting has been selected for a terminal, a switching jumper connection to the next terminal will be created. The "Open" setting does not affect the logic; it only serves to recognize the switching state. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_SWITCHABLE_JUMPER_EXTERN |
| 20293 |
Switching lock |
Function |
Indicates whether the terminal is locked and cannot be switched. You can show the state of an isolating terminal in this way, for example. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_SWITCH_LOCK |
| 20294 |
Device group |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point |
Manual assignment of the function to a device group (which determines the DT format). Using this property, you can select another DT format for specific functions, e.g., a connection can then have a different DT format than a cable. If the property is empty, the device group will be derived automatically from the function definition. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_DEVICETYPE_MANUAL |
| 20295 |
Connection point cross-section / diameter |
Connection point
Function |
Shows the connection point cross-sections / diameters of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point cross-sections / diameters. |
No category |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONCROSSSECTIONS |
| 20296 |
Connection point cross-section / diameter (all) |
Function
Function template |
This property contains all connection point cross-sections / diameters of a function. During entering (in the property dialog or for tabular editing) the individual values are separated by paragraph marks. For the display the values are separated by semicolons. |
Function data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONCROSSSECTIONS |
| 20297 |
Connection point cross-section / diameter (all, depending on DT adoption) |
Function |
This property contains all connection point cross-sections / diameters of a function where the individual connection point cross-sections / diameters are separated by "¶". In addition, other connection point cross-sections / diameters of functions are also listed that are located in the search direction for the DT transfer. |
Function data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_DEPENDEDALLCONNECTIONCROSSSECTIONS |
| 20298 |
Start address 2 of PLC card (indirect) |
Function |
Provides the optional second start address entered at the relevant PLC box for a PLC connection point. For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can specify a separate start address for the outputs. The value entered defines the start value for the address range of the outputs of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2_INDIRECT |
| 20299 |
Address range 2 (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic) |
Function |
For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can use this property to specify a separate address range for the outputs. The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. For this property to be reported during addressing, the Separate address range for inputs and outputs check box must be deactivated in the PLC-specific settings. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCADDRESSRANGE_2 |
| 20300 |
Cross-reference (main / aux. function) |
Structure box
Function
|
Shows cross-references between main and auxiliary functions. Cross-references between structure boxes are not shown here. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CROSSREFERENCE |
| 20301 |
Overview cross-reference |
Function |
Shows cross-references for overview functions. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCPAIRCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20302 |
Manual cross-reference |
Function
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Manually assigned cross-reference, displayed before all other cross-references. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MANUALCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20303 |
Contact image display |
Function |
Setting for the contact image display. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CONTACTIMAGE |
| 20304 |
Cross-reference to plug counterpiece |
Function |
A cross-reference to the counterpart is displayed at the plug definition (i.e. the assigned plug definition representing the receptacle / coupling). For a combined representation of male and female pins in one function, no cross-reference is displayed. A cross-reference to the matching pin is displayed at the pins. If male and female pins have the same DT, only the position of the matching pin is displayed. For non-placed direct connections, the cross-reference shows the name and position of the connected counterpart. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CROSSREFERENCETODIRECTLYCONNECTEDCOUNTERPART |
| 20305 |
Main placement |
Structure box |
Defines the structure box as a main placement to which cross-references refer. This allows the display of cross-references between structure boxes. If the property is not enabled at any box, then the first structure box in the graphic is regarded as the main placement. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
LOCATIONBOX_MAINPLACEMENT |
| 20306 |
Cross-reference (only main functions) |
Function |
Shows cross-references for possible main functions of the device. The function category has to match here. This property can be used to show a cross-reference on a black box to the same black box placed elsewhere. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_MAINCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20307 |
Safety-related values: Use case in use |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Indicates the use case that is used for the safety-related values of a part. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_USED_SAFETYRELATEDVALUE |
| 20308 |
Bus system |
Function
Function template |
Type of bus system to which a bus port is assigned as a bus node. The following values are possible:
0 = Other bus systems
1 = CANbus
2 = DeviceNet
3 = EtherCAT
4 = Ethernet
5 = Foundation Fieldbus
6 = Interbus
7 = Lightbus
8 =Local bus: Rack /PLC card
9 = ModBus
10 = MPI bus
11 = PROFIBUS
12 = PROFINET
13 = ASI
14 = Local-Bus: Extension
15 = X2X
16 = Powerlink
17 = CC-Link
18 = ControlNet
19 = DALI
20 = EIB
21 = EtherNet/IP
22 = FIPIO
23 = LON
24 = RS232/RS485
25 = SERCOS interface
26 = USB
27 = IPLink
28 = Axioline
29 = DIOBus
30 = RIOBus
31 = ERIOBus
32 = RIO/DIO bus
33 = MDI I/O bus
34 = VARAN
35 = CC-Link IE
36 = Modbus TCP
37 = SERCOS III
38 = DRIVE-CLiQ
39 = SSCNET III
40 = CC-Link IE Control
41 = CC-Link IE Field
42 = IO-Link
43 = SSI
44 = ET-Connection
45 = CC-Link IE Field Basic
46 = PortToPort
47 = MELSECNET/H
48 = EtherCAT P
49 = EtherCAT G
50 = BACnet
51 = KNX |
PLC data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUSSYSTEM |
| 20309 |
DNS/PROFINET device name |
Function |
Domain name, name of an address in a network. The DNS (Domain Name System) is used to implement domain names in the associated IP addresses. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_DNS |
| 20310 |
Logical network: Bus port is master |
Function |
Identifies a bus port as the master of a bus system / logical network. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISMASTER |
| 20311 |
Physical network: Bus ID / item number |
Function |
Bus ID of the bus port. Depending on the bus system, the value is a simple number, an IP address or a combination of letters and numbers. The property in the "Bus data" tab of the property dialog is entered at the network / bus cable-connection points. Describes the address / position the bus master uses to manage a bus port. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_ADDRESS |
| 20312 |
Subslot |
Function |
Some modules have built-in inputs and outputs or integrated interface modules that are shown as subslots. These subslots are not shown in the PLC navigator and are treated differently for data exchanges. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_SUBSLOT |
| 20313 |
Data transfer rate |
Function |
The data transfer rate of the bus system (value and unit). Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 10 values. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_TRANSMISSIONRATE |
| 20314 |
Cross-reference display: Auxiliary function as main function |
Function |
If this property is activated at an auxiliary function, it will behave, in terms of the cross-reference display, like a main function, and the main function of the same device will automatically behave like an auxiliary function. If a contact image is displayed at the main function, it is not carried over to the auxiliary function, but remains at the main function.
If the property is activated for several functions of a device, a possible main function "wins", otherwise the graphically first function. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CROSSREFERENCEMAINFUNCTION |
| 20315 |
PLC-specific settings |
Function |
Displays the PLC scheme that is used with a specific CPU. Functions of a specific CPU are processed under consideration of the PLC scheme belonging to this CPU (PLC addressing, import / export of assignment lists, etc.). The value of this property can only be assigned or changed if the PLC box is the main function and the CPU (ID 20167) property is activated. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCCPU_RELATEDPLCSCHEMA |
| 20316 |
Media code |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Terminal strip (in reports) |
This property is used to map the designations used in the standard DIN ISO 1219-2 for fluid power in Eplan. For fluid power devices the identifier of the device is displayed here, meaning the contents of the property DT: Identifier (ID 20013). If the project setting Fluid power: Use trade identifier as identifier (media code) is activated, the trade identifier is displayed. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CRAFTCODE |
| 20317 |
Circuit number |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
This property is used to map the designations used in the standard DIN ISO 1219-2 for fluid power in Eplan. For fluid power devices the counter of the device is displayed here, meaning the contents of the property DT: Counter (ID 20014). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CIRCUITNUMBER |
| 20318 |
Item number |
Function (base object)
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
This property is used to map the designations used in the standard DIN ISO 1219-2 for fluid power in Eplan. For fluid power devices the subcounter of the device is displayed here, meaning the contents of the property DT: Subcounter (ID 20015). |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_COMPONENTNUMBER |
| 20321 |
Connection point logic: External |
Function |
Defines whether the connection point is to be interpreted as external. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_ISEXTERN |
| 20322 |
Connection point logic: Cable connection point |
Function |
Defines whether the connection should lie in a cable. This setting is taken into account when automatically generating cables. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_ISCABLE |
| 20323 |
Connection point logic: Intrinsic safety possible |
Function |
Specifies whether the connection point can be intrinsically safe. If it is later specified in the function that it is intrinsically safe, then all connection points will be intrinsically safe for which this property is selected. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_SAFETYISPOSSIBLE |
| 20324 |
Connection point logic: Number of targets allowed |
Function |
The number of possible targets / connections that the connection point may have. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_DESTINATIONCOUNT |
| 20325 |
Connection point logic: Number of saddle jumpers allowed |
Function |
Number of possible saddle jumpers for terminals. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_BRIDGECOUNT |
| 20326 |
Connection point logic: Transfer potential to |
Function |
Specifies via the connection point number the other connection points to which the potential should be transferred. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_POTENTIALTRANSFER |
| 20327 |
Connection point logic: Consumer / source to |
Function |
Specifies via the connection point number the other connection point to which a consumer or generator (source) is internally connected. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_CONSUMERSOURCES |
| 20329 |
Connection point logic: Connection point type |
Function |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_TYPE |
| 20330 |
Pressure level |
Function |
The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point). |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PRESSURESTANDARD |
| 20331 |
Continuous connection between the connection points |
Function |
Specifies at a connection splicer the connection points between which a continuous connection can run. Possible values are:
0 = None
1 = 1;2
2 = 1;3
3 = 1;4
4 = 2;3
5 = 2;4
6 = 3;4
7 = 1;2 / 3;4
8 = 1;3 / 2;4
9 = 1;4 / 2;3 |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_DISTRIBUTOR_CONNECTED_CONNPOINTS |
| 20332 |
Topology: Fill capacity |
Routing path (topology) |
Shows the current fill capacity of a routing path as a percentage. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_FILLING |
| 20333 |
Function exists with 'Topology' representation type |
Function |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Topology" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_CABLING |
| 20334 |
MasterSystemID |
Function |
The MasterSystemID is an identification number (network number) for interface assignment during the PLC data exchange with Siemens SIMATIC STEP 7. PROFIBUS DP networks have numerical values from 1 to 99, PROFINET IO networks have numerical values as of 100. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_MASTERSYSTEMID |
| 20335 |
Superior product aspect incl. name supplement |
Part reference
Function
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the superior part of the full name of a function without project structures.
Example: "U1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-X2:3". If the function has a subordinate DT, no name supplement is output. "U1" is then output at a terminal "=A+O-U1-X1:1". This corresponds to the output for the property DT (superior, without project structures) (ID 20003) with additional specification of the terminal or connection designation. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_MAINNAME |
| 20336 |
Subordinate product aspect incl. name supplement |
Part reference
Function
Connection
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Provides the subordinate part of the full name of a function without the project structures.
Example: "X1" is output for a terminal strip "=A+O-U1-X1" and "X2:3" is output for a terminal "=A-U2-X2:3". This corresponds to the output for the property DT (subordinate, without project structures) (ID 20004) with additional specification of the terminal or connection designation. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICETAG_NESTEDNAME |
| 20338 |
Bus system (indirect) |
Function |
Specifies the type of the bus system at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type to which the same single-line bus port is assigned as the bus node. The following values are possible: see the property "Bus system" (ID 20308). |
PLC data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLC_BUSSYSTEM_INDIRECT |
| 20339 |
Use handle from macro |
Part reference
Function |
At legend numbering you have to know whether the handle from the macro or the set handle was used during placing. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_USEGRIPPERFROMMACRO |
| 20340 |
Handle from macro: X coordinate |
Part reference
Function |
X coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. At legend numbering you have to know whether the handle from the macro or the set handle was used during placing. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPERFROMMACRO_X |
| 20341 |
Handle from macro: Y coordinate |
Part reference
Function |
Y coordinate for the handle of a part placement or a function. At legend numbering you have to know whether the handle from the macro or the set handle was used during placing. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_GRIPPERFROMMACRO_Y |
| 20342 |
Name (complete with connection point designations) |
Function |
Outputs the full name and behind it, separated by a colon, all the connection point designations, for example "=EB3+ET1-X0:L1". |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_FULLNAME_WITH_CONNECTIONDESIGNATIONS |
| 20343 |
Topology: Generated single-line |
Routing connection (topology) |
This property stores whether a routing connection was generated from a single-line cable connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTIONCABLING_SINGLELINE_CREATED |
| 20344 |
Topology: Routing path types |
Function
Connection |
This property outputs the routing path types of the routing paths that a connection routed in the routing path network or a routed cable runs through. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLING_DUCT_TYPES |
| 20345 |
Topology: Routing path type (routing path) |
Routing path (topology) |
Specifies the way in which connections or cables are routed in this routing path (for example pipe, cable duct, cable platform, etc.). This results in the routing path type of the connections / cables that are routed in this routing path (property Topology: Routing path types (ID 20344)). |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_DUCT_TYPE |
| 20346 |
Item number list |
Function |
Displays the item numbers of all the parts separated by commas. This property allows you to display the item numbers of the parts at the functions in the graphical editor or output them in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POSNR_LIST |
| 20347 |
Topology: Height difference |
Routing path (topology) |
The routing length of the vertical routing path is displayed with preceding sign in this property. The preceding sign "+" means "upwards", "-" means "downwards". The property is only filled if a direction for the height difference was specified. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLINGSEGMENT_HEIGHT_DIFF |
| 20348 |
Topology: Direction for height difference |
Routing path (topology)
Symbol |
Specifies the direction for the height difference. Possible values are "None" "Upwards" and "Downwards". |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLINGSEGMENT_DIRECTION_OF_HEIGHT_DIFF |
| 20350 |
Manual saddle jumpers (internal) |
Function |
The property is stored at the terminal that represents the jumper beginning of a manual saddle jumper between internal saddle jumper connection points. The "jumper crest" is defined in this property. To this purpose the increment to the next jumpered terminals is specified as well as the increment to the associated level starting from the jumper start.
Example: The value "2/0;1/-1" means that a saddle jumper exists to the terminal two away on the same level and from there to the next terminal one level lower. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1 |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_JUMPER_INTERN |
| 20351 |
Manual saddle jumpers (external) |
Function |
The property is stored at the terminal that represents the jumper beginning of a manual saddle jumper between external saddle jumper connection points. The "jumper crest" is defined in this property. To this purpose the increment to the next jumpered terminals is specified as well as the increment to the associated level starting from the jumper start.
Example: The value "2/0;1/-1" means that a saddle jumper exists to the terminal two away on the same level and from there to the next terminal one level lower. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1 |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_JUMPER_EXTERN |
| 20358 |
Harness proD GUID |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point |
In this property Harness proD stores references to its own objects during the data exchange. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_HARNESSPROD_GUID |
| 20359 |
DT ID |
Function
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Connection |
A module is a collection of parts that belong to a number of commonly nested devices. The subparts that belong to a module are identified via the DT ID. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MODULE_ID |
| 20365 |
Labeling type |
Function
Function template |
Through this property terminals can be differentiated for the manufacturing data export, for example for differently sized labels. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_LABELTYPE |
| 20367 |
Terminal: Device position |
Function |
The device position specifies the position of the terminal device to which the terminal belongs within the terminal strip. All the terminals of a terminal device have the same device position. The sort code also specifies the order of the terminals within a terminal device. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALDEVICEPOSITION |
| 20369 |
Connection point logic: Pressure / control port |
Function |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_CONTROL_CONPOINT |
| 20370 |
Connection point logic: Potential type |
Function |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_POTENTIAL_TYPE |
| 20371 |
Connection point logic: Type of signal |
Function |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_SIGNAL_TYPE |
| 20372 |
Connection point logic: Allow identical connection point designation |
Function |
|
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_ALLOW_SAME_DESIGNATION |
| 20373 |
Connection point logic: Symbol connection point |
Function |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_SYMBOL_CONPOINT |
| 20374 |
Connection dimension |
Function
Function template
Connection point |
|
No category |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_CONNECTIONDIMENSIONS |
| 20375 |
Connection dimension (all) |
Function
Function template |
Shows the connection dimensions of all the connection points of a function, separated by paragraph marks. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ALLCONNECTIONDIMENSIONS |
| 20376 |
Cables: Source |
Function |
Shows the source of the cable. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_SOURCE |
| 20377 |
Cables: Target |
Function |
Shows the target of the cable. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_DESTINATION |
| 20378 |
Connection dimension source |
Function |
|
Function data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALSIZE_SOURCE |
| 20379 |
Connection dimension target |
Function |
|
Function data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALSIZE_DESTINATION |
| 20380 |
Do not include in addressing |
Function
Free symbolic address (in assignment list) |
If this property is activated, the PLC connection point is excluded from addressing and retains its original address. Fixed hardware addresses are thus not changed during subsequent addressing or during the insertion of macros. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCTERMINAL_NO_ADRESSING |
| 20381 |
Device description: Index in file |
Function |
Index in the device description file of a PLC card. Through the index it is possible to select a device in a language-neutral form within such a file. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICE_INDEX |
| 20382 |
PLC subdevice 3: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 3 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_3_INPUTS |
| 20383 |
Cables: Source (with plug designation) |
Function |
Shows the source of the cable with plug designation. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_SOURCE_WITH_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION |
| 20384 |
PLC subdevice: Index |
Function
Free symbolic address (in assignment list)
Function template |
The value of this property specifies the position of the PLC subdevice to which the PLC connection point belongs. This information is required for automatic addressing. The property can also be stored in the function templates of the parts and is then transferred to the PLC connection points during a part selection. |
PLC data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCTERMINAL_INDEX_OF_STARTADDRESS |
| 20385 |
Cables: Target (with plug designation) |
Function |
Shows the target of the cable with plug designation. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. The property can be used for the display in the schematic as well as in block properties, at external editing and in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CABLE_DESTINATION_WITH_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION |
| 20386 |
Physical network: Bus ID / item number 2 |
Function |
Second bus ID of the bus port. The property in the "Bus data" tab of the property dialog is entered at the network / bus cable-connection points. Describes the additional address / position the bus master uses to manage a bus port. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_ADDRESS_2 |
| 20387 |
Physical network: Bus ID / item number 2 (indirect) |
Function |
Specifies the name of the second bus ID of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCBUS_ADDRESS_2_INDIRECT |
| 20388 |
Signal range |
Function
Function template
Free symbolic address (in reports)
Free symbolic address (in assignment list) |
Signal range that a PLC connection point has. Possible entries are, for example, ranges for the voltage or the amperage: 0...10 V or 0...20 mA or +/-5 V or 4...20 mA. The property can also be stored in the function templates of the parts and is then transferred to the PLC connection points during a part selection. The property is identifiying at the device selection. It can be used for filtering during external editing and editing in a table. In addition the property in the list view of the PLC navigator can be displayed as well as selected in the dialogs in which you select PLC connection points or addresses to place them blockwise. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_SIGNALRANGE |
| 20389 |
Function template: Description |
Function
Connection |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_TEMPLATE_DESCRIPTION |
| 20390 |
Bus interface: Name (indirect) |
Function |
The bus interface name serves to group bus ports for the export of Ethernet-based bus systems. Associated bus ports are combined into a logical unit via this name. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME_INDIRECT |
| 20391 |
Bus interface: Main bus port (indirect) |
Function |
Outputs the value of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" or "Multi-line" representation type. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME_MASTER_INDIRECT |
| 20392 |
PLC subdevice 4: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 4 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_4_INPUTS |
| 20393 |
PLC subdevice 5: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 5 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_5_INPUTS |
| 20394 |
PLC subdevice 6: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 6 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_6_INPUTS |
| 20395 |
PLC subdevice 7: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 7 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_7_INPUTS |
| 20396 |
PLC subdevice 8: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 8 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_8_INPUTS |
| 20397 |
PLC subdevice 9: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 9 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_9_INPUTS |
| 20398 |
PLC subdevice 10: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 10 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_10_INPUTS |
| 20399 |
AutomationML GUID (accessories) |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point |
In this property the GUIDs for accessory parts are stored in AutomationML AR APC format during the PLC data exchange. All parts that are entered at the positions 2 to 50 on the Parts tab in the property dialog of a main function are considered to be accessories. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_AML_GUID |
| 20400 |
PLC address |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Full PLC address for channel or PLC connection point. The address is not an identifying characteristic. The format of the address depends on the PLC type. The address must be unique within a CPU. In this context the CPU is identified by means of the full CPU name in the form [Configuration project].[Station ID].[CPU name]. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCADDRESS |
| 20402 |
Symbolic address |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Manually entered symbolic PLC address of a PLC connection point. This property, if it exists, is transferred on synchronization between overview and schematic. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_MANUAL |
| 20403 |
Symbolic address (determined) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Using target tracking, the connected sensor (for an input) or actuator (for an output) is found, and its identifying DT is automatically entered as the symbolic address. If no sensor / actuator is found, the identifying DT of the last connected function before the search was canceled is entered. For the determined symbolic address, information from the connection point logic is used to decide at which connection point of the function the search for a sensor / actuator is to be continued. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_CALCULATED |
| 20404 |
Symbolic address (automatic) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Shows the content of the manually entered symbolic address or, when that is empty, the automatically determined symbolic address. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_AUTOMATIC |
| 20405 |
Data type |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Data type of a PLC connection point. Meaningful entries are, for example, BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, LWORD. The data type depends on the PLC type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDATATYPE |
| 20406 |
Plug designation |
Function
Function template |
The designation of the plug is connected to the PLC connection point / channel or device connection point. The plug designation can be transferred from the left (or above), as with terminals and supports the identification of PLC connection points or device connection points. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION_MANUAL |
| 20407 |
Channel designation |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports)
Function template |
PLC channel designation for PLC connection points and channels. The channel designation can be manually or automatically assigned. A channel must be unique within a PLC card. For power supply connection points, the assignment is usually graphical. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCCHANNEL_DESIGNATION_MANUAL |
| 20408 |
PLC station: ID |
Function |
PLC station ID at the PLC box. The station ID is used as a grouping element for the network components. As a rule it is assigned depending on the physical place (enclosure, switch box etc.) of the network components. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSTATIONNAME |
| 20409 |
PLC station: Type |
Function |
PLC station: Type at PLC box. The property should be filled in at each PLC box that represents a CPU or a head station. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSTATIONTYPE |
| 20410 |
PLC card is placed on rack ID |
Function |
Describes the rack on which a PLC card is placed. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCRACK |
| 20411 |
Position (slot / module) |
Function |
Slot of the PLC card. Describes the slot / position where this PLC card is plugged on the rack. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSOCKET |
| 20412 |
Ignore missing bus ID |
Function |
This settings possibility is designed for devices in bus systems that do not require a bus ID. If this property is activated at a bus port, the missing bus ID is ignored during the execution of check run 004037, and no check run message is issued for this bus port. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_IGNORE_BUSADDRESS |
| 20413 |
Physical network: Name |
Function |
Designation of the bus bundle or name of the physical network on which the bus port is connected. This name must be unique within the configuration project. Only one bus system can exist within a physical network. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDP_SYSTEM |
| 20414 |
Logical network: Name |
Function |
Name of the logical network to which the bus port belongs. This entry has to be unique within a physical network. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCMASTER |
| 20415 |
Device description: File name |
Function |
File name of the device description file of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property. The file name is entered with the file name extension, but without file path. In addition to the property Device description: File name, the property Object description or Device description: Index in file must also be specified. On the basis of these properties a device is selected within the file during the import of PLC configuration files. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management.
In the Device description: File name property not only the GSD file name but also other entries, for example device IDs of CC Link modules can be stored. To this purpose you enter a prefix followed by a colon before the actual device ID, for example "CSP+:AJ65VBTCE2-8T". This entry is then exported unchanged. If the entry does not contain a prefix (meaning no colon) or the prefix "GSD:", for example "GSD:SIEM8139.GSD", the entry is interpreted as a device description file during the export in the AutomationML AR APC format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICE_ID |
| 20416 |
PLC type designation |
Function |
PLC type designation of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property (in as far as no device description file is specified). The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer. In the simplest case the PLC type designation corresponds to the order number. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCTYPE_ID |
| 20417 |
Object description |
Function |
PLC object description of a PLC card. Can be automatically entered by the device selection. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCOBJECT_DESCRIPTION |
| 20418 |
Version |
Function |
Used to specify the version, e.g., the firmware version of intelligent PLC modules. The value can be automatically entered by the device selection. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCFIRMWARE_VERSION |
| 20419 |
Start address of PLC card |
Function |
The value entered here specifies the start value for the address range of a PLC card. At the same time the addressing of the inputs and outputs of this card begins with the start value entered here. This value can also be used as the configuration value for readdressing PLC configurations. For a card that has both inputs and outputs, specify the start value of the inputs here. The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS |
| 20420 |
PLC station: ID (indirect) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports)
SPS object
Free symbolic address (in assignment list) |
Outputs the station ID of the CPU for the PLC box to which the PLC connection point is assigned. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCSTATIONNAME_INDIRECT |
| 20421 |
PLC card is placed on rack ID (indirect) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
For a PLC connection point this outputs the rack on which the associated PLC card is placed. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCRACK_INDIRECT |
| 20422 |
Position / (slot / module) (indirect) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
For a PLC connection point, this shows the slot / module of the associated PLC card. Describes the slot / position where this PLC card is plugged on the rack. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCSOCKET_INDIRECT |
| 20423 |
Start address of PLC card (indirect) |
Function |
Provides the start address entered for the relevant PLC box for a PLC connection point. The value entered defines the start value for the address range of a PLC card; this is taken into account for automatic addressing. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_INDIRECT |
| 20424 |
Logical network: Name (indirect) |
Function |
Specifies the name of the logical network of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCMASTER_INDIRECT |
| 20425 |
Physical network: Name (indirect) |
Function |
Specifies the name of the physical network of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCDP_SYSTEM_INDIRECT |
| 20426 |
Physical network: Bus ID / item number (indirect) |
Function |
Specifies the name of the bus ID of the same single-line bus port at a bus port of the "Overview" representation type. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCBUS_ADDRESS_INDIRECT |
| 20427 |
Rack |
Function |
If the PLC box is a rack, then enter the name of the rack here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCTHISRACK |
| 20428 |
Channel designation (automatic) |
Function |
Channel designation of a PLC power supply connection point. Shows either the contents of the manually entered channel designation or the contents of the channel determined by a related I/O connection point. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCCHANNEL_DESIGNATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 20429 |
Function template: Template group (multi-line) |
Function
Connection |
Shows the designation of the template group defined in the parts management. All the connected functions can be placed together out of the device navigator by grouping to a template group. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION_TEMPLATE_COMBINATION |
| 20430 |
Prevent numbering with PLC data |
Function |
Prevents numbering with PLC data from this PLC connection point. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCPREVENT_NUMERATION |
| 20431 |
Plug designation (automatic) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Plug designation automatically determined for PLC connection points / channels and device connection points. The plug designation supports the identification of PLC connection points or device connection points. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 20432 |
Address range (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic) |
Function |
Enter the size of the address range within the PLC controller that the card occupies here, for example "4 bytes". The property is entered on the "PLC box" tab of the property dialog. To this purpose enter the number of input / output bytes or the number of input / output bits that the PLC card uses by default, depending on the card type. For a card that has both inputs and outputs, the value of the inputs is entered here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCADDRESSRANGE |
| 20433 |
CPU: Name |
Function |
Outputs a semicolon-separated list of all the CPU names that are entered at the PLC box. The display is effected without gaps, meaning that empty entries are not listed. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCCPU |
| 20434 |
CPU (indirect) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports)
SPS object
Free symbolic address (in assignment list) |
Central processing unit, the processor of a PLC controller. Indirect property for requesting the PLC card property at a PLC connection point. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCCPU_INDIRECT |
| 20435 |
Connection point designation (with plug designation) |
Function |
Combined property from the plug designation and connection point designation of a PLC connection point or device connection point, separated by a colon. At bus ports the bus interface name of the bus port is displayed in addition to the plug designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCPLUG_AND_CONNPTDESIGNATION |
| 20436 |
Channel designation (determined) |
Function |
PLC channel designation for PLC connection points and channels. The channel designation can be manually or automatically assigned. A channel must be unique within a PLC card. For power supply connection points, the assignment is usually graphical. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCCHANNEL_DESIGNATION_CALCULATED |
| 20437 |
PLC card name |
Function |
Name of a PLC card (identifying for PLC devices during PLC data exchange in the AutomationML AR APC or Studio 5000 Architect format). The property can be displayed in reports and used as a filter criterion in the navigators. Depending on whether the PLC box represents a PLC card, a rack or a CPU, the PLC card name must be unique within a rack, a station or a configuration project. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCMODULENAME |
| 20438 |
Deactivated I/O connection point |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Identifies a deactivated I/O connection point within a channel. A channel can have several I/O connection points, but only one of them can be active. Deactivated connection points are treated as power supplies. For example, when addressing a filled address, the address from the channel is overwritten. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEACTIVATED_IO |
| 20439 |
Safety address: Target |
Function |
Safety address at safety modules (for example F-address for PROFIsafe). In general this value is entered at the modules that are participants of a safety network. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The properties for the safety addresses are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS |
| 20440 |
Enclosure legend form |
Function
Model view |
Form that is used to generate an enclosure legend for the mounting panel.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MOUNTINGPLATE_CAPTIONFORM |
| 20441 |
Suppress generation of the enclosure legend |
Function
Model view |
Suppresses the generation of an enclosure legend for the model view. The model view is also not taken into consideration during the output of the labeling for the report type "Enclosure legend". |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MOUNTINGPLATE_FORMEVALUATION |
| 20442 |
Disable resizing |
Function |
Blocks the possibility of resizing the box. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_BOXFUNCTION_FIXEDSIZE |
| 20443 |
Bus interface: Name (with plug designation) |
Function |
Composite property from bus interface name and plug designation, without a separator. The property supports the identification of bus ports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCBUSINTERFACENAME_AND_PLCPLUG |
| 20444 |
PLC card is placed on head station |
Function |
Identifies a PLC card that is placed on a head station or is integrated into it. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCISMOUNTEDONHEADMODULE |
| 20445 |
Function exists with 'Function overview (fluid power)' representation type |
Function |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the 'Function overview (fluid power)' representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_FUNCTIONALOVERVIEW |
| 20446 |
Subnet mask |
Function |
The subnet mask defines the splitting of a bus ID (IP address within an Ethernet-based bus system) into a network component and a device / station component. The subnet mask can be used to specify how many devices can be addressed within a subnet. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_SUBNETMASK |
| 20447 |
Bus interface: Name |
Function
Function template |
The bus interface name serves to group bus ports for the export of Ethernet-based bus systems. Associated bus ports are combined into a logical unit via this name. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME |
| 20448 |
Bus interface: Main bus port |
Function |
Identifies a bus port within an interface as the main bus port. This bus port represents the bus interface and bears the data. During exporting the data are read from the main bus port and written into the PLC configuration file. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME_MASTER |
| 20449 |
Connection point logic: Target tracking (PLC) to |
Function |
Specifies via the connection point number the other connection points to which the target tracking should continue. Using the index, you can differentiate between up to 100 settings. |
Function data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_PLCDESTINATIONTRACKING |
| 20450 |
Legend item |
Function
Part reference |
Defines the position number for displaying the legend in a part placement. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_CAPTIONID |
| 20451 |
Angle |
Part reference
Function |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_ROTATIONANGLE |
| 20452 |
PLC subdevice 11: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 11 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_11_INPUTS |
| 20453 |
PLC subdevice 12: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 12 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_12_INPUTS |
| 20454 |
PLC subdevice 2: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 2 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in Eplan with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2_INPUTS |
| 20455 |
PLC subdevice 2: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 2 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in Eplan with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_2_OUTPUTS |
| 20456 |
PLC subdevice 3: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 3 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_3_OUTPUTS |
| 20457 |
PLC subdevice 4: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 4 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_4_OUTPUTS |
| 20458 |
X extension of part |
Function
Part reference |
Part extension in the X direction, determined from the box. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_PLACEMENT_XSIZE |
| 20459 |
Y extension of part |
Function
Part reference |
Part extension in the Y direction, determined from the box. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_PLACEMENT_YSIZE |
| 20460 |
Technical characteristics (of main function) |
Function
Part reference |
Technical characteristics of the main function. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_DEVICE_TECHNICAL_CHARACTERISTIC |
| 20461 |
Function definition (of main function) |
Function
Part reference |
Function definition of the main function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_DEVICE_FUNCTIONDEFINITION |
| 20462 |
Mounting site (of mounting panel) |
Function
Part reference |
Mounting site of the mounting panel on which the item is placed. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_MOUNTINGPLATE_MOUNTINGLOCATION |
| 20463 |
Function text (of main function) |
Function
Part reference |
Shows the function text of the associated main function at a part placement. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_DEVICE_FUNCTIONTEXT |
| 20464 |
Item number |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the position number of a part in indexed form. The value can be either manually or automatically entered in the bill of materials navigator. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POSNR |
| 20465 |
Mounting panel (identifying) |
Function
Part reference |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLEPLACEMENT_MOUNTINGPLATE |
| 20466 |
Trade |
Function
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Device list entry
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment definition (pre-planning) |
Determines the technology to be applied or selected. The following values are possible:
0 = Electrical engineering,
1 = Mechanics,
2 = Hydraulics,
3 = Pneumatics,
4 = Cooling,
5 = Lubrication,
6 = Process engineering,
7 = Cooling lubricant,
8 = Gas engineering,
9 = Fluid power, general. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CRAFT |
| 20467 |
Subtrade |
Connection
Function
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Device list entry
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
A trade can consist of multiple so-called "subtrades". For instance, the trade "Cooling" can consist of the subtrades "Water cooling" and "Oil cooling". The specification of subtrades as additional function property makes it possible to construct very detailed reports in Eplan Fluid. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SUBCRAFT |
| 20468 |
Macro |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function |
Macro from which the object originates. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MACRO |
| 20469 |
Grouped by device |
Function |
Shows whether the function belongs to a device group. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_INDEVICEGROUP |
| 20470 |
Function exists with 'Multi-line' representation type |
Function
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Multi-line" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_CIRCUIT |
| 20471 |
Function exists with 'Single-line' representation type |
Function
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Single-line" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_SINGLELINE |
| 20472 |
Function exists with 'Pair cross-reference' representation type |
Function
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Pair cross-reference" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_PAIRCROSSREFERENCE |
| 20473 |
Function exists with 'Overview' representation type |
Function
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "Overview" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_OVERVIEW |
| 20474 |
Function exists with 'P&I diagram' representation type |
Function
Connection
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows whether the function exists in the project with the "P&I diagram" representation type. |
Status |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_ISPLACEDIN_PROCESSANDINSTDIAGRAM |
| 20475 |
Device protection |
Function
Connection
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies whether a device protection is assigned to the function, connection or planning object. The assigned parts cannot be changed at a device / planning object with device protection. All the properties that are assigned through the part (and the function templates stored at the part) are thus protected. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_FIXED_DEVICE |
| 20476 |
Manage unplaced auxiliary functions at the main function |
Function |
If this property is activated at a main function, the assigned, unplaced auxiliary functions are managed together with the main function. This means that when the main function is copied and pasted, the unplaced auxiliary functions are also copied and pasted and automatically renamed - analog to the behavior at function templates. If the main function is deleted, the assigned unplaced auxiliary functions are also deleted.
This property calculates the value of the relevant main function for auxiliary functions. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MANAGE_FUNCTIONS |
| 20477 |
All placements |
Function |
Outputs the placements of any representation type of the function. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ALLPLACEMENTLOCATIONS |
| 20478 |
PLC subdevice 5: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 5 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_5_OUTPUTS |
| 20479 |
PLC subdevice 6: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 6 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_6_OUTPUTS |
| 20480 |
DT |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows the device tag of the relevant function for a part reference. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_IDENTNAME |
| 20481 |
Part number |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Part number of the part assigned to a device. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_PARTNO |
| 20482 |
Number of units / quantity |
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference |
Number of parts. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT |
| 20483 |
Number of units / quantity (placed) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Number of placed parts. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT_PLACED |
| 20484 |
Number of units / quantity (unplaced) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Number of unplaced parts. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT_NOTPLACED |
| 20485 |
Mounting panel |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Mounting panel on which the part is placed. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_MOUNTINGPLATE |
| 20486 |
Record type |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, such as component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_PARTTYPE |
| 20487 |
Item number |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
For the part reference, specifies the order in which the parts are output in the bill of materials. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_POSNR |
| 20488 |
Part variant |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_VARIANT |
| 20489 |
Function group |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
This field is for informational purposes and can be used, for instance, for filtering during part selection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_FUNCTIONGROUP |
| 20490 |
Part group |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Part groups are used to group parts of the same type, e.g., in heat or vibration sensitive items. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_PIECETYPE |
| 20491 |
Part allocation |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Defines whether the assigned part is the main part or an accessory part. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ASSIGNMENT |
| 20492 |
Assembly |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
A collection of parts that belong to a device (e.g. a pushbutton with a normally open contact, the appropriate mounting and the button). An assembly has its own part number and can also contain (sub) assemblies. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ASSEMBLY |
| 20493 |
Part is included in a module |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies whether the part is a module. Modules are parts (assemblies) with several devices. The module has its own part number. It can contain assemblies and other modules. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_MODULE_PART |
| 20494 |
Suppress in bill of materials (if filtered) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
This setting allows suppressing the part reference in the bill of materials by specifying an appropriate filter there. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_SUPPRESSINPARTSLIST |
| 20495 |
Project part |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Project parts are assigned directly to the project and do not belong to any device. This includes, for instance, parts to be provided with delivery, general installation materials, and so on. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_PROJECTARTICLE |
| 20496 |
Subset / length |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part |
Subset of a part, e.g. 5 pieces of a part, which are only provided in conduits of up to 100. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length with specification of the displayed measuring unit and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". If you do not enter a unit, the unit of length specified in the project settings is used. The value entered here is synchronized with the cable length (Length field in the Cable tab of the property dialog) for the main part of a cable. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH |
| 20497 |
Subset / length: Value |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Value of the subset of the part without information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length in "meter" and the entry of decimal values is possible. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_VALUE |
| 20498 |
Unit for subset / length |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Displayed measuring unit in which the subset or length of the part is specified. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm
2 = cm
3 = dm
4 = m
5 = Meter
6 = km
8 = Inch
9 = "
10 = In
11 = ft
12 = feet
13 = foot
14 = yd
15 = yard
29 = µm. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 20499 |
Total amount (number of units) |
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows how often the relevant part is used in reports (summarized parts list) or in the enclosure legend. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT_TOTAL |
| 20500 |
Total cable length |
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Placeholder for the summarized parts list, for one cable part, this adds up all lengths of the cables taken into consideration in the report block and for which this cable part is entered. Every cable is considered only once here. The system recognizes a cable part by the fact that the product group "Cables" and the product subgroup "Undefined" are specified on the part. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_CABLE_LENGTH_SUM |
| 20501 |
Suppl. field: Text |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties. Outputs the value of the "Supplementary field text" (ID 20915) per part reference. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. This property can be used, for example in block properties or as a filter criterion in reports and during the manufacturing data export. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ADDITIONAL_TEXTFIELD |
| 20502 |
Suppl. field: Yes / No |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties that can only assume two values ("Yes" or "No"). Outputs the value of the "Supplementary field Yes / No" (ID 20916) per part reference. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. This property can be used, for example in block properties or as a filter criterion in reports and during the manufacturing data export. In a parts list you can, for example, output only those parts for which this property is activated. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ADDITIONAL_BOOLFIELD |
| 20503 |
Total purchase price Currency 1 |
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Total purchase price of the required packaging (currency 1) |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_TOTALPURCHASEPRICE_1 |
| 20504 |
Total purchase price Currency 2 |
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Total purchase price of the required packaging (currency 2) |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_TOTALPURCHASEPRICE_2 |
| 20505 |
Subset / length in unit of project |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Subset or length of the part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_IN_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 20506 |
Subset / length with unit of project |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Subset or length of the part including unit converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_WITH_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 20507 |
Quantity / subset in unit of project |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Quantity or subset of a part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. If the property "Subset / length" has a value (not 0), then this value is entered for "Quantity / subset" in reports, otherwise "Quantity" is used. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_QUANTITY_IN_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 20508 |
Part of a part definition |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Parts which are assigned to a part definition do not belong to any specific device. They might belong to parts included in the delivery, general installation materials, etc. In contrast to project parts, parts that are assigned to a part definition are assigned to specific project structures. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_ARTICLEDEFINITION |
| 20509 |
Number of units / quantity (unplaced, 3D) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Number of parts that are available in the project, but that have not been placed in the layout space. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_COUNT_NOTPLACED_3D |
| 20510 |
Subset / length (full) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Subset of a part with information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. This property may be used in bills of materials, for example. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_FULL |
| 20511 |
Assembly structure |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ASSEMBLYSTRUCTURE |
| 20512 |
Assembly variant |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_ASSEMBLYVARIANT |
| 20513 |
Total length with unit of the project |
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
This property totals up the lengths of all the functions (for example, cables, connections, routing paths, busbars, etc.) having the same part. The unit of length is specified in the project settings for cables. Only at connections does the unit come from the project settings for connections. You can use the property in forms for the summarized parts list, for example in calculation formulas for calculating the order length. |
No category |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_LENGTH_SUM |
| 20514 |
Total number of packagings |
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_NUMBEROFPACKAGES |
| 20515 |
PLC subdevice 7: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 7 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_7_OUTPUTS |
| 20516 |
PLC subdevice 8: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 8 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_8_OUTPUTS |
| 20517 |
PLC subdevice 9: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 9 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_9_OUTPUTS |
| 20518 |
PLC subdevice 10: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 10 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_10_OUTPUTS |
| 20519 |
PLC subdevice 11: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 11 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_11_OUTPUTS |
| 20520 |
PLC subdevice 12: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 12 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_12_OUTPUTS |
| 20521 |
PLC subdevice 1: Name |
Function |
In this property you specify the device name of the PLC subdevice. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in Eplan with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_1 |
| 20522 |
PLC subdevice 2: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_2 |
| 20523 |
PLC subdevice 3: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_3 |
| 20524 |
PLC subdevice 4: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_4 |
| 20525 |
PLC subdevice 5: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_5 |
| 20526 |
PLC subdevice 6: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_6 |
| 20527 |
PLC subdevice 7: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_7 |
| 20528 |
PLC subdevice 8: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_8 |
| 20529 |
PLC subdevice 9: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_9 |
| 20530 |
PLC subdevice 10: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_10 |
| 20531 |
PLC subdevice 11: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_11 |
| 20532 |
PLC subdevice 12: Name |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENAME_12 |
| 20533 |
PLC subdevice 1: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
In this property you specify in which slot / at which position on the PLC card this PLC subdevice is located. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in Eplan with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_1 |
| 20534 |
PLC subdevice 2: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_2 |
| 20535 |
PLC subdevice 3: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_3 |
| 20536 |
PLC subdevice 4: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_4 |
| 20537 |
PLC subdevice 5: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_5 |
| 20538 |
PLC subdevice 6: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_6 |
| 20539 |
PLC subdevice 7: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_7 |
| 20540 |
PLC subdevice 8: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_8 |
| 20541 |
PLC subdevice 9: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_9 |
| 20542 |
PLC subdevice 10: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_10 |
| 20543 |
PLC subdevice 11: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_11 |
| 20544 |
PLC subdevice 12: Position (slot / module) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCDEVICENUMBER_12 |
| 20545 |
Block property: Format (function text, automatic) |
Function |
Format for combining an automatic function text. The display of this function text defined by using the block property in the graphical editor is carried out via the placed property Function text (automatic). If a manual function text was entered at a function additionally, the Function text (automatic) property displays this text. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_BLOCKFORMAT_FUNCTIONTEXT |
| 20547 |
PLC subdevice 2: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_2 |
| 20548 |
PLC device: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
Required length in the address space for the inputs of the PLC card. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC card is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the inputs here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS |
| 20549 |
PLC subdevice 2: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_2 |
| 20550 |
PLC device: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
Required length in address space for the outputs of the PLC card. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC card is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the outputs here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS |
| 20551 |
PLC subdevice 3: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_3 |
| 20552 |
PLC subdevice 4: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_4 |
| 20553 |
PLC subdevice 5: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_5 |
| 20554 |
PLC subdevice 6: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_6 |
| 20555 |
PLC subdevice 7: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_7 |
| 20556 |
PLC subdevice 8: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_8 |
| 20557 |
PLC subdevice 9: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_9 |
| 20558 |
PLC subdevice 10: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_10 |
| 20559 |
PLC subdevice 11: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_11 |
| 20560 |
PLC subdevice 3: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_3 |
| 20561 |
PLC subdevice 4: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_4 |
| 20562 |
PLC subdevice 5: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_5 |
| 20563 |
PLC subdevice 6: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_6 |
| 20564 |
PLC subdevice 7: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_7 |
| 20565 |
PLC subdevice 8: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_8 |
| 20566 |
PLC subdevice 9: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_9 |
| 20567 |
PLC subdevice 10: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_10 |
| 20568 |
PLC subdevice 11: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_11 |
| 20569 |
PLC subdevice 12: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_12 |
| 20570 |
PLC subdevice 12: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_12 |
| 20571 |
PLC device: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Required length in the address space for the inputs of the PLC card. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC card is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the inputs here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS |
| 20572 |
PLC subdevice 2: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_2 |
| 20573 |
PLC device: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Required length in address space for the outputs of the PLC card. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC card is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the outputs here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS |
| 20574 |
PLC subdevice 2: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_2 |
| 20575 |
Symbol |
|
|
Symbol data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SYMBOL |
| 20576 |
Drive |
Function |
Drive systems consist of different components such as motors, converters, sensors etc. Such components belonging to a drive can be grouped by means of this property. Through the index up to 64 drives can be assigned to a function. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 64 |
No |
FUNC_PLCAXIS_DESIGNATION |
| 20577 |
Drive: Device type |
Function |
For devices that are assigned to a drive you specify the type of device, for example "Synchronous motor", "Converter", "Encoder", etc., more exactly. The values to be entered for the device type are usually specified by the device manufacturer. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PLCAXIS_DEVICETYPE |
| 20578 |
Channel designation (automatic): Suppress search |
Function |
Prevents the automatic assignment of a channel designation. If this property is activated at a PLC connection point, the Channel designation (automatic) property remains empty, in as far as no manual value was entered for the channel designation. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SUPRESS_SEARCH_CHANNELDESIGNATION |
| 20579 |
Plug designation (automatic): Suppress search |
Function |
Prevents the automatic assignment of a plug designation. If this property is activated at a PLC connection point, the Plug designation (automatic) property remains empty, in as far as no manual value was entered for the plug designation. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_SUPRESS_SEARCH_PLCPLUG_DESIGNATION |
| 20580 |
PLC device: TemplateIdentifier |
Function |
Name of a template that is used for the exchange of a device in the PLC configuration program with preset, user-defined part properties. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. The name of this template is replaced, but not the contents. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PLCTEMPLATEREFERENCE |
| 20581 |
Configuration project (automatic, at bus ports) |
Function |
Outputs the manually entered configuration project at a bus port or, if it is empty, the configuration project of the associated PLC box (main function). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_PLCCONFIGURATIONPROJECT_AUTOMATIC |
| 20582 |
PLC subdevice 2: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_2 |
| 20583 |
PLC subdevice 3: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_3 |
| 20584 |
PLC subdevice 4: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_4 |
| 20585 |
PLC subdevice 5: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_5 |
| 20586 |
PLC subdevice 6: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_6 |
| 20587 |
PLC subdevice 7: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_7 |
| 20588 |
PLC subdevice 8: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_8 |
| 20589 |
PLC subdevice 9: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_9 |
| 20590 |
PLC subdevice 10: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_10 |
| 20591 |
PLC subdevice 11: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_11 |
| 20592 |
PLC subdevice 12: PLC type designation |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_12 |
| 20593 |
PLC subdevice 2: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_2 |
| 20594 |
PLC subdevice 3: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_3 |
| 20595 |
PLC subdevice 4: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_4 |
| 20596 |
PLC subdevice 5: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_5 |
| 20597 |
PLC subdevice 6: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_6 |
| 20598 |
PLC subdevice 7: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_7 |
| 20599 |
PLC subdevice 8: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_8 |
| 20600 |
PLC subdevice 9: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_9 |
| 20601 |
PLC subdevice 10: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_10 |
| 20602 |
PLC subdevice 11: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_11 |
| 20603 |
PLC subdevice 12: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_12 |
| 20604 |
PLC subdevice 1: Data length (outputs) |
Function |
Required length in address space for the outputs of this PLC subdevice. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC subdevice is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the outputs here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_1 |
| 20605 |
PLC subdevice 1: Data length (inputs) |
Function |
Required length in address space for the inputs of this PLC subdevice. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC subdevice is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the inputs here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_1 |
| 20606 |
PLC subdevice 1: Device description: Index in file |
Function |
Index for PLC subdevice 1 in the device description file of a PLC card. This property has to be filled for PLC subdevices if these are expected as independent devices in the PLC configuration program and are identified via a device description file and the associated index. The device description file is specified at the PLC box (main device). Through the index it is possible to select a device in a language-neutral form within such a file. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_1 |
| 20607 |
PLC subdevice 1: PLC type designation |
Function |
PLC type designation for a PLC subdevice 1 of a PLC card. If a PLC type designation is entered at the main device as well, the device identification for PLC subdevices that are treated as independent devices in the PLC configuration program is effected by means of this property. The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_TYPEIDENTIFIER_1 |
| 20608 |
PLC subdevice 1: Start address (outputs) |
Function |
Start address for the outputs of the PLC subdevice 1 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in Eplan with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_1_OUTPUTS |
| 20609 |
PLC subdevice 1: Start address (inputs) |
Function |
Start address for the inputs of the PLC subdevice 1 (for PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format). Can be used in the addressing format. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in Eplan with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCGROUP_STARTADDRESS_1_INPUTS |
| 20610 |
Symbolic address: Group |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
With this property you can group areas of symbolic addresses in the assignment list, for example inputs, outputs, safety addresses, etc. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_GROUP |
| 20611 |
Connection point logic: Source / target |
Function |
|
Function data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_LOGDEF_SRC_OR_DEST |
| 20612 |
Can have parts data |
Function
Connection |
|
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_CANHAVEARTICLEDATA |
| 20613 |
Standard gateway |
Function |
Packets that cannot be directly forwarded within a LAN are sent to the standard gateway (e.g. a router). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_STANDARDGATEWAY |
| 20614 |
PLC station: TemplateIdentifier |
Function |
Name of a workstation-specific template that is used for the exchange of devices with user-defined part properties preset in the PLC configuration program. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. The name of this template is replaced, but not the contents. The property should be filled in within the corresponding workstation at each PLC box that represents a CPU or a head station. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSTATION_TEMPLATEIDENTIFIER |
| 20615 |
Safety address: Source |
Function |
Safety address at safety modules (for example F-address for PROFIsafe). In general this value is entered at the module that is the source of the safety network. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The properties for the safety addresses are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS |
| 20616 |
Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
Safety address (upper value) at safety modules. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The value is filled during the import of PLC configuration data in the AutomationML AR APC format. The properties for the safety addresses are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS |
| 20617 |
Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
Safety address (lower value) at safety modules. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The value is filled during the import of PLC configuration data in the AutomationML AR APC format. The properties for the safety addresses are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS |
| 20618 |
Symbolic address: UDT (name) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
With this property you have the possibility to nestle and manage the symbolic address of the PLC connection point within a user-defined data type. "UDT" stands for "User Defined Type". The property is a monolingual text and is used and exchanged as of the AutomationML AR APC format Version 1.3.0. Entry of a decimal point is not permissible. When using this property you additionally have to specify the data type in the "Symbolic address: UDT (data type)" property. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_UDT |
| 20619 |
Symbolic address: UDT (data type) |
Function
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
When using the "Symbolic address: UDT (name)" property specify the associated user-defined data type here. With these two properties you have the possibility to nestle and manage the symbolic address of the PLC connection point within a user-defined data type. "UDT" stands for "User Defined Type". The property is a monolingual text and is used and exchanged as of the AutomationML AR APC format Version 1.3.0. Entry of a decimal point is not permissible. The actual structure of the UDT is only required in the PLC configuration program and only specified there. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSYMBOLICADDRESS_UDT_DATATYPE |
| 20620 |
Manage bus ports at the superior device |
Function |
This property can be used to manage all the bus ports of the device and the plugged-in devices together for devices into which further devices are plugged. To do so activate this property at the PLC boxes of the plugged-in devices. The superior device and the associated plugged-in devices are identified by means of the properties Rack and PLC card is placed on rack ID. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLC_MANAGED_BUSTERMINALS_BY_PARENT |
| 20621 |
Use connected devices as source and target |
Function |
If this property is activated, pins are skipped when determining the source and target of the cable or shield and instead the devices connected to the cable / shield are displayed as the source and target. This property only affects the display in the editing dialogs for cables, terminals, and plugs and the display in the reports. The cables and connections themselves are not changed. If the property is deactivated, the pins are output as the source and target of the cable or shield. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CABLE_PREFABRICATED |
| 20622 |
PLC subdevice 1: Safety address: Target |
Function |
Safety address at PLC subdevices of safety modules (for example F-address for PROFIsafe). In general this value is entered at the modules that are participants of a safety network. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The properties for the safety addresses at PLC subdevices are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of the AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_1 |
| 20623 |
PLC subdevice 2: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_2 |
| 20624 |
PLC subdevice 3: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_3 |
| 20625 |
PLC subdevice 4: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_4 |
| 20626 |
PLC subdevice 5: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_5 |
| 20627 |
PLC subdevice 6: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_6 |
| 20628 |
PLC subdevice 7: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_7 |
| 20629 |
PLC subdevice 8: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_8 |
| 20630 |
PLC subdevice 9: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_9 |
| 20631 |
PLC subdevice 10: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_10 |
| 20632 |
PLC subdevice 11: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_11 |
| 20633 |
PLC subdevice 12: Safety address: Target |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYADDRESS_12 |
| 20634 |
PLC subdevice 1: Safety address: Source |
Function |
Safety address at PLC subdevices of safety modules (for example F-address for PROFIsafe). In general this value is entered at the module that is the source of the safety network. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The properties for the safety addresses at PLC subdevices are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of the AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_1 |
| 20635 |
PLC subdevice 2: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_2 |
| 20636 |
PLC subdevice 3: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_3 |
| 20637 |
PLC subdevice 4: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_4 |
| 20638 |
PLC subdevice 5: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_5 |
| 20639 |
PLC subdevice 6: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_6 |
| 20640 |
PLC subdevice 7: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_7 |
| 20641 |
PLC subdevice 8: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_8 |
| 20642 |
PLC subdevice 9: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_9 |
| 20643 |
PLC subdevice 10: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_10 |
| 20644 |
PLC subdevice 11: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_11 |
| 20645 |
PLC subdevice 12: Safety address: Source |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYSOURCEADDRESS_12 |
| 20646 |
PLC subdevice 1: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
Safety address (upper value) at PLC subdevices of safety modules. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The value itself is entered during the import of PLC configuration files in the AutomationML AR APC format. The properties for the safety addresses at PLC subdevices are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of the AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_1 |
| 20647 |
PLC subdevice 2: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_2 |
| 20648 |
PLC subdevice 3: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_3 |
| 20649 |
PLC subdevice 4: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_4 |
| 20650 |
PLC subdevice 5: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_5 |
| 20651 |
PLC subdevice 6: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_6 |
| 20652 |
PLC subdevice 7: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_7 |
| 20653 |
PLC subdevice 8: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_8 |
| 20654 |
PLC subdevice 9: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_9 |
| 20655 |
PLC subdevice 10: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_10 |
| 20656 |
PLC subdevice 11: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_11 |
| 20657 |
PLC subdevice 12: Safety address: Upper value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYUPPERBOUNDADDRESS_12 |
| 20658 |
PLC subdevice 1: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
Safety address (lower value) at PLC subdevices of safety modules. Detailed information on this is available from the PLC manufacturer. The value itself is entered during the import of PLC configuration files in the AutomationML AR APC format. The properties for the safety addresses at PLC subdevices are taken into consideration for the PLC data exchange as of the AutomationML AR APC Version 1.1.0. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_1 |
| 20659 |
PLC subdevice 2: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_2 |
| 20660 |
PLC subdevice 3: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_3 |
| 20661 |
PLC subdevice 4: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_4 |
| 20662 |
PLC subdevice 5: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_5 |
| 20663 |
PLC subdevice 6: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_6 |
| 20664 |
PLC subdevice 7: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_7 |
| 20665 |
PLC subdevice 8: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_8 |
| 20666 |
PLC subdevice 9: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_9 |
| 20667 |
PLC subdevice 10: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_10 |
| 20668 |
PLC subdevice 11: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_11 |
| 20669 |
PLC subdevice 12: Safety address: Lower value |
Function |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLCSAFETYLOWERBOUNDADDRESS_12 |
| 20806 |
Terminal / plug diagram form |
Function |
Name of the terminal or plug diagram form to be used for reporting the terminal strip or plug.
If you assign a value using the Application Programming Interface, please ensure that the relevant master data are available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_FORM |
| 20808 |
Saddle jumper option |
Function |
Indicates the saddle jumper option:
0 = Automatic
1 = Manual, start of jumper
2 = Manual, center of jumper
3 = Manual, end of jumper
4 = No automatic jumper
5 = Automatic, start of jumper
6 = Automatic, end of jumper.
The settings for automatic saddle jumpers are only available for terminals. The settings for manual saddle jumpers are only available for pins. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_JUMPERBAR |
| 20809 |
Sort code (terminal / pin) |
Function |
Specifies the order of the pins at plugs.
Specifies the order within the terminal device at terminals. If several terminals/pins have the same sort code or the sort code is empty; these are sorted in the sequence of their designation. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALSORTCODE |
| 20810 |
Sorting (graphical) |
Function |
Specifies that the terminal next to the terminal on the left or above should be sorted in (depending on the settings for DT acceptance). |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINALSORTCODE_GRAPHIC |
| 20811 |
Allow same designations |
Function |
This property is used to specify whether a terminal designation within the terminal strip may occur several times. If you place the terminals in several representation types, you should not activate this setting and define each terminal uniquely. Otherwise there may be problems in global editing. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_CANHAVESAMENAME |
| 20812 |
Numbered using PLC data |
Function |
Shows whether the DT (or the terminal / pin designation) was changed by numbering with PLC data. The property is automatically set when numbering but can also be set manually. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CHANGEDBYPLCNUM |
| 20813 |
Continue numbering with PLC data beyond this function |
Function |
If this property is activated at a function where the end of the numbering has been reached, then functions connected to this function are also numbered. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_CONTINUEPLCNUM |
| 20851 |
No output to terminal / plug diagram |
Function |
Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition or plug definition in the terminal or plug diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_NODIAGRAM |
| 20852 |
Terminal / plug connection diagram form |
Function |
Name of the terminal or pin-connection diagram form to be used for reporting the terminal strip or plug.
If you assign a value using the API interface, please ensure that the relevant master data is available in the project. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_CONNECTIONDIAGRAM |
| 20853 |
No output to terminal-connection / pin-connection diagram |
Function |
Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition or plug definition in the terminal- or pin-connection diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_NOCONNECTIONDIAGRAM |
| 20854 |
Connected PLC address |
Function |
PLC address of a connected PLC connection point for pins and terminals. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_PLCADDRESS_MANUAL |
| 20855 |
Connected PLC address (automatic) |
Function |
PLC address of a connected PLC connection point for pins and terminals (can be automatically determined over several terminals/pins). |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_TERMINAL_PLCADDRESS_AUTOMATIC |
| 20856 |
Plugs: Coding |
Function |
Coding is useful in order to distinguish between several plugs. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property (ID 22103) of the same name of the associated part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PLUGCODING |
| 20857 |
No output to terminal-strip / plug overview |
Function |
Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition or plug definition in the terminal strip or plug overview. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_NOOVERVIEW |
| 20858 |
Identifier for reports |
Function |
The property can be used in filters for conditional forms to specify the subform to be reported in the main form. The value of the part property "Identifier for reports" (ID 22214) is displayed via the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_REPORT_IDENTIFIER |
| 20859 |
No output to terminal line-up diagram |
Function |
Suppresses the output of the terminal strip definition in the terminal line-up diagram. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_TERMINAL_NOLINEUPDIAGRAM |
| 20861 |
Device group main function |
Function |
Identifies the function as the main function of a device group. |
General |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_IS_DEVICEGROUP_MAINFUNCTION |
| 20862 |
DT (identifying) of device group main function |
Function |
Shows the DT of the device group main function for all functions of all devices belonging to the device group. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNC_DEVICEGROUP_MAINFUNCTION_IDENTNAME |
| 20863 |
Pipe class |
Function
Function template |
The pipe class specifies the range of application in relation to the pressure and temperature, meaning the maximum permissible pressure at which the piping may be operated at a maximum permissible temperature. When doing this, a pipe class contains a fixed number of pipe items, such as pipes, fittings, flanges, nuts, bolts, and gaskets. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PIPECLASS |
| 20864 |
Material |
Function |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_MATERIAL |
| 20865 |
Nominal pressure level |
Function |
The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PRESSURELEVEL |
| 20866 |
Hose line length |
Function |
Length of a hose line, is used in the hose line identification. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_HOSE_LENGTH |
| 20867 |
Hose line identification |
Function |
The hose line identification in Eplan fulfills the specifications of the hose line standard DIN 20066 and is made up of the values of the following data:
Abbreviation of the manufacturer
Value of the working pressure + Unit of the pressure indication
Year + Month of manufacturing |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_HOSE_MARKING |
| 20868 |
Manufacturing date |
Function |
Manufacturing date (Year + Month), is used in the hose line identification. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Data |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_HOSE_CREATEDATE |
| 20869 |
Torsion angle |
Function |
The torsion angle is the angle that is specified when two elbow fittings have to be mounted offset to each other at the hose. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_ROTATION_ANGLE |
| 20870 |
Max. working pressure |
Function |
Working pressure with specification of the unit, is used in the hose line identification. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNC_PRESSURE |
| 20901 |
Supplementary field |
Function
Structure box
Terminal strip (in reports)
Interruption point
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
A max. of 1,000 supplementary fields can be defined for the function using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNC_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD |
| 20902 |
Function group |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This field is for informational purposes and can be used, for instance, for filtering during part selection. A max. of 50 function groups can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FUNCTIONGROUP |
| 20903 |
Part group |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Part groups are used to group parts of the same type, e.g., in heat or vibration sensitive items. A max. of 50 part groups can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PIECETYPE |
| 20904 |
Part allocation |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Defines whether the assigned part is the main part or an accessory part. A max. of 50 part assignments can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSIGNMENT |
| 20905 |
Assembly |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
A collection of parts that belong to a device (e.g. a pushbutton with a normally open contact, the appropriate mounting and the button). An assembly has its own part number and can also contain (sub) assemblies. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSEMBLY |
| 20906 |
Part is included in a module |
Function |
Specifies whether this part is part of a module. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MODULE_PART |
| 20907 |
Spare part |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Identifies a spare part, e.g. the name of the item that can replace the defective or worn part. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SPARE |
| 20908 |
Wearing part |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Identifies a wearing part, e.g. the position of an item that is especially prone to wear. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_WEAR |
| 20909 |
Service time |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The time during which a technical system or object can be used without exchanging core components or a complete breakdown. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_LIFETIME |
| 20910 |
Stress |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The types of stress differentiate between mechanical movement values (static and dynamic) and environmental influences (e.g., moisture, heat, chemical reactions). A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_STRESS |
| 20911 |
Procurement |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Estimated time required to obtain the part. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_USAGE |
| 20912 |
Lubrication / maintenance |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Lubrication / maintenance information, e.g. the maintenance interval. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE |
| 20913 |
Trade of part reference |
Project
Function |
Trade of the associated part reference. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
PROJ_ARTICLEREF_CRAFT |
| 20914 |
Subtrade of part reference |
Function
Project |
Subtrade of the associated part reference. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
PROJ_ARTICLEREF_SUBCRAFT |
| 20915 |
Suppl. field: Text |
Connection
Function
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties. Entry is effected in the user interface via a text box. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. The index is used to carry out the assignment of the associated part reference, max. 50 supplementary fields can be specified. The value of this property is transferred to the "Suppl. field Text" (ID 20501) property that can be used, for example, in block properties, in reports and during the manufacturing data export. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ADDITIONAL_TEXTFIELD |
| 20916 |
Supplementary field Yes / No |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Supplementary field for part reference data. Serves for the entry of free additional properties that can only assume two values ("Yes" or "No"). Entry is effected in the user interface via a check box. You have to note the meaning specified by you of the supplementary field. The index is used to carry out the assignment of the associated part reference, max. 50 supplementary fields can be specified. The value of this property is transferred to the "Suppl. field Yes / No" (ID 20502) property that can be used, for example, in block properties, in reports and during the manufacturing data export. |
Part |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ADDITIONAL_BOOLFIELD |
| 20917 |
External placement |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Identifies the part as being externally placed and thus excludes it from panel layout reports. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_PLACEMENT |
| 20918 |
Part: Mounting surface |
Connection
Function
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
A max. of 50 mounting surfaces can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MOUNTINGSITE |
| 20919 |
Order number |
Connection
Function
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
A max. of 50 order numbers can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ORDERNR |
| 20920 |
Supplier |
Connection
Function
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
A max. of 50 suppliers can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUPPLIER |
| 20921 |
Manufacturer |
Connection
Function
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
A max. of 50 manufacturers can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MANUFACTURER |
| 20922 |
Assembly structure |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSEMBLY_STRUCTURE |
| 20923 |
Assembly variant |
Function
Connection
Connection definition point
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ASSEMBLYVARIANT |
| 20924 |
Bill of materials group |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
You can use this property to group the parts data of components, serial machines, etc. and to make these groups visible in the bill of materials navigator. The property can be used for filtering in the bill of materials and 3D mounting layout navigator and is available in the reports for the bill of materials and for editing in tables. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLEREF_PARTSLISTGROUP |
| 20930 |
Check run messages available |
Function
Interruption point
Connection
Connection definition point
Part reference
Part
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows (after a check run) whether messages occurred for a function or a part. These messages can be viewed in the message management or in the "Messages" tab of the parts management. The property can also be used in the block properties. If messages relating to the function exist, the value "X" is output. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
MESSAGEMGMT_MESSAGES |
| 21000 |
Connection point designations |
Function template |
A max. of 1,000 designations can be defined using the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_CONNPT_DESIGNATION |
| 21001 |
Symbol (compatibility) |
Function template |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_SYMBOL |
| 21002 |
Index for additional data |
Function template |
Identifying data for the function template. The meaning is dependent on the function that is to be displayed with the function template. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 2 |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_INDEX |
| 21003 |
Intrinsically safe |
Function template |
Shows whether the function is intrinsically safe. In this case it is guaranteed that during operation or in case of a short circuit no spark can occur which could ignite any explosive atmosphere possibly present (gas or liquid). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_INTRINSICALLYSAFE |
| 21004 |
Function definition |
Function template |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_FUNCTIONDEFINITION |
| 21005 |
Subordinate DT / DT ID |
Function template |
In case of nested devices, indicates the subordinate DT.
Example: If a lamp "-H1" is located in a black box "-U1", "-H1" is the subordinate DT, and "-U1" is the higher-level DT. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_NESTEDDEVICETAG |
| 21006 |
Safety function |
Function template |
Shows whether a function is relevant to safety. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_SAFETYRELEVANT |
| 21007 |
Connection point descriptions |
Function template |
Up to 1,000 descriptions can be specified using the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_CONNPT_DESCRIPTION |
| 21008 |
Symbol macro (compatibility) |
Function template |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_SYMBOLMACRO |
| 21009 |
Part number / name |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Part number of an accessory part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 21010 |
Variant |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Part variant of an accessory part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 21011 |
Record type |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Specifies the type of parts data or cross-part data, such as component, assembly, cable, housing, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_PARTTYPE |
| 21012 |
Accessory placement |
Accessories (entered at the part) |
Using this property, you can assign an accessory placement to an accessory part. The accessory placement must previously be defined in parts management ("Accessory placement" hierarchy level). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPOSITION_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT |
| 21013 |
Accessory placement |
Accessory list entry |
Using this property, you can assign an accessory placement to the components of an accessory list. The accessory placement must previously be defined in parts management ("Accessory placement" hierarchy level). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYLISTPOSITION_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT |
| 21014 |
Installation variant |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Installation variant of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. Here, you assign a name to a specific placement variant of the accessory placement. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_NAME |
| 21015 |
Base point |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Base point of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. Base points are fixed defined mounting points in the layout space; they can be selected in parts management from a drop-down list. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_REFERENCEPOINT |
| 21016 |
Rotation |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Rotation angle of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. During the placement of the accessories, the accessory part is rotated by the angle stated here. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_ROTATION |
| 21017 |
Offset in X-direction |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Offset of the accessory part relative to the base point. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_XSPACING |
| 21018 |
Offset in Y-direction |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Offset of the accessory part relative to the base point. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_YSPACING |
| 21019 |
Offset in Z-direction |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Offset of the accessory part relative to the base point. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_ZSPACING |
| 21020 |
Can be moved |
Accessory part in accessory placements |
Specifies whether the placed accessory part can be moved in the enclosure or whether it is a fixed element of the enclosure. If the property is deactivated, the "Item is immovably attached to the superior item" (ID 36010) property will be activated automatically. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYPLACEMENTPOSITION_MOVABLE |
| 21021 |
Connection point cross-section / diameter |
Function template |
Shows the connection point cross-sections / diameters of the function. The index can be used to define a max. of 100 sets of connection point cross-sections / diameters. |
No category |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_CONNPT_CROSSSECTION |
| 21023 |
Template group (multi-line) |
Function template |
By means of this property the function templates of connected functions can be combined into a logical unit. All the connected functions can be placed together out of the device navigator by grouping to a template group. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_COMBINATION |
| 21024 |
Function definition: Category / Group / Definition |
Function template |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_CATEGORY_GROUP_ID |
| 21025 |
Item |
Function template |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTIONTEMPLATE_FUNCTIONDEFINITION_SUBTYPE |
| 21026 |
Conductor start |
Function template |
This property is only available for function templates of the type "Conductor / wire" and only for parts (component or module) from the cable product subgroup "Prefabricated". The property can be used to assign a pin to the conductor of a prefabricated cable. You have the following different options for specifying the assignment of the pins to the conductors:
Position of the function template of the pin (for example "6")
Subordinate DT and pin designation (for example "X1:2")
DT ID and pin designation (for example "ID:X1:2") |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_WIRECONNECTION_START |
| 21027 |
Conductor end |
Function template |
This property is only available for function templates of the type "Conductor / wire" and only for parts (component or module) from the cable product subgroup "Prefabricated". The property can be used to assign a pin to the conductor of a prefabricated cable. You have the following different options for specifying the assignment of the pins to the conductors:
Position of the function template of the pin (for example "6")
Subordinate DT and pin designation (for example "X1:2")
DT ID and pin designation (for example "ID:X1:2") |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTEMPLATE_WIRECONNECTION_END |
| 21040 |
Part number |
|
Part number of an assembly / module component. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEHIERARCHY_PARTNUMBER |
| 21041 |
Variant |
|
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEHIERARCHY_PARTVARIANT |
| 21042 |
Quantity |
|
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEHIERARCHY_COUNT |
| 21043 |
Length |
|
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEHIERARCHY_LENGTH |
| 21044 |
DT |
|
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEHIERARCHY_DEVICETAG |
| 21045 |
DT ID |
|
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEHIERARCHY_DEVICETAGID |
| 21046 |
Item number |
|
In this property you can enter additional information on a part of an assembly, e.g. the item number of the mounting accessories from the hook-up. The property can, for example, be displayed in reports of the "Assembly/Module overview" type or used for filtering there. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEHIERARCHY_POSNUMBER |
| 21047 |
Supplementary text |
|
In this property you can enter additional information on a part of an assembly, e.g. the design of the mounting accessories from the hook-up. The property can, for example, be displayed in reports of the "Assembly/Module overview" type or used for filtering there. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEHIERARCHY_ADDITIONALTEXT |
| 22000 |
Trade 'Process engineering' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_PROCESS |
| 22001 |
Part number |
Part
User-defined part |
The part number is identifying for a part, it combines the variants of a part. In the case of part variants, the combination of part number and variant designation is the identifier. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible for the part number, but only the first 96 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTNR |
| 22002 |
Type number |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Outputs the type number of the part entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "General". |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPENR |
| 22003 |
Order number |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ORDERNR |
| 22004 |
Part: Designation 1 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESCR1 |
| 22005 |
Part: Designation 2 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESCR2 |
| 22006 |
Part: Designation 3 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESCR3 |
| 22007 |
Manufacturer |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Short name of the manufacturer. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MANUFACTURER |
| 22008 |
Supplier |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Short name of the supplier. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLIER |
| 22009 |
Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOTE |
| 22010 |
Graphical macro |
Part reference
Part
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
3D macro that can be placed in the 3D mounting layout / in layout spaces. This macro can be stored at a part. |
Mounting data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MACRO |
| 22012 |
Height |
Part
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HEIGHT |
| 22013 |
Width |
Part
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIDTH |
| 22014 |
Depth |
Part
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DEPTH |
| 22017 |
Technical characteristics |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CHARACTERISTICS |
| 22018 |
Graphical macro (without macro directory name) |
Part reference
Part
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Name of the graphics macro (CAD number) for the 2D panel layout, without the directory. |
Mounting data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_MACRONAME |
| 22019 |
Bus coupler / head station |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Identifies a device as a bus coupler or as a head station. In the case of a head station the Rack property has to be filled additionally for the respective PLC card. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISBUSCOUPLER |
| 22020 |
CPU |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Identifies a device as the central processing unit (the processor) of a PLC controller. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISCPU |
| 22022 |
Mounting surface |
Part
Function
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Mounting data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MOUNTINGSITE |
| 22023 |
Record type |
Part
Address (part)
Accessory list
Accessory placement
Drilling pattern
Connection point pattern
User-defined part |
This property shows the type of parts data or cross-part data, such as component, assembly, accessory list, drilling pattern, customer. For parts data and for addresses you can change the record type via the drop-down list (for parts data: component, assembly, module, supplemental part; for addresses: customer, manufacturer / supplier). |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PARTTYPE |
| 22024 |
Variant |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Shows the designation of the variant, up to 3 characters may be entered. A part always has at least one variant. By default, the variant designation "1" is assigned to the first variant of each part. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VARIANT |
| 22025 |
Accessory code |
Part |
This property should no longer be used and is only available with old Eplan versions for reasons of compatibility. In older Eplan projects (created with Version 1.9 or older), this property was used to assign accessory parts to a part; parts and accessory parts with the same accessory code were grouped together. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACCESSORYID |
| 22026 |
Function group |
Part |
This field is for informational purposes and can be used, for instance, for filtering during part selection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FUNCTIONGROUP |
| 22027 |
Part group |
Part |
Part groups are used to group parts of the same type, e.g., in heat or vibration sensitive items. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PIECETYPE |
| 22028 |
Product subgroup |
Part
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference |
Outputs the product subgroup entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "General" > "Product grouping" property. The parts are sorted according to their product groups (including superseding and subgroups) and displayed in tree format in parts management. |
General |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRODUCTSUBGROUP |
| 22030 |
Cable type / Type designation |
Part |
Property of a part variant. The cable type describes the physical properties of the cable. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLETYPE |
| 22031 |
Number of connections |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Number of cable connections. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEWIRECOUNT |
| 22032 |
Connection: Cross-section / diameter |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Connection cross-section / diameter of the cable connection of a cable. For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. A corresponding property "Outside diameter" exists for the outside diameter. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEWIRECROSSSECTION |
| 22033 |
Voltage |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Coil operating voltage or of the component (connection point voltage for electricity consumers). At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGE |
| 22034 |
Cable assignment diagram form |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Shows the form to be used for the cable assignment diagram. When selecting a part the contents of this property are transferred to the main function. For the report, only those cables are considered which are assigned a form in the property "Cable assignment diagram form". All other cables are ignored. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEDISPLAYFORM |
| 22035 |
Plugs: Number of pins |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Number of pins in the plug. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PINCOUNT |
| 22036 |
Connection point cross-section |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Evaluates a value calculated on the "Properties" tab in parts management and outputs it in a report, e.g. a terminal diagram, and displays it at the terminal in the schematic. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the contact. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTIONCROSSSECTION |
| 22037 |
Device description: File name |
Part |
Property of a part variant. File name of the device description file of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property. The file name is entered with the file name extension, but without file path. In addition to the property Device description: File name, the property Object description or Device description: Index in file must also be specified. On the basis of these properties a device is selected within the file during the import of PLC configuration files. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management.
In the Device description: File name property not only the GSD file name but also other entries, for example device IDs of CC Link modules can be stored. To this purpose you enter a prefix followed by a colon before the actual device ID, for example "CSP+:AJ65VBTCE2-8T". This entry is then exported unchanged. If the entry does not contain a prefix (meaning no colon) or the prefix "GSD:", for example "GSD:SIEM8139.GSD", the entry is interpreted as a device description file during the export in the AutomationML AR APC format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICE_ID |
| 22038 |
Object description |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Outputs the object description for parts in the "PLC" product group that has been entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "PLC data". |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCOBJECT_DESCRIPTION |
| 22040 |
Distributed placement of assembly |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Controls how an assembly acts in Eplan Pro Panel: If the property is enabled, the assembly is broken apart in Eplan Pro Panel, so that the single parts can be individually placed (for example main switch distributed between panel and door). If the property is not enabled, the assemblies act as contactors with auxiliary contacts that are placed together and are defined as an assembly in the bill of materials. |
Technical data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ASSEMBLY_POS_PLACE_SPREADED |
| 22041 |
Product group |
Part
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference |
Outputs the product group entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "General" > "Product grouping" property. The parts are sorted according to their product groups (including superseding and subgroups) and displayed in tree format in parts management. |
General |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRODUCTGROUP |
| 22042 |
Quantity unit |
Part |
|
Prices / Other |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_QUANTITYUNIT |
| 22043 |
Price unit |
Part |
|
Prices / Other |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRICEUNIT |
| 22044 |
Group number |
Part |
Outputs the group number entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "Data". The group number is used to differentiate between individual parts groups. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPNUMBER |
| 22045 |
Image file |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Outputs the name of the image file which has been assigned to the part in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "Mounting data". |
Mounting data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PICTUREFILE |
| 22046 |
Weight |
Part |
Part weight in kg. |
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT |
| 22047 |
Space requirement |
Part |
Specify the space requirement of the part here. If values are entered for the properties Width and Height, the space requirement is determined automatically in accordance with the following formula: (w*h) with w = Width and h = Height. |
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MOUNTINGSPACE |
| 22048 |
Certification: General |
Part |
Text identifier for a certificate or test number, which is assigned on the basis of a safety check. |
Certifications |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE |
| 22049 |
Certification: UL File Number |
Part |
Identifier of the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. You can enter e.g. UL certifications, UL file numbers, or other test numbers here. |
Certifications |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_UL |
| 22050 |
Certification: VDE |
Part |
Identifier of the Association for Electrical Engineering, Electronics, Information Technology. |
Certifications |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_VDE |
| 22051 |
Attributes |
Part
Drilling pattern
Accessory list
Accessory placement
Connection point pattern
User-defined part |
Shows indexed the values of the attributes which have been assigned to a part variant in the parts management on the "Properties" > "Data" hierarchy level tab. Attributes are independent of the part type. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
ARTICLE_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE |
| 22052 |
Power supply |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Identifies the device as a power supply. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISPOWERSUPPLY |
| 22053 |
Bus distribution device |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Identifies a device as a bus distribution device. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISBUSDISTRIBUTOR |
| 22054 |
Part is accessory |
Part |
|
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_IS_ACCESSORY |
| 22055 |
Length (prefabricated) |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Length of cables, bundles, pipes, tubes and wires is stored internally in the unit "meter" and is converted to the unit selected for the display. What is meant here is the "unchangeable" length with which a part is to be used, not the delivery length. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLELENGTH |
| 22056 |
ERP / PDM number 1 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR |
| 22058 |
Delivery length |
Part |
Delivery length of the parts. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value of the delivery length from the parts management. You can use the property in forms for the parts list, for example in calculation formulas for calculating the order length. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DELIVERYLENGTH |
| 22059 |
Weight in displayed unit |
Part
Part reference |
|
Mounting data |
Value with unit |
Mass |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT_DISPLAY_UNIT |
| 22060 |
Unique part ID |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
This property (cannot be seen in the user interface above) uniquely identifies the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_UNIQUEID |
| 22063 |
Min. bending radius |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Minimum bending radius of the cable with information about the unit in mm, e.g. "8 mm". |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BENDINGRADIUS |
| 22064 |
Cable / Conduit: Designation in graphic |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Property of a part variant. This field is provided for the entry of text to be later displayed next to the cable in the schematic, e.g., "OELFLEX-SERVO-FD 4G1.5+2x(2x0.75StD) CP". |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEDESIGNATION |
| 22065 |
Outside diameter |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Outside diameter (in mm). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OUTERDIAMETER |
| 22066 |
Copper weight |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Specifies the proportion of copper in the cable. Since copper is calculated on the current daily value, the copper price is calculated separately from the costs of manufacture of the cable and added to the cable price. In order to avoid minute numerical values, the unit kg/km is used for the entry, for example 33.
The following formula can be used to calculate how high the copper price is:
For 100 m cable: Copper weight*(CU-notation - Basic official price)/1000
Example: Copper surcharge for the cable (N)YM(ST)-J5x1,5/1,5, Basic official price: 300, Day official price: 425
Calculation: 7.7 * (425 - 300)/1000 = EUR 0.96 CU surcharge (for 100 m) |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_COPPERNUMBER |
| 22067 |
Weight / length |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Entry here is relative to the unit kg/km, e.g., "67". |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass per length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLEWEIGHT |
| 22068 |
Unit for connection cross-section / diameter |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Unit for the cross-section or diameter of the connections of a cable or conduit. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 22069 |
No. of connections and cross-section / diameter |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Displays the number of connections multiplied by the cross-section (or diameter), separated by "x". For pipes and hoses in fluid power and process engineering the property refers to the inner diameter. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIRECROSSSECTION_AND_DIAMETER |
| 22070 |
Voltage type |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Used for the entry of the voltage type (AC / DC). At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGETYPE |
| 22071 |
Current |
Part |
Property of a part variant. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ELECTRICALCURRENT |
| 22072 |
Switching capacity |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Electrical switching capacity (in watt) of a contact at coils of contactors and relays or of a component. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the contact. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ELECTRICALPOWER |
| 22073 |
Holding power |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Maximum holding power (in mVA) of contactor and relay coils. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HOLDINGPOWER |
| 22074 |
Max. power dissipation |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Specification of the maximum power dissipation (in watt) at coils of contactors and relays. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWERDISSIPATION |
| 22075 |
Tripping current |
Part |
Property of a part variant. At a part with the product group "Relays, contactors" this property refers to the coil. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TRIGGERCURRENT |
| 22077 |
Subtrade 'Electrical engineering' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_ELECTRICAL |
| 22078 |
Mounting panel: Mounting space |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PANELMOUNTINGSPACE |
| 22079 |
Door: Mounting space |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORMOUNTINGSPACE |
| 22080 |
Color |
Part |
Property of a part variant. This property is used to specify the color for terminals or wires. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_COLOR |
| 22081 |
Material |
Part
Connection
Connection definition point
Piping definition point |
Material or material composition from which an item is manufactured, as the result of a manufacturing process in which the raw materials are brought into their final form by extrusion, forming, welding, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MATERIAL |
| 22082 |
Terminals: Degree of protection |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DEGOFPROTECTION |
| 22084 |
Terminals: Cross-section from |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Permissible connection cross-section in mm². |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CROSSSECTIONFROM |
| 22085 |
Terminals: Cross-section to |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Permissible connection cross-section in mm². |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CROSSSECTIONTILL |
| 22086 |
Terminals: AWG from |
Part |
Property of a part variant. AWG stands for "American Wire Gauge" and designates the connection cross-section of cables. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_AWGFROM |
| 22087 |
Terminals: AWG to |
Part |
Property of a part variant. AWG stands for "American Wire Gauge" and designates the connection cross-section of cables. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_AWGTILL |
| 22088 |
Terminals: Current IEC |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENTIEC |
| 22089 |
Terminals: Voltage IEC |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGEIEC |
| 22090 |
Terminals: Current UL |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENTUL |
| 22091 |
Terminals: Voltage UL |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGEUL |
| 22092 |
Terminals: Current CSA |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENTCSA |
| 22093 |
Terminals: Voltage CSA |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGECSA |
| 22094 |
Subtrade 'Mechanics' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_MECHANICS |
| 22095 |
Plugs: Pin arrangement |
Part |
Property of a part variant. The pin arrangement designates the number, distance, and arrangement of pins within a plug. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTACTOR_ARRANGEMENT |
| 22096 |
Plugs: Clearance |
Part |
Property of a part variant. The clearance is defined as the shortest distance through the air between two conductive parts. For the calculation of minimum clearance, besides the rated surge voltage, the degree of pollution is also needed. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_AIRGAP |
| 22097 |
Plugs: Creepage distance |
Part |
Property of a part variant. The creepage distance is defined as the shortest distance along the surface of an insulator between two conducting parts. This insulation does not depend on the length of voltage load. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CREEPAGEDISTANCE |
| 22098 |
Plugs: Standard / inverse |
Part |
Property of a part variant. In telecommunications technology, the inverse constructions of DIN 41612 plugs have become the standard. The term "inverse" here means that female and male pins are found on the same side of the plug. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STANDARDINVERS |
| 22099 |
Plugs: Pin type |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Type of pin, e.g. standard, nickel-plated, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTACTTYPE |
| 22100 |
Plugs: Type of construction |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Type of plug construction according to specifications in the manufacturer catalog or according to DIN 41 612. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESIGN |
| 22101 |
Plugs: Connecting technique |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Connection techniques, for example conductor plate connection, crimp connection, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTIONMETHOD |
| 22102 |
Plugs: Leading pins |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Number of leading pins in the plug. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ADVANCECONTACTS |
| 22103 |
Plugs: Coding |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Coding is required in order to distinguish between several plugs. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CODING |
| 22104 |
Version |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Used to specify the version, e.g., the firmware version of intelligent PLC modules. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FIRMWAREVERSION |
| 22105 |
PLC type designation |
Part |
Property of a part variant. PLC type designation of a PLC card. The part allocation during the import of PLC configuration files is carried out on the basis of this property (in as far as no device description file is specified). The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer. In the simplest case the PLC type designation corresponds to the order number. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is transferred to the main function at a part selection or device selection. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCTYPE |
| 22106 |
Address range (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic) |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Enter the size of the address range within the PLC controller that the card occupies here, for example "4 bytes". The address range is entered on the "Properties" tab in parts management. To this purpose enter the number of input / output bytes or the number of input / output bits that the PLC card uses by default, depending on the card type. For a card that has both inputs and outputs, the value of the inputs is entered here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ADDRESSRANGE |
| 22107 |
Sales price Currency 1 |
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference
Part |
|
Prices / Other |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SALESPRICE_1 |
| 22108 |
Sales price Currency 2 |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part |
|
Prices / Other |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SALESPRICE_2 |
| 22109 |
Purchase price/price unit Currency 1 |
Part |
|
Prices / Other |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PURCHASEPRICE_1 |
| 22110 |
Purchase price/price unit Currency 2 |
Part |
|
Prices / Other |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PURCHASEPRICE_2 |
| 22111 |
Purchase price/packaging Currency 1 |
Part |
|
Prices / Other |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PACKAGINGPRICE_1 |
| 22112 |
Purchase price/packaging Currency 2 |
Part |
|
Prices / Other |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PACKAGINGPRICE_2 |
| 22113 |
Certification: CE |
Part |
Certificate of the Communauté Européene certificate, i.e. the previous European Community. The CE certification is a prerequisite for teh he first placing on the market of products for which a CE certification in accordance with special EU directives is required, namely in all member states of the European Economic Area. |
Certifications |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_CE |
| 22114 |
Intrinsically safe |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Shows whether the part is intrinsically safe. In this case it is guaranteed that during operation or in case of a short circuit no spark can occur which could ignite any explosive atmosphere possibly present (gas or liquid). |
Technical data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INTRINSICSAFETY |
| 22115 |
Short-circuit proof |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Shows whether a cable is short-circuit proof. In this case, it is guaranteed that the cable will not burn through between individual conductors in case of a short circuit. |
Technical data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SHORTCIRCUITRESISTANT |
| 22116 |
Mounting panel: Usable height |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PANELHEIGHT |
| 22117 |
Mounting panel: Usable width |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PANELWIDTH |
| 22118 |
Mounting panel: Max. mounting depth |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PANELDEPTH |
| 22119 |
Door: Usable height |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Door opening height. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORHEIGHT |
| 22120 |
Door: Usable width |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Door opening width. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORWIDTH |
| 22121 |
Door: Max. mounting depth |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORDEPTH |
| 22122 |
Quantity/packaging |
Part |
Number of quantity units that are contained in a packaging unit. |
Prices / Other |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PACKAGINGQUANTITY |
| 22123 |
Number of PE conductors |
Part |
Number of PE / PEN cable conductors. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PE_WIRE_COUNT |
| 22124 |
Max. working pressure |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Working pressure (in bar). |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRESSURE |
| 22125 |
Control range |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Control range for the working pressure (in bar). |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ADJUSTRANGE |
| 22126 |
Flow |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Enter how many liters per minute can flow through the part. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FLOW |
| 22127 |
Thread |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Thread information. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_THREAD |
| 22128 |
Inner diameter |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Internal diameter (in mm). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INNERDIAMETER |
| 22129 |
Length of stroke |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Length of stroke (in mm). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STROKELENGTH |
| 22130 |
Connection point |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTION |
| 22131 |
Trade 'Electrical engineering' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_ELECTRICAL |
| 22132 |
Trade 'Fluid power' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_FLUID |
| 22133 |
Trade 'Mechanics' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_MECHANICS |
| 22134 |
Trade 'Hydraulics' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_HYDRAULICS |
| 22135 |
Trade 'Pneumatics' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_PNEUMATICS |
| 22136 |
Trade 'Lubrication' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_LUBRICATION |
| 22137 |
Trade 'Cooling' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_COOLING |
| 22138 |
Generic product group |
Part
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference |
Outputs the generic product group entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "General" > "Product grouping" property. The parts are sorted according to their product groups (including superseding and subgroups) and displayed in tree format in parts management. |
General |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRODUCTTOPGROUP |
| 22139 |
Wearing part |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Identifies a wearing part, e.g. the position of an item that is especially prone to wear. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WEAR |
| 22140 |
Spare part |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Identifies a spare part, e.g. the name of the item that can replace the defective or worn part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPARE |
| 22141 |
Lubrication / maintenance |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Lubrication / maintenance information, e.g. the maintenance interval. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE |
| 22142 |
Service time |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The time during which a technical system or object can be used without exchanging core components or a complete breakdown. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_LIFETIME |
| 22143 |
Stress |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The types of stress differentiate between mechanical movement values (static and dynamic) and environmental influences (e.g., moisture, heat, chemical reactions). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STRESS |
| 22144 |
Procurement |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Estimated time required to obtain the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_USAGE |
| 22145 |
Schematic macro |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
2D macro which can be placed on schematic path pages as well as 2D panel layout pages. This macro can be stored at a part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO |
| 22146 |
Free properties: Displayed name |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description of the free property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_DESCRIPTION |
| 22147 |
Free properties: Value |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Value of the free property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_VALUE |
| 22148 |
Free properties: Unit |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unit for the value of the free property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_UNIT |
| 22149 |
External document 1 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_1 |
| 22150 |
External document 2 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_2 |
| 22151 |
External document 3 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_3 |
| 22152 |
Mounting clearance Width: Left |
Part |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_LEFT |
| 22153 |
Mounting clearance Width: Right |
Part |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_RIGHT |
| 22154 |
Mounting clearance Height: Above |
Part |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_ABOVE |
| 22155 |
Mounting clearance Height: Below |
Part |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_BELOW |
| 22156 |
Mounting clearance Depth: Front |
Part |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_FRONT |
| 22157 |
Mounting clearance Depth: Rear |
Part |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPACING_REAR |
| 22158 |
Subtrade 'Hydraulics' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_HYDRAULICS |
| 22159 |
Subtrade 'Pneumatics' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_PNEUMATICS |
| 22160 |
Door fold |
Part |
Rabbet strength of door opening. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOOR_RABBET |
| 22161 |
Door opening: Offset top |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOOR_OFFSET_TOP |
| 22162 |
Door opening: Offset right |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOOR_OFFSET_RIGHT |
| 22163 |
Overhang: Side panel front |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONFRONT |
| 22164 |
Overhang: Side panel back |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONBACK |
| 22165 |
Overhang: Side panel top |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONTOP |
| 22166 |
Overhang: Side panel bottom |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELPROJECTIONBOTTOM |
| 22167 |
Distance side panel |
Part |
Distance side panel from profile level. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELDISTANCE |
| 22168 |
Side panel: Depth |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SIDEPANELDEPTH |
| 22169 |
Overhang: Rear panel left |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONLEFT |
| 22170 |
Overhang: Rear panel right |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONRIGHT |
| 22171 |
Overhang: Rear panel top |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONTOP |
| 22172 |
Overhang: Rear panel bottom |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELPROJECTIONBOTTOM |
| 22173 |
Distance rear panel |
Part |
Distance rear panel from profile level. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELDISTANCE |
| 22174 |
Rear panel: Depth |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REARPANELDPEPTH |
| 22175 |
Overhang: Cover left |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONLEFT |
| 22176 |
Overhang: Cover right |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONRIGHT |
| 22177 |
Overhang: Cover front |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONFRONT |
| 22178 |
Overhang: Cover back |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELPROJECTIONBACK |
| 22179 |
Distance cover |
Part |
Distance of roof from profile level. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELDISTANCE |
| 22180 |
Cover: Depth |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOPPANELDPEPTH |
| 22181 |
Overhang: Base left |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONLEFT |
| 22182 |
Overhang: Base right |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONRIGHT |
| 22183 |
Overhang: Base front |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONFRONT |
| 22184 |
Overhang: Base back |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELPROJECTIONBACK |
| 22185 |
Distance base |
Part |
Distance of roof from profile level. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELDISTANCE |
| 22186 |
Base: Depth |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BOTTOMPANELDEPTH |
| 22187 |
Profile horizontal: Height |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROFILEHEIGHT |
| 22188 |
Profile horizontal: Depth |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROFILEDEPTH |
| 22189 |
Profile vertical: Width |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VPROFILEWIDTH |
| 22190 |
Profile vertical: Depth |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VPROFILEDPETH |
| 22191 |
Adjoining distance |
Part |
Shows the spacing (in mm) between multiple enclosures lined up next to each other. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROFILEDISTANCE |
| 22192 |
Door: Type |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORTYPE |
| 22193 |
Door: Hinge |
Part |
Indicates whether the hinge of the door is attached on the left or the right. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HINGEPOSITION |
| 22194 |
Door: Wall thickness |
Part |
Wall thickness of the door (in mm). |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOORTHICKNESS |
| 22195 |
Subtrade 'Lubrication' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_LUBRICATION |
| 22196 |
Subtrade 'Cooling' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_COOLING |
| 22197 |
Subtrade 'Process engineering' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_PROCESS |
| 22198 |
Width top |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIDTHTOP |
| 22199 |
Width bottom |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIDTHBOTTOM |
| 22200 |
Busbars: Profile geometry D x H (only Eplan Cabinet) |
Part |
Profile geometry of the busbar system. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BARGEOMETRY |
| 22201 |
Busbars: Number of rails |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BARCOUNT |
| 22202 |
Busbars: Rail spacing |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BARDISTANCE |
| 22203 |
Busbars: Distance between rails and mounting panel |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BARMOUNTINGPLATEDISTANCE |
| 22204 |
Busbar support: Part number |
Part |
Part number of busbar support within a busbar system. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUSBARHOLDERPARTNR |
| 22205 |
Busbar support: Part variant |
Part |
Part variant of busbar support within a busbar system. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUSBARHOLDERVARIANT |
| 22207 |
Busbar support: Vertical offset |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INSERTPOINTOFFSETX |
| 22208 |
Barcode number |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Barcodes are used to give goods a unique identification. Different coding standards are used internationally, for example the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number). In addition, companies use company-specific or industrial standards.
The contents of this property can be taken into account in manufacturing lists and when importing and exporting parts. However, it cannot be translated. |
Prices / Other |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_IDENTCODE |
| 22209 |
Barcode type |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows the type of coding for a barcode, e.g. 2D code, EAN/GTIN, ISBN etc. The contents of this property can be taken into account in manufacturing lists and when importing and exporting parts; it cannot be translated. |
Prices / Other |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_IDENTTYPE |
| 22210 |
External document |
Part |
|
Documents |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT |
| 22211 |
Clip-on height |
Part |
The clip-on height describes the position in the side view or from the top / bottom. When it is placed on a mounting rail, the item is automatically placed on the rail to the correct mounting depth. If the rail is replaced, the item will "move" to the top. The item is thus aligned above the top edge on the basis of the value entered here, rather than on the underside of the rail. |
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SNAPHEIGHT |
| 22212 |
API Parts Management Extension: Name of add-in |
Part
Address (part)
Accessory placement
Accessory list
Connection point pattern
Drilling pattern |
This property is used by the "API Parts Management Extension" module. Using this module, you can add user-defined data from a database of your own to the parts that are stored in the Eplan parts database. It is intended for information that you do not want to save to existing part properties. You can assign this information to a part and display it in parts management. If such a part is exported or stored in the project, this information will be stored in the properties "API Parts Management Extension: Name of add-in" (ID 22212) and "API Parts Management Extension: Value from add-in" (ID 22213). In the property ID 22212, the name of the add-in is stored via the index; up to 100 are possible. In the property ID 22213, the value from the add-in with the same index is stored via the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
ARTICLE_CUSTOM_DATA_INDEX |
| 22213 |
API Parts Management Extension: Value from add-in |
Part
Address (part)
Accessory placement
Accessory list
Connection point pattern
Drilling pattern |
This property is used by the "API Parts Management Extension" module. Using this module, you can add user-defined data from a database of your own to the parts that are stored in the Eplan parts database. It is intended for information that you do not want to save to existing part properties. You can assign this information to a part and display it in parts management. If such a part is exported or stored in the project, this information will be stored in the properties "API Parts Management Extension: Name of add-in" (ID 22212) and "API Parts Management Extension: Value from add-in" (ID 22213). In the property ID 22212, the name of the add-in is stored via the index; up to 100 are possible. In the property ID 22213, the value from the add-in with the same index is stored via the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
No |
ARTICLE_CUSTOM_DATA_VALUE |
| 22214 |
Identifier for reports |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
You can enter a code in this property that is reported in filters for conditional forms. The property is entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "Data for reports". |
Data for reports |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REPORT_IDENTIFIER |
| 22215 |
Center mismatch |
Part |
If you do not want the part to be centered in the front view, enter the offset relative to the middle of the mounting rail. The item will then be automatically offset by this value. |
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MIDDLEOFFSET |
| 22216 |
Wall thickness |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WALLTHICKNESS |
| 22217 |
Drilling pattern |
Part |
The drilling pattern stored at the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REF_CONSTRUCTION_NAME |
| 22218 |
Coil: Voltage |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_COILVOLTAGE |
| 22219 |
Texture |
Part |
Name of the image file that is mapped during part placement in the layout space on the front side of the placed 3D object. Using an image file as texture displays the surface of a 3D model in more detail and more realistically or illustrates the photo of an original item. |
Mounting data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ECABINET_MACRO |
| 22220 |
External placement |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Identifies the part as being externally placed and thus excludes it from panel layout reports. |
Mounting data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_PLACEMENT |
| 22221 |
Discount |
Part |
|
Prices / Other |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISCOUNT |
| 22222 |
Manufacturer name |
Part |
Full name of the manufacturer. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_MANUFACTURER_NAME |
| 22223 |
Supplier name |
Part |
Full name of the supplier. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_SUPPLIER_NAME |
| 22224 |
Pipe class |
Part
Connection
Connection definition point
Piping definition point |
Property of a part variant. The pipe class specifies the range of application in relation to the pressure and temperature, meaning the maximum permissible pressure at which the piping may be operated at a maximum permissible temperature. When doing this, a pipe class contains a fixed number of pipe items, such as pipes, fittings, flanges, nuts, bolts, and gaskets. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PIPECLASS |
| 22225 |
Nominal size |
Part
Connection
Connection definition point
Piping definition point |
This property should no longer be used and is only available with earlier Eplan versions for reasons of compatibility. In older Eplan projects (created with version 2.2 or earlier), this property was used to assign the diameter of a pipe / hose line or the size / connection dimension of a control valve (valve, slide) to a part variant. Together with the nominal pressure level, the nominal width defines all dimensions of a pipe. The designation DN ("diameter nominal") is used to specify the nominal width, followed by a number without a unit that is roughly equivalent to the inner diameter in millimeters. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIDTHRATING |
| 22226 |
Nominal pressure level |
Part
Connection
Connection definition point
Piping definition point |
Property of a part variant. The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point). |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRESSURELEVEL |
| 22227 |
Standard |
Part
Connection
Connection definition point
Piping definition point |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NORM |
| 22228 |
Symbol for reports |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
In this property, you can enter symbols that will be used in the report of conditional forms. The symbols are entered in parts management on the "Properties" tab > hierarchy level "Data for reports", with a maximum of 20. |
Data for reports |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_REPORT_SYMBOL |
| 22229 |
Alignable |
Part |
Shows whether a terminal part (terminal or accessories) can be aligned. Terminals can always be aligned. This property can be changed in the case of accessory parts. The property for accessories with product subgroups "Terminator," "End clamp" and "Partition" is enabled by default; it is not enabled by default for all other product subgroups. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CAN_BE_LINED_UP |
| 22230 |
Max. working pressure (full) |
Part |
Working pressure with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_PRESSURE_FULL |
| 22231 |
Control range (full) |
Part |
Control range with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_ADJUSTRANGE_FULL |
| 22232 |
Flow (full) |
Part |
Flow with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Volume |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_FLOW_FULL |
| 22233 |
Weight (full) |
Part |
Weight with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Mounting data |
Value with unit |
Mass |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT_FULL |
| 22234 |
Free properties: Value and unit (full) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Value of a free property with specification of the unit. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_FULL |
| 22235 |
External document 4 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_4 |
| 22236 |
External document 5 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_5 |
| 22237 |
External document 6 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_6 |
| 22238 |
External document 7 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_7 |
| 22239 |
External document 8 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_8 |
| 22240 |
External document 9 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_9 |
| 22241 |
External document 10 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_10 |
| 22242 |
External document 11 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_11 |
| 22243 |
External document 12 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_12 |
| 22244 |
External document 13 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_13 |
| 22245 |
External document 14 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_14 |
| 22246 |
External document 15 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_15 |
| 22247 |
External document 16 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_16 |
| 22248 |
External document 17 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_17 |
| 22249 |
External document 18 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_18 |
| 22250 |
External document 19 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_19 |
| 22251 |
External document 20 |
Part |
The "External document [n]" properties always show the nth external document assigned to the part. For example "External document 1" shows the first external document assigned to the part. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_20 |
| 22252 |
Busbars: Part number |
Part |
Part number of an individual busbar within a busbar system. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUSBARRAILPARTNR |
| 22253 |
Busbars: Part variant |
Part |
Part variant of an individual busbar within a busbar system. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUSBARRAILVARIANT |
| 22254 |
Connection type |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WIRETYPE |
| 22255 |
Connection: Unit for connection cross-section / diameter |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Units of the connection cross-section or diameter. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 22257 |
Bending radius |
Part |
Bending radius of a bent busbar |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_BENDINGRADIUS_COPPER |
| 22258 |
Discontinued part |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Identifies the part as a discontinued part; such a part is no longer to be used. |
General |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISCONTINUED |
| 22259 |
Maximum bundle diameter |
Part |
The maximum bundle diameter indicates the maximum diameter of a bundle of connections that must be met in order to bundle it with this part (e.g., a cable tie or spiral coiled tube). |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUNDLE_MAXDIAMETER |
| 22260 |
Minimum bundle diameter |
Part |
The minimum bundle diameter indicates the minimum diameter of a bundle of connections that must be met in order to bundle it with this part (e.g., a cable tie or spiral coiled tube). |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUNDLE_MINDIAMETER |
| 22261 |
Address range 2 (SIEMENS STEP 7 Classic) |
Part |
Property of a part variant. For PLC cards that have both inputs and outputs, you can use this property to specify a separate address range for the outputs. Enter the I/O address range here from which data is transmitted or where the data can be written. The address range is entered on the "Properties" tab in parts management. For this property to be reported during addressing, the Separate address range for inputs and outputs check box must be deactivated in the PLC-specific settings. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ADDRESSRANGE_2 |
| 22262 |
Trade 'Cooling lubricant' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_COOLINGLUBRICANT |
| 22263 |
Trade 'Gas engineering' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_GASTECHNOLOGY |
| 22264 |
Trade 'Fluid power (undefined)' |
Part |
The trade determines the technology to be applied or selected. |
Trades |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CRAFT_FLUID_UNDEFINED |
| 22265 |
Subtrade 'Cooling lubricant' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_COOLINGLUBRICANT |
| 22266 |
Subtrade 'Gas engineering' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_GASTECHNOLOGY |
| 22267 |
Subtrade 'Fluid power (undefined)' |
Part |
This property can be used to create several subtrades for a trade. |
Trades |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_SUBCRAFT_FLUID_UNDEFINED |
| 22268 |
Mounting depth |
Part |
|
Mounting data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INSTALLATION_DEPTH |
| 22269 |
PLC station: Type |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCSTATIONTYPE |
| 22270 |
Certification: ATEX identifier |
Part |
Certification for explosion protection in accordance with the ATEX Directive of the European Union. The designation ATEX is derived from the French abbreviation for "ATmosphère EXplosibles". |
Certifications |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_ATEX |
| 22271 |
Rail cross-section |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RAILCROSSSECTION |
| 22272 |
Rail material |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RAILMATERIAL |
| 22273 |
Conductivity (at +20 °C) |
Part |
Specific electrical conductivity at +20 °C. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONDUCTIVITY |
| 22274 |
Temperature coefficient |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_COEFFICIENT |
| 22275 |
Fluid / process engineering Wall thickness of the connection |
Part |
Property of a part variant. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FLUID_WALLTHICKNESS |
| 22277 |
Connection point pattern: Offset X-direction |
Part
Part (referenced) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REF_TERMINAL_OFFSET_X |
| 22278 |
Connection point pattern: Offset Y-direction |
Part
Part (referenced) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REF_TERMINAL_OFFSET_Y |
| 22279 |
External document: Designation |
Part |
|
Documents |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_DESIGNATION |
| 22280 |
External document: File / hyperlink |
Part |
|
Documents |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_URL |
| 22281 |
Connection dimension source |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TERMINALSIZE_SOURCE |
| 22282 |
Connection dimension target |
Part |
|
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TERMINALSIZE_DESTINATION |
| 22283 |
Device description: Index in file |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Index in the device description file of a PLC card. Through the index it is possible to select a device in a language-neutral form within such a file. The property is transferred to the main function at a part selection or device selection. The property is taken into consideration during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICE_INDEX |
| 22285 |
Finger width |
Part |
Width of a wire duct finger. This part property is required solely for the manufacturing data export for the Rittal Secarex cutting center. This property does not have any influence on the graphical representation of the wire duct in a layout space. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TAB_WIDTH |
| 22286 |
Slot width |
Part |
Width of a slot between two wire duct fingers. This part property is required solely for the manufacturing data export for the Rittal Secarex cutting center. This property does not have any influence on the graphical representation of the wire duct in a layout space. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SLOT_GAP |
| 22287 |
Distance of the pinch point |
Part |
Distance of the pinch point from a wire duct fin. This part property is required solely for the manufacturing data export for the Rittal Secarex cutting center. This property does not have any influence on the graphical representation of the wire duct in a layout space. |
Technical data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISTANCE_WIRE_HOLD_BACK_NOSE |
| 22288 |
Distributed placement of module |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Controls how a module is placed in Eplan Pro Panel:
0 = Place module parts and elements
1 = Place only module parts
2 = Place only elements |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MODULE_POS_PLACE_SPREADED |
| 22289 |
Bill of materials group |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
You can use this property to group the parts data of components, serial machines, etc. and to make these groups visible in the bill of materials navigator. The property can be used for filtering in the bill of materials and 3D mounting layout navigator and is available in the reports for the bill of materials and for editing in tables. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_PARTSLISTGROUP |
| 22290 |
PLC card is placed on head station |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Identifies a PLC card that is placed on a head station or is integrated into it. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCISMOUNTEDONHEADMODULE |
| 22291 |
PLC subdevice 3: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_3 |
| 22292 |
Break up in summarized parts list |
Part |
Through this property the behavior during the breaking up of assemblies and modules in the summarized parts list is influences.
0 = From settings
1 = Always break up
2 = Never break up |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE_MODE |
| 22293 |
PLC subdevice 1: Name |
Part |
Property of a part variant. In this property you specify the device name of the PLC subdevice. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in Eplan with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_1 |
| 22294 |
PLC subdevice 2: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_2 |
| 22295 |
PLC subdevice 3: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_3 |
| 22296 |
PLC subdevice 4: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_4 |
| 22297 |
PLC subdevice 5: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_5 |
| 22298 |
PLC subdevice 6: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_6 |
| 22299 |
PLC subdevice 7: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_7 |
| 22300 |
PLC subdevice 8: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_8 |
| 22301 |
PLC subdevice 9: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_9 |
| 22302 |
PLC subdevice 10: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_10 |
| 22303 |
PLC subdevice 11: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_11 |
| 22304 |
PLC subdevice 12: Name |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENAME_12 |
| 22305 |
PLC subdevice 1: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
Property of a part variant. In this property you specify in which slot / at which position on the PLC card this PLC subdevice is located. PLC devices exist that consist of several integrated modules and that have several start addresses. Such a device can consist, for example, of an internal CPU module, an internal input-output module as well as internal counter module - however with only one part number. Such integrated modules within a PLC device can be displayed in Eplan with PLC subdevices. To this purpose up to twelve PLC subdevices are available. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_1 |
| 22306 |
PLC subdevice 2: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_2 |
| 22307 |
PLC subdevice 3: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_3 |
| 22308 |
PLC subdevice 4: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_4 |
| 22309 |
PLC subdevice 5: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_5 |
| 22310 |
PLC subdevice 6: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_6 |
| 22311 |
PLC subdevice 7: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_7 |
| 22312 |
PLC subdevice 8: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_8 |
| 22313 |
PLC subdevice 9: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_9 |
| 22314 |
PLC subdevice 10: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_10 |
| 22315 |
PLC subdevice 11: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_11 |
| 22316 |
PLC subdevice 12: Position (slot / module) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCDEVICENUMBER_12 |
| 22317 |
PLC subdevice 4: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_4 |
| 22318 |
PLC subdevice 5: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_5 |
| 22319 |
PLC subdevice 6: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_6 |
| 22320 |
PLC subdevice 7: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_7 |
| 22321 |
PLC subdevice 8: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_8 |
| 22322 |
PLC subdevice 9: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_9 |
| 22323 |
PLC subdevice 10: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_10 |
| 22324 |
PLC subdevice 11: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_11 |
| 22325 |
PLC subdevice 12: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_12 |
| 22326 |
PLC subdevice 3: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_3 |
| 22327 |
PLC subdevice 4: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_4 |
| 22328 |
PLC subdevice 5: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_5 |
| 22329 |
PLC subdevice 6: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_6 |
| 22330 |
PLC subdevice 7: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_7 |
| 22331 |
PLC subdevice 8: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_8 |
| 22332 |
PLC subdevice 9: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_9 |
| 22333 |
PLC subdevice 10: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_10 |
| 22334 |
PLC subdevice 11: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_11 |
| 22335 |
PLC subdevice 12: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_12 |
| 22336 |
User-defined properties: Identifying name |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Identifying name of the user-defined property. More than 1000 assignments can be made using the index. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_IDENTNAME |
| 22337 |
User-defined properties: Value |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
No category |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
No |
ARTICLE_FREE_DATA_NEWVALUE |
| 22338 |
PLC device: TemplateIdentifier |
Part |
Name of a template that is used for the exchange of a device in the PLC configuration program with preset, user-defined part properties. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. The name of this template is replaced, but not the contents. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCTEMPLATEREFERENCE |
| 22340 |
Drive: Device type |
Part |
For devices that are assigned to a drive you specify the type of device, for example "Synchronous motor", "Converter", "Encoder", etc., more exactly. The values to be entered for the device type are usually specified by the device manufacturer. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCAXIS_DEVICETYPE |
| 22341 |
PLC subdevice 2: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_2 |
| 22342 |
PLC subdevice 3: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_3 |
| 22343 |
PLC subdevice 4: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_4 |
| 22344 |
PLC subdevice 5: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_5 |
| 22345 |
PLC subdevice 6: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_6 |
| 22346 |
PLC subdevice 7: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_7 |
| 22347 |
PLC subdevice 8: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_8 |
| 22348 |
PLC subdevice 9: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_9 |
| 22349 |
PLC subdevice 10: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_10 |
| 22350 |
PLC subdevice 11: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_11 |
| 22351 |
PLC subdevice 12: PLC type designation |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_12 |
| 22352 |
PLC subdevice 2: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_2 |
| 22353 |
PLC subdevice 3: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_3 |
| 22354 |
PLC subdevice 4: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_4 |
| 22355 |
PLC subdevice 5: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_5 |
| 22356 |
PLC subdevice 6: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_6 |
| 22357 |
PLC subdevice 7: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_7 |
| 22358 |
PLC subdevice 8: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_8 |
| 22359 |
PLC subdevice 9: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_9 |
| 22360 |
PLC subdevice 10: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_10 |
| 22361 |
PLC subdevice 11: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_11 |
| 22362 |
PLC subdevice 12: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
|
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_12 |
| 22363 |
PLC subdevice 1: Data length (inputs) |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Required length in address space for the inputs of this PLC subdevice. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC subdevice is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the inputs here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_INPUTS_1 |
| 22364 |
PLC subdevice 1: Data length (outputs) |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Required length in address space for the outputs of this PLC subdevice. The specification is in bits. The address range of the PLC subdevice is determined from the data length together with the start address. Note that there are PLC cards, for example technology modules, which are only assigned to a few inputs / outputs, but still require a larger address range than the one currently occupied. Always enter the maximum required length for the address range of the outputs here. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_DATALENGTH_OUTPUTS_1 |
| 22365 |
PLC subdevice 1: PLC type designation |
Part |
Property of a part variant. PLC type designation for a PLC subdevice 1 of a PLC card. If a PLC type designation is entered at the main device as well, the device identification for PLC subdevices that are treated as independent devices in the PLC configuration program is effected by means of this property. The entry has to be carried out in exactly the same notation as in the hardware catalog of the manufacturer. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_TYPIDENTIFIER_1 |
| 22366 |
PLC subdevice 1: Device description: Index in file |
Part |
Property of a part variant. Index for PLC subdevice 1 in the device description file of a PLC card. This property has to be filled for PLC subdevices if these are expected as independent devices in the PLC configuration program and are identified via a device description file and the associated index. The device description file is specified at the PLC box (main device). Through the index it is possible to select a device in a language-neutral form within such a file. During a part selection or device selection the property is filled with the corresponding value from the parts management. The property is taken into account during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLCGROUP_INDEXINFILE_1 |
| 22367 |
Product grouping |
Part
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Part reference |
In this property the classification of a part into "Generic product group", "Product group" and "Product subgroup" is made in the parts management in the tab "Properties" > Hierarchy level "General". The classification is displayed here like the directory path in a breadcrumb trail (e.g. "Electrical engineering > Cable > General"). |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRODUCTGROUPING |
| 22368 |
Certification: UL Category Control Number |
Part |
Identifier of the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. You can enter e.g. UL certifications, UL file numbers, or other test numbers here. |
Certifications |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CERTIFICATE_UL_CNN |
| 22369 |
External documents |
Part |
|
Documents |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENT_ALL |
| 22370 |
ERP / PDM numbers |
Part |
Outputs all ERP / PDM numbers and their descriptions. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_ALL |
| 22371 |
ERP / PDM number 2 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_2 |
| 22372 |
ERP / PDM number 3 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_3 |
| 22373 |
ERP / PDM number 4 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_4 |
| 22374 |
ERP / PDM number 5 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_5 |
| 22375 |
ERP / PDM number 6 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_6 |
| 22376 |
ERP / PDM number 7 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_7 |
| 22377 |
ERP / PDM number 8 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_8 |
| 22378 |
ERP / PDM number 9 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_9 |
| 22379 |
ERP / PDM number 10 |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique part number of an external ERP system or PDM system. The ERP / PDM numbers must be unique for different parts. Same values are also permitted for the properties "ERP / PDM number 1" to "ERP / PDM number 10" at a part. Any number of characters can be entered for the ERP / PDM number. However, only the first 64 characters in UTF-8 format are identifying. If you assign a value via the Application Programming Interface you have to specify the same value for all part variants. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_10 |
| 22380 |
Break up in parts list |
Part |
Through this property the behavior during the breaking up of assemblies and modules in the parts list can be influenced.
0 = From settings
1 = Always break up
2 = Never break up |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE2_MODE |
| 22381 |
ERP / PDM number 1: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 1". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION |
| 22382 |
ERP / PDM number 2: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 2". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION_2 |
| 22383 |
ERP / PDM number 3: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 3". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION_3 |
| 22384 |
ERP / PDM number 4: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 4". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION_4 |
| 22385 |
ERP / PDM number 5: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 5". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION_5 |
| 22386 |
ERP / PDM number 6: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 6". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION_6 |
| 22387 |
ERP / PDM number 7: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 7". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION_7 |
| 22388 |
ERP / PDM number 8: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 8". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION_8 |
| 22389 |
ERP / PDM number 9: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 9". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION_9 |
| 22390 |
ERP / PDM number 10: Description |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description for "ERP / PDM number 10". |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ERPNR_DESCRIPTION_10 |
| 22391 |
Data Portal import date |
Part |
This property can be used to specifically filter for the parts in the parts management that were imported from the Eplan Data Portal. A date is entered for this property when a part is imported from the Eplan Data Portal. The import date cannot be edited (for example via external editing), and is also not taken into consideration during the data exchange (for example during the export and import in EDZ or XML format). While copying and pasting a part, the value of this property is not transferred to the new part. In such a case the property is subsequently empty. |
Technical data |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EDP_IMPORT_DATE |
| 22392 |
Part does not require a 3D macro |
Part |
Specifies that the part does not require a macro representation for the 3D mounting layout. This means that the "Graphical macro" property can remain empty for the part. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOES_NOT_NEED_3D_MACRO |
| 22393 |
Part does not require a connection point pattern |
Part |
Specifies that the part does not have an electrical or fluid-power-specific connection point that requires a connection point pattern. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOES_NOT_NEED_CPP |
| 22394 |
Part does not require a drilling pattern |
Part |
Specifies that no drill holes are required in the mounting panel for the part. This means that the part can be used without additional drill holes or special mounting preparations. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DOES_NOT_NEED_DRILL |
| 22415 |
Include supplemental parts (summarized parts list) |
Part |
Indicates whether supplemental parts are to be included when assemblies or modules are broken up.
0 = From settings
1 = Yes
2 = No |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE_ADDONPARTS |
| 22416 |
Include supplemental parts (parts list) |
Part |
Indicates whether supplemental parts are to be included when assemblies or modules are broken up.
0 = From settings
1 = Yes
2 = No |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE_ADDONPARTS2 |
| 22417 |
Break up in summarized parts list (manufacturing data) |
Part |
Through this property the behavior during the breaking up of assemblies and modules in the summarized parts list (manufacturing data export) can be influenced.
0 = From settings
1 = Always break up
2 = Never break up |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE3_MODE |
| 22418 |
Break up in parts list (manufacturing data) |
Part |
Through this property the behavior during the breaking up of assemblies and modules in the parts list (manufacturing data export) can be influenced.
0 = From settings
1 = Always break up
2 = Never break up |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE4_MODE |
| 22419 |
Include supplemental parts (summarized parts list / manufacturing data) |
Part |
Indicates whether supplemental parts are to be included when assemblies or modules are broken up.
0 = From settings
1 = Yes
2 = No |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE_ADDONPARTS3 |
| 22420 |
Include supplemental parts (parts list / manufacturing data) |
Part |
Indicates whether supplemental parts are to be included when assemblies or modules are broken up.
0 = From settings
1 = Yes
2 = No |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE_ADDONPARTS4 |
| 22421 |
Break up assembly during part selection |
Part |
The assembly is broken up in the property dialog and when inserting from the Insert center |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE_SELECTION |
| 22422 |
Up to level |
Part |
Assembly is broken up to the set level |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DISASSEMBLE_SELECTIONLEVEL |
| 22423 |
Contains supplemental parts |
Part |
Shows information on nested assemblies or modules. If an assembly or a module contains further assemblies and/or modules, the fact whether these elements contain supplemental parts is indicated here. |
Technical data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_CONTAINS_ADDONPARTS |
| 22424 |
Contains modules |
Part |
Shows information on nested assemblies or modules. If an assembly or a module contains further assemblies and/or modules, the fact whether these elements contain further modules is indicated here. |
Technical data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_CONTAINS_MODULES |
| 22425 |
Contains assemblies |
Part |
Shows information on nested assemblies or modules. If an assembly or a module contains further assemblies and/or modules, the fact whether these elements contain further assemblies is indicated here. |
Technical data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLE_CONTAINS_ASSEMBLIES |
| 22870 |
Schematic macro: IEC |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
2D macro that is placed preferentially on schematic pages if the "IEC" standard is specified as the preferred standard in the project settings. This macro is only used if no company standard is specified in the project settings or if no corresponding schematic macro for the company standard is stored at the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_IEC |
| 22871 |
Schematic macro: NFPA mm |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
2D macro that is placed preferentially on schematic pages if the "NFPA mm" standard is specified as the preferred standard in the project settings. This macro is only used if no company standard is specified in the project settings or if no corresponding schematic macro for the company standard is stored at the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_NFPA_MM |
| 22872 |
Schematic macro: NFPA inch |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
2D macro that is placed preferentially on schematic pages if the "NFPA inch" standard is specified as the preferred standard in the project settings. This macro is only used if no company standard is specified in the project settings or if no corresponding schematic macro for the company standard is stored at the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_NFPA_INCH |
| 22873 |
Schematic macro: GB/CCC |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
2D macro that is placed preferentially on schematic pages if the "GB/CCC" standard is specified as the preferred standard in the project settings. This macro is only used if no company standard is specified in the project settings or if no corresponding schematic macro for the company standard is stored at the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_GB_CCC |
| 22874 |
Schematic macro: GOST |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
2D macro that is placed preferentially on schematic pages if the "GOST" standard is specified as the preferred standard in the project settings. This macro is only used if no company standard is specified in the project settings or if no corresponding schematic macro for the company standard is stored at the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_GOST |
| 22880 |
Schematic macro: Name for company standard |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Name of the company standard for schematic macros. Together with the Schematic macro: Macro for company standard property, macros are defined that are to be used in projects for a specific company standard. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_CUSTOM_NAME |
| 22881 |
Schematic macro: Macro for company standard |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
2D macro that can be placed on schematic pages as well as 2D panel layout pages. Together with the Schematic macro: Name for company standard property, macros are defined that are to be used in projects for a specific company standard. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 10 |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_CUSTOM_MACRO |
| 22882 |
Schematic macros for company standard |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Outputs all schematic macros that were defined for a company standard. The definition is carried out in the Schematic macro: Name for company standard and Schematic macro: Macro for company standard properties. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_GROUPSYMBOLMACRO_CUSTOM_ALL |
| 22885 |
Family |
Part |
Used to group several cables of the same type. This allows searching for alternatives to a cable in Cable proD (for example for prefabricated cables with the same plugs but different lengths). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FAMILY |
| 22886 |
Suppress in bill of materials |
Part |
If this property is activated, the part is suppressed in the bill of materials. A part identified in this way is neither displayed in the bill of materials navigator nor output in the corresponding part assemblies or via the interfaces for manufacturing data. This part cannot be ordered, but it can be a component of a module or an assembly (for example a plug in a prefabricated cable, where the plug is permanently connected to the cable). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPRESSINPARTSLIST |
| 22887 |
Part variant description |
Part |
Describing text for the variant of a part. Since the variant name is limited to up to three characters, you can use this description to differentiate the variants of a part better. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VARIANT_DESCRIPTION |
| 22900 |
Short name |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Short designation of manufacturers/suppliers or customers. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_SHORTNAME |
| 22901 |
Last editor / Modification date |
Part (referenced)
Part |
Last change to the part. Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_LASTCHANGE |
| 22902 |
Creator / Creation date |
Part (referenced)
Part |
Creation date of the part. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_CREATE |
| 22908 |
Full name |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Full name of manufacturers/suppliers or customers. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_LONGNAME |
| 22909 |
Title |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Title of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_TITLE |
| 22910 |
Name 1 |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Name of manufacturer/supplier or customer; can be output when printing addresses. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NAME1 |
| 22911 |
Name 2 |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Name of manufacturer/supplier or customer; can be output when printing addresses. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NAME2 |
| 22912 |
Name 3 |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Name of manufacturer/supplier or customer; can be output when printing addresses. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NAME3 |
| 22913 |
Street |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Street of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_STREET |
| 22914 |
Zip code (City) |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Zip code of city of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_ZIPTOWN |
| 22915 |
City |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
City of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_TOWN |
| 22916 |
Zip code (P.O. box) |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Zip code of P.O. box of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_ZIPPOBOX |
| 22917 |
P.O. box |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
PO box of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_POBOX |
| 22918 |
Country |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Country of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_STATE |
| 22919 |
Phone |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Phone number of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_PHONE |
| 22920 |
E-mail |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
E-mail address of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_EMAIL |
| 22921 |
Customer number |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Number managed under personal details. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NUMBER |
| 22922 |
Description (address) |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Descriptive text for a customer, manufacturer or supplier in the parts management. This property is used for entering internal information or remarks, e.g. "responsible for sales, part....., good credit, etc." and so on. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_NOTE |
| 22923 |
Fax |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Fax number of manufacturer/supplier or customer. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_FAX |
| 22930 |
Description (Drilling pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Drilling pattern |
Description of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_CONSTRUCTION_DESCRIPTION |
| 22931 |
Name |
Part (referenced)
Drilling pattern |
Name of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_CONSTRUCTION_NAME |
| 22936 |
Creator / Creation date (accessory list) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory list |
Creation date of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYLIST_CREATE |
| 22937 |
Last editor / Modification date (address) |
Part (referenced)
Address (part) |
Last change to manufacturer/supplier or customer details. Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ADDRESS_LASTCHANGE |
| 22938 |
Last editor / Modification date (drilling pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Drilling pattern |
Last change to the drilling pattern in parts management. Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_CONSTRUCTION_LASTCHANGE |
| 22939 |
Creator / Creation date (drilling pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Drilling pattern |
Creation date of the drilling pattern. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_CONSTRUCTION_CREATE |
| 22941 |
Connection point pattern |
Part (referenced)
Part |
The connection point pattern stored at the part. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REF_TERMINAL_NAME |
| 22942 |
Additional length (default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point pattern |
This property is used if no additional length has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. Specifies the default value for the additional length of the connection point arrangement. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_ADDITIONALLENGTHDEFAULT |
| 22943 |
Creator / Creation date (connection point pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point pattern |
Creation date of the connection point pattern. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_CREATE |
| 22944 |
Last editor / Modification date (connection point pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point pattern |
Last change to the connection point pattern in parts management. Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_LASTCHANGE |
| 22945 |
Name (connection point pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point pattern |
Name of the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_NAME |
| 22946 |
Description (Connection point pattern) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point pattern |
Description of the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_DESCRIPTION |
| 22947 |
Wire termination processing (Eplan Cabinet, default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point pattern |
This property is only required for reasons of compatibility with Eplan Cabinet. It is used if no wire termination processing has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. Shows how the end of the connection is handled, for example with stripping or crimping. Is entered in parts management for connection points and specifies the default value for a group of connection points.
0 = Undefined
1 = Cut
2 = Strip
3 = Crimp
4 = Other
from 5 = User-defined. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_TYPEDEFAULT |
| 22948 |
Routing direction (default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point pattern |
This property is used if no routing direction has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. The property is entered in parts management for connection point patterns and specifies the default value of the routing direction for a group of connection points.
0 = Automatic
1 = Move up
2 = Down
3 = Left
4 = Right. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_DIRECTION |
| 22958 |
Last editor / Modification date (accessory list) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory list |
Last change of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record along with the date and time of the last change. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYLIST_LASTCHANGE |
| 22959 |
Description (Accessory list) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory list |
Description of the accessory list in parts management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYLIST_DESCRIPTION |
| 22960 |
Name (accessory list) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory list |
Name of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYLIST_NAME |
| 22963 |
Part number in accessory |
Part (referenced)
Part |
This property can be used in filters to determine where the part will be used as an accessory. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PART_USED_AS_ACCESSORY_FILTER |
| 22966 |
Part number in module |
Part (referenced)
Part |
This property can be used in filters to determine where the part will be used in a module. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PART_USED_IN_MODULE_FILTER |
| 22967 |
Part number in assembly |
Part (referenced)
Part |
This property can be used in filters to determine where the part will be used in an assembly. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PART_USED_IN_ASSEMBLY_FILTER |
| 22968 |
Connection category (default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point pattern |
This property is used if no connection category has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. Specifies the connection point type of a connection more exactly:
0 = Undefined
1 = Screw clamp connection single (do not use anymore)
2 = Screw clamp connection double (do not use anymore)
3 = Cage clamp connection (do not use anymore)
4 = Insulation-displacement connection
5 = Screw-type connection (Ring or U cable lug), (do not use anymore)
6 = Ferrule connection (cable lug), (do not use anymore)
7 = Plug connection (do not use anymore)
8 = Conductor plate connection (do not use anymore)
9 = Plug-in connection (Fluid), (do not use anymore)
10 = Nipple (do not use anymore)
11 = Internal thread
12 = External thread
13 = Compression nut (do not use anymore)
14 = Compression fitting (do not use anymore)
15 = User-defined
1015 = Screw connection
1016 = Spring pulley connection
1017 = Push-in connection
1018 = Penetration connection
1019 = Push-in fitting
1020 = Push-wire connection
1021 = Bolt connection
1022 = Flat plug-in connector
1023 = Crimp connection
1024 = Band connection
1025 = Rail connection
1026 = Soldering lug connection
1027 = Wrap post. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_TYPEOFTERMINAL_DEFAULT |
| 22969 |
Connection dimension (default) |
Part (referenced)
Connection point pattern |
This property is used if no connection dimension has been entered for the individual connection point in the connection point pattern. A connection dimension can be specified in this property for bolt connections, flat plug-in connectors, band connections, rail connections, internal threads and external threads.
Example: For a terminal with the connection category "Bolt connection" you can specify the bolt diameter here, for example "3 mm". For a push-in fitting with the connection category "External thread" you can specify the connection thread here, for example "M3" or "G1/8". |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_TERMINAL_TERMINALSIZE_DEFAULT |
| 22970 |
Name (accessory placement) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory placement |
Name of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_NAME |
| 22972 |
Creator / Creation date (accessory placement) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory placement |
Creation date of the part of the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_CREATE |
| 22973 |
Last editor / Modification date (accessory placement) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory placement |
Last change to part in the "Accessory placement" hierarchy level in parts management. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_LASTCHANGE |
| 22974 |
Description (accessory placement) |
Part (referenced)
Accessory placement |
Description of the accessory placement in parts management. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_DESCRIPTION |
| 22980 |
Last editor |
Part (base object)
Part (referenced)
Address (part)
Accessory list
Accessory placement
Drilling pattern
Connection point pattern |
Shows the sign-in name of the user who last edited the record. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_LASTCHANGE_USER |
| 22981 |
Modification date |
Part (base object)
Part (referenced)
Address (part)
Accessory list
Accessory placement
Drilling pattern
Connection point pattern |
Shows the date and time of the last change. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_LASTCHANGE_DATE |
| 22982 |
Creator |
Part (base object)
Part (referenced)
Address (part)
Accessory list
Accessory placement
Drilling pattern
Connection point pattern |
Shows the sign-in name of the user who created the record. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_CREATE_USER |
| 22983 |
Creation date |
Part (base object)
Part (referenced)
Address (part)
Accessory list
Accessory placement
Drilling pattern
Connection point pattern |
Shows date and time when the record was created. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_CREATE_DATE |
| 22984 |
Unique external part ID |
Part
Part reference
Part (referenced) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CPMS_GUID |
| 22985 |
Creation date (UTC) |
Part (base object)
Part (referenced)
Address (part)
Accessory list
Accessory placement
Drilling pattern
Connection point pattern |
Shows date and time when the record was created. The time is output in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_CREATE_DATE_UTC |
| 22986 |
Modification date (UTC) |
Part (base object)
Part (referenced)
Address (part)
Accessory list
Accessory placement
Drilling pattern
Connection point pattern |
Shows the date and time of the last change. The time is output in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PART_LASTCHANGE_DATE_UTC |
| 22987 |
Insert complete accessory list |
Accessory list
Part (referenced) |
If this property is activated, all parts of the accessory list are inserted automatically during the device selection. If the property is deactivated, the desired accessory parts have to be selected from the list during the device selection.
When inserting or placing a device, all parts of an accessory list are added automatically if this property is activated and in addition the project setting Add required accessories automatically is activated. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYLIST_INSERT_COMPLETE |
| 23001 |
Macro: File name |
Macro box
Macro
Macro box (referenced)
Protected group |
File name (including path specification) of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_MACRO |
| 23002 |
Macro: Version |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced) |
Version designation of the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_MACRO_VERSION |
| 23003 |
Macro: Source / reference |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced) |
Describing text in which you can, for example, specify where the schematic originates (e.g., "Siemens catalog"). |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_MACRO_SOURCE |
| 23004 |
Macro: Description |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced) |
Description text for the macro. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_MACRO_DESCRIPTION |
| 23005 |
Macro: Source project |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced) |
Name of the project used to create the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_SOURCEPROJECT |
| 23006 |
Macro: Inserted by |
Macro box
Page
Macro box (referenced) |
Name of the user who inserted the macro. |
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_INSERTED_BY |
| 23007 |
Macro: Representation type |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced)
Protected group |
Representation type of macro. Possible values are:
1 = Multi-line
2 = Single-line
3 = Pair cross-reference
4 = Overview
5 = Graphic
6 = Panel layout
7 = P&I diagram
8 = Multi-line Fluid power
9 = Topology
10 = 3D mounting layout
11 = Functional
12 = Pre-planning. |
Macro |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_REPRESENTATION_TYPE |
| 23008 |
Macro: Variant |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced)
Protected group |
Macro variant. |
Macro |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_VARIANT |
| 23009 |
Macro: Name |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced)
Protected group |
File name of the macro (without path specification). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_NAME |
| 23010 |
Macro: Type |
Macro box (referenced) |
Macro type, for example window macro or page macro. |
Macro |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
MACROBOX_TYPE |
| 23011 |
Macro: Type of usage |
Macro box (referenced)
Macro box |
The type of usage is used to differentiate macros in the macro navigator, and specifies which of the functionalities "Generate macros automatically" and "Update macros" can be executed and which not.
0 = Not specified: Generation and updating are possible.
1 = Defining: Is only taken into consideration for generating.
2 = Referencing: Is only taken into consideration for updating.
3 = Subordinate: Neither generating nor updating is possible. |
Macro |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_USAGE |
| 23012 |
Macro: Protected group |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced) |
Determines at a macro box in a macro project that a protected group is created during the insertion of a macro. The inserted macro cannot be graphically changed or further broken down in the schematic project. |
Macro |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_USEPROTECTEDGROUP |
| 23013 |
Macro: Also insert macro box |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced) |
Specifies the behavior of the macro box during insertion of the associated macro.
0 = From project settings: The macro box is also inserted when the project setting "Also insert macro boxes" is activated.
1 = Yes: The macro box is always inserted.
2 = No: The macro box is never inserted. |
Macro |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_INSERTMODE |
| 23014 |
Macro: Take connection point designations into account |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced) |
Specifies for the macro, whether connection point designations are taken into account for device assignment when macros are updated.
0 = From user settings: The connection point designations are taken into account during the device assignment, if the user setting "Take the connection point designations into account during the device assignment" is activated.
1 = Yes: The connection point designations are always taken into account.
2 = No: The connection point designations are never taken into account. |
Macro |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_USECONNECTIONPOINTDESIGNATION |
| 23015 |
Macro: Directory |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_DIRECTORY |
| 23016 |
Macro: Standard |
Macro box (referenced)
Macro box |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_NORM |
| 23017 |
Macro: Company standard |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROBOX_COMPANYSTANDARD |
| 23018 |
Macro: Eplan version |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced)
Layout space
Page |
|
Macro |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROFILE_EPLANVERSION |
| 23019 |
Macro: Modification date |
Macro box
Macro box (referenced)
Layout space
Page |
Shows the modification date of the macro file in the Insert center. After a macro has been inserted, the value of this property is not transferred to the page or the macro box and is empty. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Macro |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
MACROFILE_CHANGEDATE |
| 23100 |
Project option group: Name |
Project option
Project option section
Project options group |
Name of the project options group. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
OPTIONGROUP_NAME |
| 23101 |
Project option: Name |
Project option
Project option section |
Name of the project option. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
OPTION_NAME |
| 23102 |
Project option section: Name |
Project option section |
Name of the section within a project option. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
OPTIONFRAGMENT_NAME |
| 23103 |
Project option active |
Project option
Project option section |
Specifies whether the project option is switched on or off. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
OPTION_ISACTIVE |
| 23104 |
Project option group: Description |
Project options group
Project option
Project option section |
The description can be multi-language and is shown in the status bar when the project options group is selected in the project options navigator tree. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
OPTIONGROUP_DESCR |
| 23105 |
Project option section: Description |
Project option section |
The description can be multi-language and is shown in the status bar when the section is selected in the project options navigator tree. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
OPTIONFRAGMENT_DESCR |
| 23106 |
Project option: Description |
Project option
Project option section |
The description can be multi-language and is shown in the status bar when the project option is selected in the project options navigator tree. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
OPTION_DESCR |
| 23200 |
Part number |
Device list entry |
Part number in the bill of materials. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_PARTNR |
| 23201 |
Number allowed |
Device list entry |
Shows the number of units of the current part that can be used in the project. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_COUNTALLOWED |
| 23202 |
Device description |
Device list entry |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DESCRIPTION |
| 23203 |
Type number |
Device list entry |
Shows the type number of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_TYPENR |
| 23204 |
Total number allowed |
Device list entry |
Sums the permitted quantities of all parts with the same part number. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_COUNTALLOWEDALL |
| 23205 |
Used unit quantity |
Device list entry |
Indicates how often a part was actually used in the project. (The part references are counted for this.) |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_COUNTUSED |
| 23206 |
Spare quantity |
Device list entry |
Contains the difference between the property Total number allowed and the property Used unit quantity. This property can be displayed in the device list. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_RESERVE |
| 23207 |
Order number |
Device list entry |
Shows the order number of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_ORDERNR |
| 23208 |
System part |
Device list entry |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_PLANT |
| 23209 |
Variant |
Device list entry |
Shows the part variant of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DEVICELISTENTRY_VARIANT |
| 23210 |
Part: Designation 1 |
Device list entry |
Shows the "Designation 1" of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DESIGNATION1 |
| 23211 |
Part: Designation 2 |
Device list entry |
Shows the "Designation 2" of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DESIGNATION2 |
| 23212 |
Part: Designation 3 |
Device list entry |
Shows the "Designation 3" of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DESIGNATION3 |
| 23213 |
Manufacturer |
Device list entry |
Shows the manufacturer of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_MANUFACTURER |
| 23214 |
Macro |
Device list entry |
Shows the macro, which is specified for the relevant part, in a device list. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_MACRO |
| 23215 |
Discontinued part |
Device list entry |
Shows the "Discontinued part" property of the relevant part in a device list. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_DISCONTINUED |
| 23216 |
ERP / PDM number |
Device list entry |
ERP / PDM number in the bill of materials. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DEVICELISTENTRY_ERPNR |
| 23300 |
Communication unit |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name of the communication unit. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_NAME |
| 23301 |
Configuration project |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Main group orientation element of bus data. All objects to which the same configuration project is assigned belong together and represent the PLC configuration. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_CONFIGURATIONPROJECT |
| 23302 |
End IP address |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. End IP address of the current project. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_ENDIPADDRESS |
| 23303 |
PLC object ID |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between Eplan Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies objects of this configuration system. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_PLCOBJECTID |
| 23304 |
Bus system |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Type of bus system to which a communication unit is assigned as a bus node. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_BUSSYSTEM |
| 23307 |
MAC address |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Media Access Control: Unique identifier of a network device (for example network card or WLAN card). The MAC address is centrally assigned and the first 24 bits identify the respective device manufacturer. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_MACADDRESS |
| 23308 |
DNS/PROFINET device name |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Domain name, name of an address in a network. Using the index, you can differentiate up to 10 names. The DNS (Domain Name System) is used to implement domain names in the associated IP addresses. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_DNS |
| 23309 |
Node group (Interbus) |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_PARTICIPANTGROUP |
| 23310 |
Alternative (Interbus) |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_ALTERNATIVE |
| 23311 |
Service info (Interbus) |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Grouping element in Interbus systems. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SERVICEINFO |
| 23313 |
Address range |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Area for PLC addresses for a communication unit. The property is entered on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_ADDRESSRANGE |
| 23314 |
Start address of PLC card |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Specifies the default value for the byte address of a communication unit; this can be taken into account for automatic addressing. The property is entered on the "bus data" tab of the property dialog. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_GROUP_STARTADDRESS |
| 23318 |
Object ID of communication unit |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Unique identifier for data exchange / synchronization between Eplan Electric P8 and PLC configuration systems. The object ID uniquely identifies communication units within P8. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_OBJECTID |
| 23319 |
Start IP address |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Start IP address of the current project. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_STARTIPADDRESS |
| 23320 |
Domain Postfix |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Name extension for PROFINET devices. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_DOMAINPOSTFIX |
| 23321 |
Use DHCP |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) facilitates the dynamic assignment of an IP address and other configuration parameters to computers in a network (e.g. internet or LAN) using the relevant server. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_USEDHCP |
| 23322 |
Subslot |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Some modules have built-in inputs and outputs or integrated interface modules that are shown as subslots. These subslots are not shown in the PLC navigator and are treated differently for data exchanges. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUBSLOT |
| 23323 |
Data transfer rate |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Here, enter the data transfer rate of the bus system at the bus master. The input consists of a value and unit (permitted units are: bps, Kbps, Mbps, Gbps, and Tbps). Make sure to enter only values that are supported by the target system. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_TRANSMISSIONRATE |
| 23330 |
Supplementary field 1 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD01 |
| 23331 |
Supplementary field 2 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD02 |
| 23332 |
Supplementary field 3 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD03 |
| 23333 |
Supplementary field 4 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD04 |
| 23334 |
Supplementary field 5 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD05 |
| 23335 |
Supplementary field 6 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD06 |
| 23336 |
Supplementary field 7 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD07 |
| 23337 |
Supplementary field 8 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD08 |
| 23338 |
Supplementary field 9 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD09 |
| 23339 |
Supplementary field 10 |
PLC communication unit |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COMMUNICATIONENTITY_SUPPLEMENTARYFIELD10 |
| 23400 |
Name of the communication unit |
Free symbolic address (in assignment list) |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. PLC addresses can be assigned to a particular communication unit of a PLC card. This property represents the second part of the reference to the communication unit. The first part of the reference is the database ID of the associated PLC box. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLCIOENTRY_COMMUNICATIONENTITY_NAME |
| 23403 |
Direction |
Free symbolic address (in assignment list)
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
PLC connection points can be inputs or outputs. Input and output addresses can be recognized by the direction (input, output, undefined). |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLCIOENTRY_DIRECTION |
| 23404 |
Pre-planning |
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
Outputs the planning object to which this PLC address is assigned. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PLCIOENTRYCOMPOUND_RELATEDPLANNINGOBJECT_DESIGNATION |
| 23500 |
Drilling pattern: Name |
Drilling pattern frame |
Name of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DRILLPATTERNBOX_DRILLPATTERN_NAME |
| 23501 |
Drilling pattern: Description |
Drilling pattern frame |
Description text for the drilling pattern. |
Macro |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DRILLPATTERNBOX_DRILLPATTERN_DESCRIPTION |
| 23502 |
Drilling pattern: Subdirectory for outline (NC data) |
Drilling pattern frame |
Subdirectory for the outlines of the drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DRILLPATTERNBOX_CONTOURPATH |
| 24000 |
Target of interruption point |
Interruption point |
Provides the (first) target of an interruption point for display in the cross-reference; only used internally. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_DESTINATION |
| 24001 |
Automatically generated |
Interruption point |
Indicates whether the interruption point was generated automatically. These interruption points are created when pasting and cutting schematic elements if the Smart connect option is enabled. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_AUTO_CREATED |
| 24020 |
Display all cross-references |
Interruption point |
At an interruption point, shows cross-references to all other interruption points with the same name. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_SHOWALLCROSSREFERENCES |
| 24021 |
Display of all counter targets |
Interruption point |
If this setting is switched on at an interruption point, then the "Cross-reference (configurable)" (ID 24300) and / or the "Counter target in cross-reference" (ID 24351) properties show all counter targets.
If this property is activated and the project setting "Display target at pair cross-references" is deactivated, the setting wins at the interruption point, and all targets are displayed.
If this property is deactivated and the project setting "Display target at pair cross-references" is activated, the first target is displayed. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_SHOWALLCROSSREFERENCEDESTINATIONS |
| 24300 |
Cross-reference (configurable) |
Interruption point |
For interruption points and structure boxes, this outputs the cross-reference. This also outputs target information when the "Display of all counter targets" (ID 24021) property is enabled. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFERENCE |
| 24301 |
Cross-reference |
Interruption point |
Specifies the cross-reference. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFERENCEONLY |
| 24302 |
Cross-reference for NFPA standard |
Interruption point |
Normal cross-reference, which inserts a line break between the page cross-reference and the row / column cross-reference, for the NFPA standard. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFERENCE_NFPA |
| 24350 |
Separator between interruption point and cross-reference |
Interruption point |
Separator displayed between the interruption point name and the cross-reference. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFSEPARATOR |
| 24351 |
Counter target in cross-reference |
Interruption point |
Provides the (first) counter target of an interruption point for display in the cross-reference. |
Devices |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_CROSSREFDESTINATION |
| 24809 |
Sort code (interruption point) |
Interruption point |
Defines the sequence in which the interruption points are sorted. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_SORT_CODE |
| 24810 |
Interruption point: Description |
Interruption point |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_DESCRIPTION |
| 24811 |
Interruption point: Description (automatic) |
Interruption point |
Shows the interruption point description. The value is automatically taken from the first interruption point (according to the position in the schematic). |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INTERRUPTIONPOINT_DESCRIPTIONAUTOMATIC |
| 24901 |
Database name |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_DATABASENAME |
| 24902 |
Database name (complete) |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_FULLDATABASENAME |
| 24903 |
Database version |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_DATABASEVERSION |
| 24904 |
Eplan Data Portal: Version |
Parts database |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLELIBRARY_EPDVERSION |
| 24906 |
Number of parts |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_ARTICLE_COUNT |
| 24907 |
Number of accessory lists |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_ACCESSORYLIST_COUNT |
| 24908 |
Number of accessory placements |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_ACCESSORYPLACEMENT_COUNT |
| 24909 |
Number of drilling patterns |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_CONSTRUCTION_COUNT |
| 24910 |
Number of connection points |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_TERMINAL_COUNT |
| 24911 |
Number of customers |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_CUSTOMER_COUNT |
| 24912 |
Number of manufacturers / suppliers |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_MANUFACTURER_COUNT |
| 24913 |
Number of part variants |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_ARTICLEVARIANT_COUNT |
| 24914 |
Name of the configured tree node |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_TREENODE_NAME |
| 24915 |
Type of the configured tree node |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_TREENODE_TYPE |
| 24916 |
Quantity in the configured tree node |
Parts database |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
ARTICLELIBRARY_TREENODE_COUNT |
| 24917 |
Configurable connection point end treatment |
Parts database |
|
Settings |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 64 |
No |
ARTICLELIBRARY_WIRETERMINATIONPROCESSINGTYPES |
| 24918 |
Currency 1 |
Parts database |
|
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLELIBRARY_CURRENCY_1 |
| 24919 |
Currency 2 |
Parts database |
|
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLELIBRARY_CURRENCY_2 |
| 25000 |
Trade (Defined working sections) |
Connection
Page
Function
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Can be used in the filter schemes for defined working sections in order to filter pages, functions, and connections by trade. The following values are possible:
0 = Electrical engineering
1 = Fluid power, general
2 = Mechanics
3 = Process engineering.
99 = General.
In this context, the "Fluid power, general" setting includes also the trades Hydraulics, Pneumatics, Cooling, and Lubrication. Pages contain the additional trade setting "General". The "General" trade is the default setting when generating report pages. If you filter defined working sections by certain trades, pages with the "General" trade are output along any other trade. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
EDITINGAREA_CRAFT |
| 25020 |
Counter page number |
Page |
This property automatically increments the pages in the project in accordance with the order in the page structure. You can insert this property as special text and use it for displaying a sequential page number, for example in the page properties, in the graphical editor or on report pages. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PAGE_COUNTERPAGENUMBER |
| 25030 |
AutomationML GUID |
Connection
Function
Segment (pre-planning)
Connection definition point
Structure identifiers
Free symbolic address (in assignment list)
Free symbolic address (in reports)
Project |
This property is required for the AutomationML export and import. Each object is identified in AutomationML by a GUID (Globally Unique Identifier) that is unique worldwide. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
AUTOMATIONML_OBJECTID |
| 25031 |
AutomationML GUID 2 |
Function
Free symbolic address (in assignment list)
Free symbolic address (in reports) |
The property manages a second GUID that is required during a PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually. Only the index [1] is used here. In this property the GUID of the symbolic address is stored at PLC connection points that are digital or analog inputs / outputs. At PLC boxes the GUID of the rack is stored in this property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 12 |
No |
AUTOMATIONML_OBJECTID_2 |
| 25100 |
Subproject of |
Project |
Specifies at a subproject from which original project it was created. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PROJECT_SUBPROJECTORIGIN |
| 25101 |
Subproject number |
Page
Project
Layout space
Segment (pre-planning)
Connection
Function (base object) |
Number of the subproject. During the creation of subprojects a name is assigned automatically to each subproject. This is made up of the name of the original project and the subproject number. The subproject numbers are assigned in accordance with the order of defined working sections. |
Special |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
SUBPROJECT_NUMBER |
| 25102 |
Cross-reference (external) |
Function
Interruption point
Structure box |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION_EXTERNALCROSSREFERENCE |
| 26000 |
Sealing |
Part |
Identification number for the availability of an elastic sealing. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SEALING |
| 26001 |
Pressure area: Dimension |
Part |
Exact geometric dimensions (width x height) of the surface to which pressure is applied. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DIMENSIONS_OF_THE_PRESSURED_AREA |
| 26002 |
Amperage (fuse, on-site) |
Part |
Current strength (in amperes) of the electrical fuses to be used as proposed or specified by the device manufacturer for the safety-oriented operation of the respective device. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FUSE_PROTECTION_ON_SITE |
| 26003 |
Intake pressure |
Part |
Pressure prevailing at the inlet opening of the pump. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INTAKE_PRESSURE |
| 26004 |
Intake pressure, max. |
Part |
Maximum absolute pressure applied in the intake manifold of a fluid machine. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INTAKE_PRESSURE_MAX |
| 26005 |
Intake pressure, min. |
Part |
Minimum absolute pressure applied in the intake manifold of a fluid machine. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INTAKE_PRESSURE_MIN |
| 26006 |
Intake temperature |
Part |
Temperature of the mixture in the inlet opening. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INTAKE_TEMPERATURE |
| 26007 |
Connecting cable: Color |
Part |
Non-standardized color coding of the connection cable determined by the manufacturer. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTION_CABLE_COLOUR |
| 26008 |
Drive torque |
Part |
Drive torque [Nm] at the shaft of an item or system (for example hydrostatic power transmission). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DRIVE_TORQUE |
| 26009 |
Number of connectable valves |
Part |
Number of connectable valves. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_CONNECTABLE_VALVES |
| 26010 |
Jacket (cable) stripping length |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Length of the area on a cable where the outer sheath is removed or can be removed. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STRIPPING_LENGTH |
| 26011 |
Number of outputs |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Number of outputs. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_OUTPUTS |
| 26012 |
Designed as maintenance / repair switch |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specification whether the switch version is suitable for use as a maintenance / repair switch on the basis of the technical properties. |
Technical data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VERSION_AS_MAINTENANCE_REPAIR_SWITCH |
| 26013 |
Type of sealing |
Part |
Shows the specific method or material used for sealing, e.g. bitumen sheets, plastic sheets, liquid seals. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_SEALING |
| 26014 |
Type of seal (EX) |
Part |
Specifies the type of seal that is suitable for use in potentially explosive areas (explosion-proof areas), e.g., a sealing ring made of elastomer or sealant. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_SEAL_EX |
| 26015 |
Type of heating / cooling |
Part |
Type and design of the device used for heating or cooling. Conventional methods are steam, liquid or electric heating. Cooling takes place via fluids. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_HEATING_COOLING |
| 26016 |
Type of cooling |
Part |
Method used for heat dissipation in technical and electronic systems. Example: Air cooling, liquid cooling, type of fluid used for cooling a cable. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_COOLING_TYPE |
| 26017 |
Type of control |
Part |
Specification of the type of control. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_CONTROL |
| 26018 |
Type of control (command transmission) |
Part |
Specification of the command transmission to the device. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_CONTROL_COMMAND_TRANSMISSION |
| 26019 |
Type of control (technology) |
Part |
Specification of the technology used to control the device. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_CONTROL_TECHNOLOGY |
| 26020 |
Type of cooling medium |
Part |
Medium used for cooling in a system, e.g. water, air, oil. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_COOLING_MEDIUM |
| 26021 |
Type of sensor |
Part |
Specifies the type and functionality of the sensor, e.g., temperature sensor, pressure sensor, moisture sensor. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_SENSOR |
| 26022 |
Type of certificate |
Part |
Type of certificate, approval, declaration or license. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_CERTIFICATE |
| 26023 |
Designed as outdoor cable |
Part |
Specification whether the cable is suitable for external routing. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESIGN_AS_OUTDOOR_CABLE |
| 26024 |
Type of construction |
Part |
Specific design or shaping within a type of construction which is generally characterized by its design features and/or the type of installation. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ENCLOSURE_DESIGN |
| 26025 |
Type of construction: Dynamic seal |
Part |
Type of construction of the dynamic seal. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_DYNAMIC_SEAL |
| 26026 |
Type of construction: Static seal |
Part |
Type of construction of the static seal. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_STATIC_SEAL |
| 26027 |
Type of construction: Housing |
Part |
Type of construction of the housing. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESIGN_OF_THE_HOUSING |
| 26028 |
Type of construction: Measuring transducer |
Part |
Type of construction of the measuring transducer. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESIGN_OF_THE_TRANSDUCER |
| 26029 |
Type of construction: Sensor |
Part |
Type of construction of the sensor. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESIGN_OF_THE_SENSOR |
| 26030 |
Designation of the measurement method |
Part |
Description of the measuring method. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESIGNATION_OF_THE_MEASURING_METHOD |
| 26031 |
KNX: Compatible |
Part |
Specification whether the bus system component is compatible with the bus system KNX. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUS_SYSTEM_KNX_COMPATIBLE |
| 26032 |
KNX: KNX-RF compatible |
Part |
Specification whether the bus system component is compatible with the bus protocol KNX radio (also known as KNX-RF). |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BUS_SYSTEM_KNX_RADIO_COMPATIBLE |
| 26033 |
BACnet: Service in accord. with BACnet specification |
Part |
Service that fulfills the requirements of the BACnet specification. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SERVICE_ACCORDING_TO_BACNET_SPECIFICATION |
| 26034 |
Calibration approval |
Part |
Official approval that confirms that a measuring instrument corresponds to the legal requirements and is approved for use in the trade or in the industry. This authorization ensures that the device delivers accurate and reliable measurements that comply with legal standards (e.g., precise specifications for packaging, vessels and scales, specifications for consumption meters such as water meters, gas meters, electricity meters, heat meters, etc.). Example: Approval code or approval number of certificates, accuracy class, year of calibration. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CALIBRATION_AUTHORISATION |
| 26035 |
Mounting position |
Part |
Valid mounting position of the part. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INSTALLATION_POSITION |
| 26036 |
Electrical interface |
Part |
Describes the properties of the electrical interface which are used to make the process data available in the form of a measurement signal or a data protocol. Example: For a plug, the specific features such as number of poles, nominal voltage, nominal current and plug type describe the properties of this interface. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ELECTRICAL_INTERFACE |
| 26037 |
Electronic control available |
Part |
Specification whether the device is equipped with an electronic control system. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ELECTRONIC_CONTROL_AVAILABLE |
| 26038 |
Replacement part: Description |
Part |
Description of the replacement part. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REPLACEMENT_PART_DESCRIPTION |
| 26039 |
Terminal: Color |
Part |
Color of the terminal. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CLAMP_COLOUR |
| 26040 |
Cable jacket: Color |
Part |
Color of the cable jacket. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_COLOUR_OF_THE_CABLE_SHEATH |
| 26041 |
Remote control function |
Part |
Specification of the possibility of a radio remote control. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REMOTE_CONTROL_FUNCTION |
| 26042 |
Flame resistance (according to standard) |
Part |
The ability of a material or product to resist fire or prevent its spread based on specific norms or standards. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FLAME_RESISTANCE_ACCORDING_TO_STANDARD |
| 26043 |
Suitable for KNX |
Part |
Specification whether the IR receiver part is suitable for the KNX bus system. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUITABLE_FOR_KNX |
| 26044 |
Cables included |
Part |
Shows whether the required cables are supplied with a part. Example: A USB cable is part of the scope of delivery with an external hard disk. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_INCLUDED |
| 26045 |
Cable reel available |
Part |
Specification whether the part disposes of a device for winding up the cable. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_WINDER_AVAILABLE |
| 26046 |
Cable data |
Part |
Details of the cables to be connected to a device connection point. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_DATA |
| 26047 |
Cable entry available |
Part |
Specification whether a cable entry is available. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_ENTRY_AVAILABLE |
| 26048 |
Power control |
Part |
The ability of a system or device to regulate and control performance. This can include various aspects, such as the adaptation of the power supply, the control of operating modes or the optimization of the efficiency. Example: A heating system adjusts the heating output based on the room temperature and the usage habits. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWER_CONTROL |
| 26049 |
Conductor design (cable) |
Part |
Specific structure and composition of electrical conductors within a cable. This includes details such as the number of conductors, the cross-section of the conductors, the material (e.g. copper or aluminum) and the type of insulation. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONDUCTOR_STRUCTURE_CABLE |
| 26050 |
Manual control devices |
Part |
Operating elements for manual control, e.g. levers, buttons or switches. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MANUAL_CONTROLS |
| 26051 |
Method |
Part |
Measuring method, the specific procedure or method used to perform a measurement, analysis or test. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_METHOD |
| 26052 |
Method name |
Part |
Specific designation or the title of the method. The name is used to uniquely identify the method and to differentiate it from other methods. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_METHOD_NAME |
| 26053 |
Emergency control function |
Part |
Specification whether the device or the system has an emergency control function. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EMERGENCY_CONTROL_FUNCTION |
| 26054 |
Emergency control function (closed) |
Part |
Safety function in which a device or system is brought into a closed position in the case of an emergency. Example: A spring return drive that automatically closes the valve in the event of a power failure. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EMERGENCY_CONTROL_FUNCTION_CLOSED |
| 26055 |
Emergency control function (open) |
Part |
Safety function in which a device or system is brought into an open position in case of an emergency. Example: A spring return drive that automatically opens the flap in the event of a power failure. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EMERGENCY_CONTROL_FUNCTION_OPEN |
| 26056 |
Surface coating |
Part |
The specifying designation (type name, type code, name abbreviation, part number) for differentiation according to type and size or form (variant) of the surface coating used. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SURFACE_COATING |
| 26057 |
Pneumatically operated |
Part |
Specification whether the device is driven by means of compressed air. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PNEUMATICALLY_OPERATED |
| 26058 |
Product type |
Part |
Characterization of the product with regard to its general type. Additional specifications for the designation of products so that the products can be differentiated from one another in a product family or in special variants. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRODUCT_TYPE |
| 26059 |
Purity class of the pressurized fluid |
Part |
Maximum permissible degree of contamination of the pressure fluid (purity class). |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PURITY_CLASS_OF_THE_PRESSURISED_FLUID |
| 26060 |
Purity class of the control oil |
Part |
Maximum permissible degree of pollution of the control oil (purity class). |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PURITY_CLASS_OF_THE_CONTROL_OIL |
| 26061 |
Feedback contact available |
Part |
Specification whether an electrical contact is available for a feedback signal or not. A feedback contact monitors the state or the position of a device or a component and forwards this information to a control system. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FEEDBACK_CONTACT_PRESENT |
| 26062 |
Feedback signal available |
Part |
Specification whether user-initiated actions or parts of input variables can be returned directly or in modified form to the input (user) or not. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POSITION_FEEDBACK_SIGNAL_ACTUATOR |
| 26063 |
Plug-in connector design |
Part |
Specific type and type of construction of a plug. This can include various aspects such as the type of pin (male or female), the physical shape and size or the area of application (e.g. suitable for specific environments). |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTOR_DESIGN |
| 26064 |
KNX: Supports EIB protocol |
Part |
Specification whether the device supports the EIB/KNX protocol. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPORTS_PROTOCOL_EIB_KNX |
| 26065 |
KNX: Supports EIB protocol, outgoing |
Part |
Specification whether the hardware disposes of an interface that uses a communication protocol for EIB/KNX for the outgoing data transmission. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPORTS_PROTOCOL_OUTGOING_EIB_KNX |
| 26066 |
KNX: Supports EIB protocol, incoming |
Part |
Specification whether the hardware disposes of an interface that uses a communication protocol for EIB/KNX for the incoming data transmission. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPORTS_PROTOCOL_INCOMING_EIB_KNX |
| 26067 |
Sealing material |
Part |
Material of which the sealing is made. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SEALING_MATERIAL |
| 26068 |
Number of process connections points |
Part |
Number of process connection points in the BACnet protocol. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_PROCESS_CONNECTIONS |
| 26069 |
Number of auxiliary powers (specifically pneumatic) |
Part |
Number of auxiliary energies (specifically pneumatic). |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_AUXILIARY_POWER_SPEC_PNEUMATIC |
| 26070 |
Number of pneumatic ports |
Part |
Number of pressure medium connection points of a pneumatic component. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_PNEUMATIC_CONNECTION |
| 26071 |
Number of pneumatic ports (outputs) |
Part |
Number of pressure medium connection points of a pneumatic component at the output end. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_PNEUMATIC_CONNECTIONS_OUTPUT |
| 26072 |
Number of pneumatic ports (inputs) |
Part |
Number of pressure medium connection points of a pneumatic component at the input end. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_PNEUMATIC_CONNECTIONS_INPUT |
| 26073 |
Number of pneumatic ports (exhaust) |
Part |
Number of pressure medium connection points for the exhaust of a pneumatic component. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_PNEUMATIC_CONNECTIONS_EXHAUST |
| 26074 |
Number of pneumatic ports (control ports) |
Part |
Number of pressure medium control connection points of a pneumatic item. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_PNEUMATIC_CONNECTIONS_CONTROL_CONNECTION |
| 26075 |
Number of attachment point types |
Part |
Number of types of attachment points. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Quantity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_TYPES_OF_FIXING_POINTS |
| 26076 |
Number of attachment points |
Part |
Number of attachment points. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Quantity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_FIXING_POINTS |
| 26077 |
Number of iPCF compatible wireless modules |
Part |
Number of iPCF-capable radio modules in the BACnet protocol. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Quantity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_IPCF_CAPABLE_WIRELESS_MODULES |
| 26078 |
PCF: Number of calculation methods |
Part |
Number of calculation methods for the "Product Carbon Footprint". |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Quantity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_PCF_METHODS |
| 26079 |
TCF: Number of calculation methods |
Part |
Number of calculation methods for the "Transport Carbon Footprint". |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Quantity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_TCF_METHODS |
| 26080 |
Tightening torque |
Part |
Value of the tightening torque, specified in Newton meters. Describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the output. This property applies to the entire part. You can find connection point-specific properties in the connection point pattern. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TIGHTENING_TORQUE_ |
| 26081 |
Tightening torque, max. |
Part |
Maximal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. This property applies to the entire part. You can find connection point-specific properties in the connection point pattern. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TIGHTENING_TORQUE_MAX |
| 26082 |
Tightening torque, min. |
Part |
Minimal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. This property applies to the entire part. You can find connection point-specific properties in the connection point pattern. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TIGHTENING_TORQUE_MIN |
| 26083 |
Design temperature |
Part |
Maximum or minimum temperature at which a system must work efficiently and reliably. In systems that work with fluids (liquids or gases), this is the temperature of the fluid that is taken as the basis for determining the calculation temperature of each item (EN 764). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESIGN_TEMPERATURE |
| 26084 |
Cable outer diameter |
Part |
Cable outside diameter including insulation and all outer layers. The radial envelope dimension for round cables. The largest outside diameter of an individual conductor in flat cables. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OUTER_DIAMETER_OF_THE_CABLE |
| 26085 |
Load capacity of the cable |
Part |
Maximum electrical current for which the cable is designed. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_LOAD_CAPACITY |
| 26086 |
Rated current (ln) for power dissipation specification |
Part |
Specification of the current strength to which the power dissipation specifications [Pvi] refer. The rated current is the maximum current strength at which a device or a component can be operated safely and reliably without overheating or damage occurring. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_CURRENT_IN_FOR_THE_POWER_LOSS_SPECIFICATION |
| 26087 |
Operating voltage (AC 50 Hz), max. |
Part |
The maximum possible AC voltage value at 50 Hz specified by the manufacturer, which can be applied to an electrical device taking into account the conditions of use and which the various product-specific tests (inter alia insulation, switching capacity) reference. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPERATING_VOLTAGE_WITH_AC_50_HZ_MAX |
| 26088 |
Operating voltage (AC 50 Hz), min. |
Part |
The minimum possible AC voltage value at 50 Hz specified by the manufacturer, which can be applied to an electrical device taking into account the conditions of use and which the various product-specific tests (inter alia insulation, switching capacity) reference. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPERATING_VOLTAGE_WITH_AC_50_HZ_MIN |
| 26089 |
Operating voltage (AC 60 Hz), max. |
Part |
The maximum possible AC voltage value at 60 Hz specified by the manufacturer, which can be applied to an electrical device taking into account the conditions of use and which the various product-specific tests (inter alia insulation, switching capacity) reference. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPERATING_VOLTAGE_WITH_AC_60_HZ_MAX |
| 26090 |
Operating voltage (AC 60 Hz), min. |
Part |
The minimum possible AC voltage value at 60 Hz specified by the manufacturer, which can be applied to an electrical device taking into account the conditions of use and which the various product-specific tests (inter alia insulation, switching capacity) reference. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPERATING_VOLTAGE_WITH_AC_60_HZ_MIN |
| 26091 |
Operating voltage (DC), max. |
Part |
The maximum possible DC voltage value specified by the manufacturer, which can be applied to an electrical device taking into account the conditions of use and which the various product-specific tests (inter alia insulation, switching capacity) reference. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPERATING_VOLTAGE_WITH_DC_MAX |
| 26092 |
Operating voltage (DC), min. |
Part |
The minimum possible DC voltage value specified by the manufacturer, which can be applied to an electrical device taking into account the conditions of use and which the various product-specific tests (inter alia insulation, switching capacity) reference. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPERATING_VOLTAGE_WITH_DC_MIN |
| 26093 |
Continuous heating power (at 10°C) |
Part |
At an ambient temperature of 10 °C, the useful heat that can be permanently transferred to the heat transfer medium by the device during heating without impairing the functionality. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTINUOUS_HEAT_PERFORMANCE_AT_10_C |
| 26094 |
Continuous heating power (at 20°C) |
Part |
At an ambient temperature of 20 °C, the useful heat that can be permanently transferred to the heat transfer medium by the device during heating without impairing the functionality. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTINUOUS_HEAT_PERFORMANCE_AT_20_C |
| 26095 |
Density |
Part |
Mass of a material per unit volume. The density is usually expressed in kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m³). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass per volume |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DENSITY |
| 26096 |
Material thickness |
Part |
Material thickness, the smallest spatial extent of the material or object. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_THICKNESS_OF_MATERIAL |
| 26097 |
Diameter: Cable entry |
Part |
Specifies the diameter of a cable entry. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DIAMETER_OF_THE_CABLE_ENTRY |
| 26098 |
Inrush current, max. |
Part |
Maximum current value that may flow when a device is switched on or that is required to switch on a device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INRUSH_CURRENT_MAX |
| 26099 |
Inrush current, min. |
Part |
Minimum current value that may flow when a device is switched on or that is required to switch on a device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INRUSH_CURRENT_MIN |
| 26100 |
Final pressure, preset |
Part |
Default pressure at the outlet of the fluid machine, specified as absolute pressure. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ULTIMATE_PRESSURE_SET |
| 26101 |
Final pressure, max. |
Part |
Maximum achievable pressure at the outlet of a fluid machine, stated as absolute pressure. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ULTIMATE_PRESSURE_MAX |
| 26102 |
Final pressure, min. |
Part |
Minimum possible pressure at the outlet of a fluid machine, stated as absolute pressure. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ULTIMATE_PRESSURE_MIN |
| 26103 |
Total pressure difference, max. |
Part |
Maximum absolute value of the pressure increase between the intake pressure and the final pressure. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOTAL_PRESSURE_DIFFERENCE_MAX |
| 26104 |
Total pressure difference, min. |
Part |
Minimum absolute value of the pressure increase between the intake pressure and the final pressure. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOTAL_PRESSURE_DIFFERENCE_MIN |
| 26105 |
Total cooling capacity (at 35/35°C) |
Part |
Describes the cooling capacity of a device, measured at an ambient temperature of 35 °C and an internal temperature of 35 °C. This specification is often made in watts (W) and specifies how much heat the device can dissipate under these conditions. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOTAL_COOLING_CAPACITY_AT_35_35_C |
| 26106 |
Total flow rate |
Part |
Flow rate consisting of control flow rate, internal leakage flow rate and outlet flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOTAL_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26107 |
Thread size (metric) |
Part |
Metric size of a thread used in a product. Example: In the case of a screw with a metric thread of the size M8, the outside diameter of the thread is 8 mm. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_THREAD_SIZE_METRIC |
| 26108 |
Thread dimension |
Part |
Specific dimensions of a thread that is used in a product. This typically includes the diameter and the pitch of the thread. Example: The thread dimension "M10 x 1.5" for a screw means that the screw has a metric thread with a diameter of 10 mm and a pitch of 1.5 mm. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_THREAD_SIZE |
| 26109 |
Thread dimension (fitting) |
Part |
Specific dimensions of the thread that is used in a fitting. This typically includes the diameter and the pitch of the thread. Example: For a water tap, the thread dimension of the fitting is "G1/2". This corresponds to a cylindrical thread with an outside diameter of about 21 mm. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_THREAD_SIZE_FITTING |
| 26110 |
Hydraulic power |
Part |
Hydraulic power output or consumption of the item or system, measured in kilowatts (kW). The hydraulic capacity is used to measure the load capacity of hydraulic systems. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HYDRAULIC_POWER |
| 26111 |
Actual total flow rate |
Part |
Flow rate, consisting of control flow rate, internal leakage flow rate and outlet flow determined at the specific moment. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTUAL_TOTAL_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26112 |
Actual total flow rate, max. |
Part |
Maximum flow rate determined in a defined time interval, consisting of control flow rate, internal leakage flow rate and outlet flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTUAL_TOTAL_VOLUME_FLOW_MAX |
| 26113 |
Actual total flow rate, min. |
Part |
Minimum flow rate determined in a defined time interval, consisting of control flow rate, internal leakage flow rate and outlet flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTUAL_TOTAL_VOLUME_FLOW_MIN |
| 26114 |
Cable outer diameter, max. |
Part |
Maximum outside diameter of the cable. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OUTER_CABLE_DIAMETER_MAX |
| 26115 |
Cable outer diameter, min. |
Part |
Minimum outside diameter of the cable. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_OUTER_DIAMETER_MIN |
| 26116 |
Cable diameter |
Part |
Diameter of the cable, depending on the context, can include the inner conductor and the insulation or also the outside diameter. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_DIAMETER |
| 26117 |
Cable length, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum length of a cable that is permissible for a specific application or installation. Example: An extension cable may not be longer than 50 m in order to be used safely. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_LENGTH_MAX |
| 26118 |
Terminal potential |
Part |
Electrical potential applied to a terminal. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TERMINAL_POTENTIAL |
| 26119 |
Contact potential |
Part |
Electrical potential applied to an output contact. Example: The value is "24 V DC" for a relay, which means that the output contact of the relay has a potential of 24 V DC. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTACT_POTENTIAL |
| 26120 |
Conductor cross-section |
Part |
Cross-sectional area of an electrical conductor that can be used for the current flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONDUCTOR_CROSS_SECTION |
| 26121 |
Measuring range: Temperature |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the temperature. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_TEMPERATURE |
| 26122 |
Measuring range: Volume measurement |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the volume. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_THE_VOLUME_MEASUREMENT |
| 26123 |
Measuring range: Actual volume flow |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the operating volume flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_THE_OPERATING_VOLUME_FLOW_RATE |
| 26124 |
Measuring range: Pressure |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the pressure. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_PRESSURE |
| 26125 |
Measuring range: Weight |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the weight. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_THE_WEIGHT |
| 26126 |
Measuring range: Normalized volume flow |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the standard volume flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_STANDARD_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26127 |
Measuring range: Switching distance |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the switching distance. Area in which a sensor or a switch can reliably react to the presence or absence of an object. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_THE_SWITCHING_DISTANCE |
| 26128 |
Nominal intake pressure |
Part |
Absolute pressure at nominal conditions in the intake. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_SUCTION_PRESSURE |
| 26129 |
Nominal total flow rate |
Part |
Maximum flow rate that can flow through a system or component under normal operating conditions for the total temperature, total pressure, and gas composition (e.g., humidity) per time unit. This value is usually specified in cubic meters per hour (m³ /h) or liters per minute (l/min). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_TOTAL_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26130 |
Nominal cooling capacity (L35W10 200 l/h) |
Part |
Thermal output that can be dissipated for cooling at a water flow rate of 200 l/h under the condition: heat transfer medium air at the evaporator inlet at 35 °C and heat transfer medium water at the condenser inlet at 10 °C. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_COOLING_PERFORMANCE_L35W10_200L_H |
| 26131 |
Nominal cooling capacity (L35W10 400 l/h) |
Part |
Thermal output that can be dissipated for cooling at a water flow rate of 400 l/h under the condition: heat transfer medium air at the evaporator inlet at 35 °C and heat transfer medium water at the condenser inlet at 10 °C. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_COOLING_PERFORMANCE_L35W10_400L_H |
| 26132 |
Ohmic resistance |
Part |
Electrical potential difference divided by the current if no electromotive force is available in the conductor. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Electrical resistance |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OHMIC_RESISTANCE |
| 26133 |
Test voltage |
Part |
Voltage which is applied to a test specimen under specified test conditions and which does not cause an electrical breakdown and/or flashover at an undamaged test specimen. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TEST_VOLTAGE |
| 26134 |
Cross-section |
Part |
Cross-section of cables or lines specified in the technical specifications. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CROSS_SECTION |
| 26135 |
Connection cable: Cross-section |
Part |
Cross-section of the electric lines that are used to connect a device or system. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CROSS_SECTION_OF_THE_CONNECTION_CABLE |
| 26136 |
Cable: Cross-section |
Part |
Cross-sectional area of the electrical conductor within a cable, measured in square millimeters (mm²). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CROSS_SECTION_OF_THE_CABLE |
| 26137 |
Cross-section, max. |
Part |
Maximum wire cross-section that can be used at a connection point or in a cable. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CROSS_SECTION_MAX |
| 26138 |
Switching current (resistive load) |
Part |
Maximum current for which an electrical device is designed and which a switch or relay can reliably switch if the load is purely resistive, i.e. has no inductive or capacitive component. Example: A relay has a switching current capacity of 10 amperes at 250 volts AC for ohmic loads. This means that the relay can safely switch 10 amperes at a voltage of 250 volts AC if the load is purely resistive. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SWITCHING_CURRENT_RESISTIVE_LOAD |
| 26139 |
Target total flow rate |
Part |
Predetermined flow rate in the application, consisting of control flow rate, internal leakage flow rate and outlet flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TARGET_TOTAL_VOLUMETRIC_FLOW |
| 26140 |
Target total flow rate, max. |
Part |
Predetermined maximum flow rate in the application, consisting of control flow rate, internal leakage flow rate and outlet flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TARGET_TOTAL_VOLUMETRIC_FLOW_MAX |
| 26141 |
Target total flow rate, min. |
Part |
Predetermined minimum flow rate in the application, consisting of control flow rate, internal leakage flow rate and outlet flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TARGET_TOTAL_VOLUMETRIC_FLOW_MIN |
| 26142 |
Target power (hydraulic) |
Part |
Predetermined hydraulic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) that is to be output or absorbed by an item or system in the application. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SETPOINT_POWER_HYDRAULIC |
| 26143 |
Target power (hydraulic), max. |
Part |
Predetermined highest hydraulic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) that may be output or absorbed by an item or system in the application. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SETPOINT_OUTPUT_HYDRAULIC_MAX |
| 26144 |
Target power (hydraulic), min. |
Part |
Predetermined lowest hydraulic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) that may be output or absorbed by an item or system in the application. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SETPOINT_OUTPUT_HYDRAULIC_MIN |
| 26145 |
Target power (pneumatic) |
Part |
Predetermined pneumatic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure medium) that is to be output or absorbed by an item or system in the application. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SETPOINT_OUTPUT_PNEUMATIC |
| 26146 |
Target power (pneumatic), max. |
Part |
Predetermined highest pneumatic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure medium) that may be output or absorbed by an item or system in the application. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TARGET_OUTPUT_PNEUMATIC_MAX |
| 26147 |
Target power (pneumatic), min. |
Part |
Predetermined lowest pneumatic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure medium) that may be output or absorbed by an item or system in the application. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SETPOINT_POWER_PNEUMATIC_MIN |
| 26148 |
Voltage load (resistive load, DC), max. |
Part |
Highest voltage with which a device or item may be loaded so that the device or item is in the specification range if only external ohmic resistors are connected in the closed circuit. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLTAGE_LOAD_RESISTIVE_LOAD_DC_MAX |
| 26150 |
Pilot pressure, max. |
Part |
Maximum pressure that a pneumatic or hydraulic system can use to control a device or component. This value is usually specified in bar or pascal. Maximum pressure for actuating fluid power valves with a pneumatic or pilot-controlled electrical actuating device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTROL_PRESSURE_MAX |
| 26151 |
Pilot pressure, min. |
Part |
Minimum pressure required to control a pneumatic or hydraulic system. This value is usually specified in bar or pascal. Minimum pressure for actuating fluid power valves with a pneumatic or pilot-controlled electrical actuating device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTROL_PRESSURE_MIN |
| 26152 |
Control flow rate |
Part |
Flow rate in a control line or in a control circuit. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTROL_FLOW_RATE |
| 26153 |
Current carrying capacity |
Part |
The maximum electrical current that an electrical device can carry permanently under specified conditions without its permissible continuous temperature exceeding a specified value. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENT_CARRYING_CAPACITY |
| 26154 |
Current carrying capacity (per connection socket), max. |
Part |
The maximum electric current in amperes (A) that a single connection base can safely carry without overheating or damage. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENT_CARRYING_CAPACITY_MAX_PER_CONNECTION_SOCKET |
| 26155 |
Current carrying capacity (per I/O signal), max. |
Part |
The maximum electric current in amperes (A) that a single input / output signal (PLC I/O connection point) can safely carry without overheating or damage. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENT_CARRYING_CAPACITY_MAX_PER_I_O_SIGNAL |
| 26156 |
Current carrying capacity (resistive load, DC), max. |
Part |
The maximum electrical current with which a device or item may be loaded so that the device or item is in the specification range if only external ohmic resistors are connected in the closed circuit. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENT_LOAD_RESISTIVE_LOAD_DC_MAX |
| 26157 |
Ambient temperature (during operation), max. |
Part |
Maximum permissible temperature of the environment during the operation of a device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MAX_AMBIENT_TEMPERATURE_DURING_OPERATION |
| 26158 |
Ambient temperature (during operation), min. |
Part |
Minimum permissible temperature of the environment during the operation of a device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MIN_AMBIENT_TEMPERATURE_DURING_OPERATION |
| 26159 |
Power dissipation (per pole), current-dependent |
Part |
Power dissipation (electrical heat losses) caused by the flow of current through a single pole of a device. This power dissipation is specified in watts (W) and depends on the current flowing through. Example: In the case of a fused load disconnect switch the power dissipation per pole is approximately 1.5 W at a rated current of 63 A. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWER_LOSS_PER_POLE_CURRENT_DEPENDENT_PVIP |
| 26160 |
Power dissipation (static), current-independent |
Part |
Power dissipation (electrical heat losses) of a device which is independent of the current flowing through, that is to say without load-current-dependent components. This power dissipation is specified in watts (W) and remains constant, irrespective of whether the device is in operation or not. Example: An LED element has a static power dissipation of 0.45 W. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWER_LOSS_STATIC_CURRENT_INDEPENDENT_PVS |
| 26161 |
Supply voltage |
Part |
Required voltage that must be applied to the supply input of a device temporarily or continuously so that the device functions correctly. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE |
| 26162 |
Supply voltage (AC 50 Hz) |
Part |
AC voltage that a device requires to function properly at a frequency of 50 Hz. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_AT_AC_50_HZ |
| 26163 |
Supply voltage (AC 50 Hz), max. |
Part |
Maximum AC voltage that may be applied to the supply input of a device temporarily or continuously so that the device functions correctly at a frequency of 50 Hz. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_AT_AC_50_HZ_MAX |
| 26164 |
Supply voltage (AC 50 Hz), min. |
Part |
Minimum AC voltage that may be applied to the supply input of a device temporarily or continuously so that the device functions correctly at a frequency of 50 Hz. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_AT_AC_50_HZ_MIN |
| 26165 |
Supply voltage (AC 60 Hz) |
Part |
AC voltage that a device requires to function properly at a frequency of 60 Hz. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_AT_AC_60_HZ |
| 26166 |
Supply voltage (AC 60 Hz), max. |
Part |
Maximum AC voltage that may be applied to the supply input of a device temporarily or continuously so that the device functions correctly at a frequency of 60 Hz. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_AT_AC_60_HZ_MAX |
| 26167 |
Supply voltage (AC 60 Hz), min. |
Part |
Minimum AC voltage that may be applied to the supply input of a device temporarily or continuously so that the device functions correctly at a frequency of 60 Hz. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_AT_AC_60_HZ_MIN |
| 26168 |
Supply voltage (DC) |
Part |
DC voltage that a device requires in order to function correctly. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_FOR_DC |
| 26169 |
Supply voltage (DC), max. |
Part |
Maximum DC voltage that may be applied to the supply input of a device temporarily or continuously in order for the device to function correctly. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_FOR_DC_MAX |
| 26170 |
Supply voltage (DC), min. |
Part |
Minimum DC voltage that may be applied to the supply input of a device temporarily or continuously in order for the device to function correctly. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_FOR_DC_MIN |
| 26171 |
Supply voltage adjustable |
Part |
Specifies whether it is possible to select the voltage with which the device can be supplied. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_ADJUSTABLE |
| 26172 |
Supply voltage, max. |
Part |
Maximum value of the voltage that must be applied to the supply input of a device temporarily or permanently in order for the device to function correctly. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_MAX |
| 26173 |
Supply voltage, min. |
Part |
Minimum value of the voltage that must be applied to the supply input of a device temporarily or continuously in order for the device to function correctly. This voltage is specified in volts (V). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_MIN |
| 26174 |
Volume |
Part |
The volume of a container. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass per volume |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLUME |
| 26175 |
Flow rate (free blowing) |
Part |
Flow rate of a ventilation device or fan if it is operated without connected piping or resistances. This means that the flow rate is measured under ideal conditions at which no additional pressure losses occur through piping or other impairments. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLUME_FLOW_FREELY_BLOWING |
| 26176 |
Flow rate (m³/h), max. |
Part |
Maximum flow rate that a device or component can achieve under specific operating conditions. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLUME_FLOW_MAX_M3_H |
| 26177 |
Permissible cable outer temperature (fixed installation), max. |
Part |
Highest permissible temperature to which the outer material of a fixed routed cable can be permanently exposed without damage occurring. This temperature limit is important to ensure the longevity and safety of the cable. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PERMISSIBLE_EXTERNAL_CABLE_TEMPERATURE_FIXED_INSTALLATION_MAX |
| 26178 |
Permissible cable outer temperature (when moving), max. |
Part |
Highest permissible temperature to which the outer material of a cable during movement can be permanently exposed without damage occurring. This temperature limit is important to ensure the longevity and safety of the cable during operation. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PERMISSIBLE_EXTERNAL_CABLE_TEMPERATURE_IN_MOTION_MAX |
| 26179 |
Permissible surface temperature (with open - not stationary - lines), max. |
Part |
Highest permissible temperature at the wire surface for moving cables and wires that (under the respectively specified conditions) must never be exceeded in order to avoid personal injury and/or damage to property. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PERMISSIBLE_SURFACE_TEMPERATURE_WITH_MOVING_CONDUCTOR_MAX |
| 26180 |
Permissible surface temperature (with stationary lines), max. |
Part |
Highest permissible temperature at the wire surface for fixed routed cables and wires that (under the respectively specified conditions) must never be exceeded in order to avoid personal injury and/or damage to property. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PERMISSIBLE_SURFACE_TEMPERATURE_WITH_FIXED_CONDUCTOR_MAX |
| 26181 |
Measuring range |
Part |
Range between the smallest and largest value within which a measuring instrument or sensor can carry out precise measurements. Example: In the case of a temperature sensor with a measuring range of -50 °C to +150 °C, the sensor can measure temperatures within this range precisely. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE |
| 26182 |
Connectable cable type |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Cable type that can be connected to a device. The cable type describes the physical properties of the cable. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTABLE_CABLE_TYPE |
| 26183 |
Output speed, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum rotation speed at the output shaft. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Rated speed |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OUTPUT_SPEED_MAX |
| 26184 |
Output speed, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum rotation speed at the output shaft. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Rated speed |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_OUTPUT_SPEED_MAX |
| 26185 |
Output speed, min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum rotation speed at the output shaft in the working range. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Rated speed |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OUTPUT_SPEED_MIN |
| 26186 |
Output speed, min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum rotation speed at the output shaft in the working range. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Rated speed |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_OUTPUT_SPEED_MIN |
| 26187 |
Mounting type |
Part |
Specifies the specific method or technology with which an item is installed or fastened at a foreseen position. The following values are possible:
0 = Undefined
1 = Roof mounted
2 = Free-standing
3 = Integrated
4 = Wall-mounted |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_MOUNTING |
| 26188 |
Dynamic viscosity range: Start value |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Lowest value of the dynamic viscosity specified for a particular product or material. The dynamic viscosity is a measure of the viscosity of a fluid and is measured in pascal seconds (Pa·s). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Dynamic viscosity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INITIAL_VALUE_OF_THE_DYNAMIC_VISCOSITY_RANGE |
| 26189 |
Dynamic viscosity range: Start value |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Lowest value of the dynamic viscosity specified for a particular product or material. The dynamic viscosity is a measure of the viscosity of a fluid and is measured in pascal seconds (Pa·s). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Dynamic viscosity |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_INITIAL_VALUE_OF_THE_DYNAMIC_VISCOSITY_RANGE |
| 26190 |
Starting current, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum starting current of electrical consumers. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STARTING_CURRENT_A |
| 26191 |
Starting current, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum starting current of electrical consumers. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_STARTING_CURRENT_A |
| 26192 |
Switch-on time |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Time interval which has elapsed between the application of the control signal (electrical or pneumatic) and the pressure increase at the corresponding valve outlet until 10% of the specified working pressure is reached. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Time |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_START_UP_TIME |
| 26193 |
Switch-on time |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Time interval which has elapsed between the application of the control signal (electrical or pneumatic) and the pressure increase at the corresponding valve outlet until 10% of the specified working pressure is reached. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Time |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_START_UP_TIME |
| 26194 |
Intake capacity |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The ability of a system to draw in a certain amount of air or gas per unit of time. The value is given in cubic meters per hour (m³/h). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INTAKE_CAPACITY |
| 26195 |
Intake capacity |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The ability of a system to draw in a certain amount of air or gas per unit of time. The value is given in cubic meters per hour (m³/h). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_INTAKE_CAPACITY |
| 26196 |
Intake volume |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Volume of the air or gas drawn in by the device within a certain period. The value is specified in cubic meters (m³). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INTAKE_VOLUME |
| 26197 |
Intake volume |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Volume of the air or gas drawn in by the device within a certain period. The value is specified in cubic meters (m³). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_INTAKE_VOLUME |
| 26198 |
Intake flow rate, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum flow rate within the working range of the conveyed gas at the outlet point of a fluid machine in relation to the conditions prevailing at the inlet point for the total temperature, the total pressure and the gas composition (e.g. humidity). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUCTION_VOLUME_FLOW_MAX |
| 26199 |
Intake flow rate, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum flow rate within the working range of the conveyed gas at the outlet point of a fluid machine in relation to the conditions prevailing at the inlet point for the total temperature, the total pressure and the gas composition (e.g. humidity). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUCTION_VOLUME_FLOW_MAX |
| 26200 |
Intake flow rate, min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum flow rate within the working range of the conveyed gas at the outlet point of a fluid machine in relation to the conditions prevailing at the inlet point for the total temperature, the total pressure and the gas composition (e.g. humidity). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INTAKE_VOLUME_FLOW_MIN |
| 26201 |
Intake flow rate, min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum flow rate within the working range of the conveyed gas at the outlet point of a fluid machine in relation to the conditions prevailing at the inlet point for the total temperature, the total pressure and the gas composition (e.g. humidity). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_INTAKE_VOLUME_FLOW_MIN |
| 26202 |
Measuring transducer: Line connection (cable / pipe) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The way in which a measuring transducer is connected to cables or pipes (e.g., "plugged" or "cast" for a pressure measuring transducer during a submersion / well measurement). |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_PIPE_TRANSMITTER_CONNECTION |
| 26203 |
Measuring transducer: Line connection (cable / pipe) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The way in which a measuring transducer is connected to cables or pipes (e.g., "plugged" or "cast" for a pressure measuring transducer during a submersion / well measurement). |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CABLE_PIPE_TRANSMITTER_CONNECTION |
| 26204 |
Connection point type |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Physical design of the connection point via which an electrical device can be connected. The way in which a motor is connected in the circuit. Type of wiring used to connect the connection cable to the device. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTION_TYPE |
| 26205 |
Connection point type |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Physical design of the connection point via which an electrical device can be connected. The way in which a motor is connected in the circuit. Type of wiring used to connect the connection cable to the device. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CONNECTION_TYPE |
| 26206 |
Connecting cable: Length |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Length of the connection cable. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTION_CABLE_LENGTH |
| 26207 |
Connecting cable: Length |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Length of the connection cable. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CONNECTION_CABLE_LENGTH |
| 26208 |
Connecting cable: Application area |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Type of usage of the connection cable. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_APPLICATION_RANGE_OF_THE_CONNECTION_CABLE |
| 26209 |
Connecting cable: Application area |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Type of usage of the connection cable. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_APPLICATION_RANGE_OF_THE_CONNECTION_CABLE |
| 26210 |
BACnet: Total number of objects |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Number of all objects or object types in the BACnet protocol. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TOTAL_NUMBER_OF_BACNET_OBJECTS |
| 26211 |
BACnet: Total number of objects |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Number of all objects or object types in the BACnet protocol. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TOTAL_NUMBER_OF_BACNET_OBJECTS |
| 26212 |
BACnet: Number of I/O objects |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Number of all I/O objects in the BACnet protocol. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_BACNET_I_O_OBJECTS |
| 26213 |
BACnet: Number of I/O objects |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Number of all I/O objects in the BACnet protocol. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_BACNET_I_O_OBJECTS |
| 26214 |
BACnet: Number of hardware interfaces |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Number of hardware interfaces in the BACnet protocol. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_HW_INTERFACES_BACNET |
| 26215 |
BACnet: Number of hardware interfaces |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Number of hardware interfaces in the BACnet protocol. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_HW_INTERFACES_BACNET |
| 26216 |
Number of inputs |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Number of inputs. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_INPUTS |
| 26217 |
Number of inputs |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Number of inputs. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_INPUTS |
| 26218 |
Type of attachment point |
Part |
General way in which a product is attached or mounted. This can include various methods and materials, such as screws, gluing, welding or clamps. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_FIXING_POINT |
| 26219 |
Type of flow |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The way in which a medium (e.g., liquid or gas) flows through a system or component. The value can be specified as mass flow or volume flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_FLOW |
| 26220 |
Type of flow |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The way in which a medium (e.g., liquid or gas) flows through a system or component. The value can be specified as mass flow or volume flow. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_FLOW |
| 26221 |
Retention volume |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Volume which a container or a device can receive for collecting excess fluids or materials. This is relevant to prevent leaks or overflows. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Volume |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_COLLECTION_VOLUME |
| 26222 |
Retention volume |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Volume which a container or a device can receive for collecting excess fluids or materials. This is relevant to prevent leaks or overflows. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Volume |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_COLLECTION_VOLUME |
| 26223 |
Reception volume |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Volume which a container or a device can receive for collecting a specific amount of fluids or materials. This is relevant for the capacity and storage of materials. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Volume |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ABSORPTION_VOLUME |
| 26224 |
Reception volume |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Volume which a container or a device can receive for collecting a specific amount of fluids or materials. This is relevant for the capacity and storage of materials. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Volume |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ABSORPTION_VOLUME |
| 26225 |
Type of surface |
Part |
Nature of the surface (machining, top coat). The following values are possible:
0 = Undefined
1 = Anodized
2 = Bichromated
3 = Chromated
4 = Hot galvanized
5 = Galvanic / electrolytic zinc-plated
6 = Brushed
7 = Primed
8 = Plastic-coated
9 = Spray-finished
10 = Powder-coated
11 = Other
12 = Hot-dip galvanized
13 = Untreated
14 = Copper-plated
15 = Nickel-plated
16 = Zinc-plated
17 = Tin-plated |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SURFACE |
| 26226 |
Design of attachment point |
Part |
Precise way of fastening. This includes aspects such as size, shape, material. Example: Hole, thread category, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DESIGN_OF_THE_FIXING_POINT |
| 26227 |
BACnet |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specification whether a device or system supports the BACnet protocol. Possible specifications are, for example, the BACnet version, BACnet object types, communication interfaces or certifications. BACnet (Building Automation and Control Networks) is a data transfer protocol for building automation and building control. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BACNET |
| 26228 |
BACnet |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specification whether a device or system supports the BACnet protocol. Possible specifications are, for example, the BACnet version, BACnet object types, communication interfaces or certifications. BACnet (Building Automation and Control Networks) is a data transfer protocol for building automation and building control. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_BACNET |
| 26229 |
Design |
Part |
Characterization of a device with regard to its mechanical design. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_CONSTRUCTION |
| 26230 |
Provision of cable gland |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies who is responsible for the provision of the cable gland. The cable gland can be provided as a separate component or can already be included in the scope of delivery of a device or system. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROVISION_OF_THE_CABLE_GLAND |
| 26231 |
Provision of cable gland |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies who is responsible for the provision of the cable gland. The cable gland can be provided as a separate component or can already be included in the scope of delivery of a device or system. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROVISION_OF_THE_CABLE_GLAND |
| 26232 |
Provision of cable |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies who is responsible for the provision of the cable. The cable can be provided as a separate component or can already be included in the scope of delivery of a device or system. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROVISION_OF_THE_CABLE |
| 26233 |
Provision of cable |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies who is responsible for the provision of the cable. The cable can be provided as a separate component or can already be included in the scope of delivery of a device or system. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROVISION_OF_THE_CABLE |
| 26234 |
Rated apparent power |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Power specification of the manufacturer, which results from the root mean square values of the electric current and voltage and is composed of an active power component and a reactive power component and was determined under specified conditions and rules. It identifies the power to be supplied or to be output of an electrical device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_APPARENT_POWER |
| 26235 |
Rated apparent power |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Power specification of the manufacturer, which results from the root mean square values of the electric current and voltage and is composed of an active power component and a reactive power component and was determined under specified conditions and rules. It identifies the power to be supplied or to be output of an electrical device. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_APPARENT_POWER |
| 26236 |
Type of operation |
Part |
The way to bring a fluid power valve from the neutral position into the working position or vice versa by means of external force. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_OPERATION |
| 26237 |
Operating temperature |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Temperature range in which a device can be operated safely and reliably taking into account the ambient temperature. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPERATING_TEMPERATURE |
| 26238 |
Operating temperature |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Temperature range in which a device can be operated safely and reliably taking into account the ambient temperature. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_OPERATING_TEMPERATURE |
| 26239 |
Operating temperature, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum temperature at which a device can be operated safely and reliably. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPERATING_TEMPERATURE_MAX |
| 26240 |
Operating temperature, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum temperature at which a device can be operated safely and reliably. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_OPERATING_TEMPERATURE_MAX |
| 26241 |
Operating temperature, min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum temperature at which a device can be operated safely and reliably. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPERATING_TEMPERATURE_MIN |
| 26242 |
Operating temperature, min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum temperature at which a device can be operated safely and reliably. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_OPERATING_TEMPERATURE_MIN |
| 26243 |
Fire protection properties |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies which fire protection properties the object, for example a device or a cable bundling tube, fulfills. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FIRE_PROTECTION_PROPERTIES |
| 26244 |
Fire protection properties |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies which fire protection properties the object, for example a device or a cable bundling tube, fulfills. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FIRE_PROTECTION_PROPERTIES |
| 26245 |
CO2 emission |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specification of carbon dioxide emission in milligrams per kilowatt-hour. The emission data for air emissions are specified in the unit E3 kg/TJ. They can be converted into the more common unit g/kWh by multiplying by the factor 3.6. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Emission |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CO2_EMISSION |
| 26246 |
CO2 emission |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specification of carbon dioxide emission in milligrams per kilowatt-hour. The emission data for air emissions are specified in the unit E3 kg/TJ. They can be converted into the more common unit g/kWh by multiplying by the factor 3.6. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Emission |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CO2_EMISSION |
| 26247 |
Torque |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Measured torque of the motor. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TORQUE_ |
| 26248 |
Torque |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Measured torque of the motor. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Work |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TORQUE_ |
| 26249 |
Torque (at max. rotation speed) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Torque at the maximum permissible output speed of the drive engine. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TORQUE_AT_MAX_SPEED |
| 26250 |
Torque (at max. rotation speed) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Torque at the maximum permissible output speed of the drive engine. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Work |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TORQUE_AT_MAX_SPEED |
| 26251 |
Torque (at min. rotation speed) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Torque at the minimum permissible output speed of the drive engine. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TORQUE_AT_MIN_SPEED |
| 26252 |
Torque (at min. rotation speed) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Torque at the minimum permissible output speed of the drive engine. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Work |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TORQUE_AT_MIN_SPEED |
| 26253 |
Torque, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum mechanically permissible torque that the motor can output to the output shaft. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TORQUE_MAX_ |
| 26254 |
Torque, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum mechanically permissible torque that the motor can output to the output shaft. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Work |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TORQUE_MAX_ |
| 26255 |
Rotation speed, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum permitted rotational speed for a tool or a tool holder. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPEED_MAX |
| 26256 |
Rotation speed, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum permitted rotational speed for a tool or a tool holder. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SPEED_MAX |
| 26257 |
Rotation speed, min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum possible rotation speed at which a motor can be operated continuously at the thermally permissible rated operating point. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPEED_MIN |
| 26258 |
Rotation speed, min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum possible rotation speed at which a motor can be operated continuously at the thermally permissible rated operating point. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SPEED_MIN |
| 26259 |
Pressure level |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum pressure load that an item or material can withstand without being damaged. This specification is important for components that are operated in pressure systems or under high pressure, such as pipes, valves or pressure vessels. The pressure level is usually expressed in bar or pascal (Pa). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRESSURE_STAGE |
| 26260 |
Pressure level |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum pressure load that an item or material can withstand without being damaged. This specification is important for components that are operated in pressure systems or under high pressure, such as pipes, valves or pressure vessels. The pressure level is usually expressed in bar or pascal (Pa). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PRESSURE_STAGE |
| 26261 |
Pressure level of secondary housing |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specification of the nominal pressure of the secondary housing of a process measuring instrument. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SECONDARY_CASING_PRESSURE_STAGE |
| 26262 |
Pressure level of secondary housing |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specification of the nominal pressure of the secondary housing of a process measuring instrument. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SECONDARY_CASING_PRESSURE_STAGE |
| 26263 |
Flow rate (operating / standard volume flow) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Substance quantity per time unit stated as operating or standard flow rate. The most common unit for a flow rate is cubic meters per second (m³/s). For certain orders of magnitude or applications, other units are also customary, for example milliliters per minute. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FLOW_RATE_OPERATING_NORMAL_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26264 |
Flow rate (operating / standard volume flow) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Substance quantity per time unit stated as operating or standard flow rate. The most common unit for a flow rate is cubic meters per second (m³/s). For certain orders of magnitude or applications, other units are also customary, for example milliliters per minute. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FLOW_RATE_OPERATING_NORMAL_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26265 |
Flow rate |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Quotient of the volume of a substance flowing through the device and the time required for this. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FLOW_RATE |
| 26266 |
Flow rate |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Quotient of the volume of a substance flowing through the device and the time required for this. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FLOW_RATE |
| 26267 |
Flow direction: Operating flow direction |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Direction of flow of a hydraulic device during the normal operation of a system. This specification is relevant for the correct function and efficiency of measuring instruments and control valves, which possibly must only work in a specific direction. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FLOW_DIRECTION |
| 26268 |
Flow direction: Operating flow direction |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Direction of flow of a hydraulic device during the normal operation of a system. This specification is relevant for the correct function and efficiency of measuring instruments and control valves, which possibly must only work in a specific direction. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FLOW_DIRECTION |
| 26269 |
Throughput |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Quantity that is processed or transferred within a specified time period through a predefined limit. Kvs value of the valve in cubic meters per hour (m³/h). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_THROUGHPUT |
| 26270 |
Throughput |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Quantity that is processed or transferred within a specified time period through a predefined limit. Kvs value of the valve in cubic meters per hour (m³/h). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_THROUGHPUT |
| 26271 |
Effective delivery amount |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Volume of material dispensed per time unit. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Quantity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EFFECTIVE_DELIVERY_RATE |
| 26272 |
Effective delivery amount |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Volume of material dispensed per time unit. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Quantity |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EFFECTIVE_DELIVERY_RATE |
| 26273 |
Mounting configuration |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specific manner in which a part is installed or mounted. This includes, for example, the positioning, the alignment or the placement within a predefined geometric shape. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MOUNTING_FORM |
| 26274 |
Mounting configuration |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specific manner in which a part is installed or mounted. This includes, for example, the positioning, the alignment or the placement within a predefined geometric shape. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MOUNTING_FORM |
| 26275 |
Mounting length |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Total length (in mm) of the part of a device or component that is located within a container, for example the length of a sensor. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INSTALLATION_LENGTH |
| 26276 |
Mounting length |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Total length (in mm) of the part of a device or component that is located within a container, for example the length of a sensor. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_INSTALLATION_LENGTH |
| 26277 |
Mounting length: Protective tube |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Mounting length of the protective tube (in mm). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FITTING_LENGTH_OF_THE_PROTECTION_TUBE |
| 26278 |
Mounting length: Protective tube |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Mounting length of the protective tube (in mm). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FITTING_LENGTH_OF_THE_PROTECTION_TUBE |
| 26279 |
Input flow rate |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Flow rate flowing through the input connection. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INPUT_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26280 |
Input flow rate |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Flow rate flowing through the input connection. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_INPUT_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26281 |
Unit |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies the measuring unit. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_UNIT |
| 26282 |
Unit |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies the measuring unit. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_UNIT |
| 26283 |
Operating mode |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The way in which a product or service is used. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_USE |
| 26284 |
Operating mode |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The way in which a product or service is used. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_USE |
| 26285 |
Operating area |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Recommended area of use, e.g., indoor or outdoor area. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RANGE_OF_APPLICATION |
| 26286 |
Operating area |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Recommended area of use, e.g., indoor or outdoor area. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RANGE_OF_APPLICATION |
| 26287 |
Operating area: Cable |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Foreseen operating area of the cable. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_APPLICATION_AREA_OF_THE_CABLE |
| 26288 |
Operating area: Cable |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Foreseen operating area of the cable. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_APPLICATION_AREA_OF_THE_CABLE |
| 26289 |
Possible uses |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Application areas or types of usage for which a product or a component is suitable. Example: Residential area, industry, office. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POSSIBLE_APPLICATIONS |
| 26290 |
Possible uses |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Application areas or types of usage for which a product or a component is suitable. Example: Residential area, industry, office. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POSSIBLE_APPLICATIONS |
| 26291 |
Operating location |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Physical locations or environments for which a product or component is suitable. Example: Outdoor area, indoor area. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_LOCATION |
| 26292 |
Operating location |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Physical locations or environments for which a product or component is suitable. Example: Outdoor area, indoor area. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_LOCATION |
| 26293 |
Duty cycle |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The ratio of the switch-on time to the total time for a predetermined time interval. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Time |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DUTY_CYCLE |
| 26294 |
Duty cycle |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The ratio of the switch-on time to the total time for a predetermined time interval. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Time |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_DUTY_CYCLE |
| 26295 |
Inrush current |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Electrical current that flows when the device is switched on. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INRUSH_CURRENT |
| 26296 |
Inrush current |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Electrical current that flows when the device is switched on. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_INRUSH_CURRENT |
| 26297 |
Recommended cable diameter |
Part |
Recommended diameter of the cable to be used for a specific product or a specific application. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Area |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RECOMMENDED_DIAMETER_OF_THE_CABLE |
| 26298 |
EMC version available |
Part |
Specifies whether a product is designed to meet the requirements for electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). This means that the product is designed in such a way that it does not cause electromagnetic interference and is itself insensitive to such interference. |
Technical data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EMC_DESIGN_PRESENT |
| 26299 |
Dynamic viscosity range: End value |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Highest value of the dynamic viscosity specified for a particular product or material. The dynamic viscosity is a measure of the viscosity of a fluid and is measured in pascal seconds (Pa·s). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Dynamic viscosity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_END_VALUE_OF_THE_DYNAMIC_VISCOSITY_RANGE |
| 26300 |
Dynamic viscosity range: End value |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Highest value of the dynamic viscosity specified for a particular product or material. The dynamic viscosity is a measure of the viscosity of a fluid and is measured in pascal seconds (Pa·s). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Dynamic viscosity |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_END_VALUE_OF_THE_DYNAMIC_VISCOSITY_RANGE |
| 26301 |
Energy efficiency class |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Assessment scale that shows how much energy an electrical device uses compared to other devices. The energy efficiency class can be determined, for example, in accordance with the EU-wide standard method "Energy Label Classification" and can be specified in the graduations A to G. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ENERGY_EFFICIENCY_CLASS |
| 26302 |
Energy efficiency class |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Assessment scale that shows how much energy an electrical device uses compared to other devices. The energy efficiency class can be determined, for example, in accordance with the EU-wide standard method "Energy Label Classification" and can be specified in the graduations A to G. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ENERGY_EFFICIENCY_CLASS |
| 26303 |
Energy efficiency class (motor) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Characterization of the energy efficiency of electric motors in accordance with international standards. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ENERGY_EFFICIENCY_CLASS_MOTOR |
| 26304 |
Energy efficiency class (motor) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Characterization of the energy efficiency of electric motors in accordance with international standards. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ENERGY_EFFICIENCY_CLASS_MOTOR |
| 26305 |
Energy efficiency class CN |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Energy efficiency class for China. In China, energy efficiency is often indicated by the China Energy Label (CEL). |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ENERGY_EFFICIENCY_CLASS_CN |
| 26306 |
Energy efficiency class CN |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Energy efficiency class for China. In China, energy efficiency is often indicated by the China Energy Label (CEL). |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ENERGY_EFFICIENCY_CLASS_CN |
| 26307 |
Energy efficiency class US |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Energy efficiency class for the United States. There are three different energy efficiency classes in the United States: 1. DOA standard: Minimum standard that must be met. 2. Energy Star: Energy-efficient devices. 3. Most efficient: Especially energy-efficient devices. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ENERGY_EFFICIENCY_CLASS_US |
| 26308 |
Energy efficiency class US |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Energy efficiency class for the United States. There are three different energy efficiency classes in the United States: 1. DOA standard: Minimum standard that must be met. 2. Energy Star: Energy-efficient devices. 3. Most efficient: Especially energy-efficient devices. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ENERGY_EFFICIENCY_CLASS_US |
| 26309 |
Nominal pressure series |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Defined, agreed graduation series for maximum permissible working pressures. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE_SERIES |
| 26310 |
Nominal pressure series |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Defined, agreed graduation series for maximum permissible working pressures. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE_SERIES |
| 26311 |
Nominal current |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Nominal current of electrical consumers. Current that flows through an electric device when it is operated with the nominal voltage and emits its nominal power. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_CURRENT |
| 26312 |
Nominal current |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Nominal current of electrical consumers. Current that flows through an electric device when it is operated with the nominal voltage and emits its nominal power. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_CURRENT |
| 26313 |
Start-up time |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Time required for the maximum permissible starting current to accelerate the rotor of a synchronous or asynchronous motor from standstill to the set rotation speed. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Time |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RUN_UP_TIME |
| 26314 |
Start-up time |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Time required for the maximum permissible starting current to accelerate the rotor of a synchronous or asynchronous motor from standstill to the set rotation speed. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Time |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RUN_UP_TIME |
| 26318 |
Replacement part: Original part |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Type designation of the original part for which this part is offered as a replacement. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REPLACEMENT_FOR_PRODUCT |
| 26319 |
Replacement part: Original part |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Type designation of the original part for which this part is offered as a replacement. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_REPLACEMENT_FOR_PRODUCT |
| 26320 |
Replacement part: Date |
Part |
Life cycle status (inactive as of). Specifies the date from which the original part is replaced by another part. |
Technical data |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REPLACEMENT_PART_DATE |
| 26321 |
Replacement part: Number |
Part |
Part number of the replacement part. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_REPLACEMENT_PART_NUMBER |
| 26322 |
Volume capacity |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Usable volume of the container. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Volume |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CAPACITY |
| 26323 |
Volume capacity |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Usable volume of the container. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Volume |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CAPACITY |
| 26324 |
Transport capacity |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Volume of material or fluid that can be conveyed per unit of time. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PUMPING_CAPACITY |
| 26325 |
Transport capacity |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Volume of material or fluid that can be conveyed per unit of time. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PUMPING_CAPACITY |
| 26326 |
Transport capacity of the operating fluid |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Volume of the operating fluid that flows through the device per unit of time. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PUMPING_CAPACITY_OF_THE_OPERATING_LIQUID |
| 26327 |
Transport capacity of the operating fluid |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Volume of the operating fluid that flows through the device per unit of time. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PUMPING_CAPACITY_OF_THE_OPERATING_LIQUID |
| 26328 |
Transport volume |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Volume of the material or liquid that can or should be conveyed. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PUMPING_VOLUME |
| 26329 |
Transport volume |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Volume of the material or liquid that can or should be conveyed. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PUMPING_VOLUME |
| 26330 |
Frequency range, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum frequency that a device or system can process or generate. This specification is made in Hertz (Hz) or Kilohertz (kHz) and specifies the upper limit of the frequency range in which the device can operate effectively. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_RANGE_MAX |
| 26331 |
Frequency range, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum frequency that a device or system can process or generate. This specification is made in Hertz (Hz) or Kilohertz (kHz) and specifies the upper limit of the frequency range in which the device can operate effectively. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_RANGE_MAX |
| 26332 |
Frequency range, min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum frequency that a device or system can process or generate. This specification is made in Hertz (Hz) or Kilohertz (kHz) and specifies the lower limit of the frequency range in which the device can operate effectively. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_RANGE_MIN |
| 26333 |
Frequency range, min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum frequency that a device or system can process or generate. This specification is made in Hertz (Hz) or Kilohertz (kHz) and specifies the lower limit of the frequency range in which the device can operate effectively. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_RANGE_MIN |
| 26334 |
Frequency |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Number of oscillations or cycles per second of a periodic signal or a wave. The value is measured in Hertz (Hz). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FREQUENCY |
| 26335 |
Frequency |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Number of oscillations or cycles per second of a periodic signal or a wave. The value is measured in Hertz (Hz). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FREQUENCY |
| 26336 |
Frequency (signal processing) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Frequency with which a signal is processed. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_SIGNAL_PROCESSING |
| 26337 |
Frequency (signal processing) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Frequency with which a signal is processed. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_SIGNAL_PROCESSING |
| 26338 |
Frequency (signal processing), set |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specific frequency to which a device or system is set for signal processing. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_SIGNAL_PROCESSING_SET |
| 26339 |
Frequency (signal processing), set |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specific frequency to which a device or system is set for signal processing. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_SIGNAL_PROCESSING_SET |
| 26340 |
Frequency (input voltage) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Frequency of the voltage supplied to a device or system. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_INPUT_VOLTAGE_FREQUENCY |
| 26341 |
Frequency (input voltage) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Frequency of the voltage supplied to a device or system. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_INPUT_VOLTAGE_FREQUENCY |
| 26342 |
Frequency range |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Range of the frequencies in which a device or system works. The value is often specified in Hertz (Hz) or Kilohertz (kHz) and specifies the minimum and maximum frequencies that a device can process or generate. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_RANGE |
| 26343 |
Frequency range |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Range of the frequencies in which a device or system works. The value is often specified in Hertz (Hz) or Kilohertz (kHz) and specifies the minimum and maximum frequencies that a device can process or generate. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Frequency |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FREQUENCY_RANGE |
| 26344 |
Fill capacity |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Ratio of the volume actually used to the maximum available volume of a container or space. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Volume |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FILLING_LEVEL |
| 26345 |
Fill capacity |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Ratio of the volume actually used to the maximum available volume of a container or space. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Volume |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FILLING_LEVEL |
| 26346 |
Fill volume |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Volume specification about the space occupied by the filler. The maximum volume that a container or similar product can hold. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Volume |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FILLING_VOLUME |
| 26347 |
Fill volume |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Volume specification about the space occupied by the filler. The maximum volume that a container or similar product can hold. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Volume |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FILLING_VOLUME |
| 26348 |
Function in rest position |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Information on the flow paths in the non-actuated state of a pneumatic directional control valve. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FUNKTION_IN_RUHESTELLUNG |
| 26349 |
Function in rest position |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Information on the flow paths in the non-actuated state of a pneumatic directional control valve. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FUNKTION_IN_RUHESTELLUNG |
| 26350 |
Suitable for cable diameter |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Possible cable diameters for which a specific product or component is suitable. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUITABLE_FOR_CABLE_DIAMETERS |
| 26351 |
Suitable for cable diameter |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Possible cable diameters for which a specific product or component is suitable. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUITABLE_FOR_CABLE_DIAMETERS |
| 26352 |
Blower available |
Part |
Specification whether the component is equipped with a blower. |
Technical data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_BLOWER_PRESENT |
| 26353 |
Blower air flow |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Air flow generated by a blower. The blower air flow is usually measured in cubic meters per hour (m³/h) or liters per second (l/s) and indicates how much air the blower can move in a specific time period. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FAN_AIR_FLOW |
| 26354 |
Blower air flow |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Air flow generated by a blower. The blower air flow is usually measured in cubic meters per hour (m³/h) or liters per second (l/s) and indicates how much air the blower can move in a specific time period. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_FAN_AIR_FLOW |
| 26355 |
Suitable as monitoring device |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Component can be used for temperature monitoring. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUITABLE_AS_MONITOR |
| 26356 |
Suitable as monitoring device |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Component can be used for temperature monitoring. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUITABLE_AS_MONITOR |
| 26357 |
Suitable for PCF / HCS fibre 230 µm |
Part |
Specification whether the device is suitable for PCF/HCS fibers 230 µm. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUITABLE_FOR_PCF_HCS_FIBRE_230_uM |
| 26358 |
Suitable for degree of protection (IP) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Classification of the protection of a device or a component against the penetration of foreign objects and water. The IP degree of protection (International Protection) is specified by two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUITABLE_FOR_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP |
| 26359 |
Suitable for degree of protection (IP) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Classification of the protection of a device or a component against the penetration of foreign objects and water. The IP degree of protection (International Protection) is specified by two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUITABLE_FOR_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP |
| 26360 |
Actual volume flow: Accuracy |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Describes the precision with which a device or system can measure the flow rate of an operating volume. This specification is often expressed as a percentage (%) and indicates how accurate the measurements are compared to the actual flow rate. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACCURACY_FOR_OPERATING_VOLUME_FLOW_RATE |
| 26361 |
Actual volume flow: Accuracy |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Describes the precision with which a device or system can measure the flow rate of an operating volume. This specification is often expressed as a percentage (%) and indicates how accurate the measurements are compared to the actual flow rate. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACCURACY_FOR_OPERATING_VOLUME_FLOW_RATE |
| 26362 |
Dynamic viscosity: Accuracy |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Describes the precision with which a device or system can measure the dynamic viscosity of a liquid. This specification is often expressed as a percentage (%) and indicates how accurate the measurements are compared to the actual value. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Dynamic viscosity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACCURACY_FOR_DYNAMIC_VISCOSITY |
| 26363 |
Dynamic viscosity: Accuracy |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Describes the precision with which a device or system can measure the dynamic viscosity of a liquid. This specification is often expressed as a percentage (%) and indicates how accurate the measurements are compared to the actual value. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Dynamic viscosity |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACCURACY_FOR_DYNAMIC_VISCOSITY |
| 26364 |
Type of construction: Device |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Form of the housing and structure of the device. These specifications are, among other things, relevant for mounting and the operating location. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_UNIT_DESIGN |
| 26365 |
Type of construction: Device |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Form of the housing and structure of the device. These specifications are, among other things, relevant for mounting and the operating location. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_UNIT_DESIGN |
| 26366 |
Device class |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Degree of protection of a housing. Specifies how well a device is protected against electric shocks. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_UNIT_CLASS |
| 26367 |
Device class |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Degree of protection of a housing. Specifies how well a device is protected against electric shocks. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_UNIT_CLASS |
| 26368 |
BACnet: Device profile according to BACnet specification |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
A BACnet device profile defines the specific requirements that a device must fulfill in order to communicate with other BACnet-compatible devices. In this property (preset) rules and protocols according to BACnet are specified which are used during the setting of a default configuration. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_DEVICE_PROFILE_ACCORDING_TO_BACNET_SPECIFICATION |
| 26369 |
BACnet: Device profile according to BACnet specification |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
A BACnet device profile defines the specific requirements that a device must fulfill in order to communicate with other BACnet-compatible devices. In this property (preset) rules and protocols according to BACnet are specified which are used during the setting of a default configuration. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_DEVICE_PROFILE_ACCORDING_TO_BACNET_SPECIFICATION |
| 26370 |
Weight (part) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Weight of the part without packaging and without transport device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT_ITEM |
| 26371 |
Weight (part) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Weight of the part without packaging and without transport device. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Mass |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_WEIGHT_ITEM |
| 26372 |
Total weight (part) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Total weight of the part including all relevant components such as housing or supplemental parts. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT_TOTAL |
| 26373 |
Total weight (part) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Total weight of the part including all relevant components such as housing or supplemental parts. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Mass |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_WEIGHT_TOTAL |
| 26374 |
Weight (in kg/1000 m) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Weight of a part per 1000 meters of length. This specification is relevant for length-related parts such as cables, wires, pipes, etc. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT_KG_1000_M |
| 26375 |
Weight (in kg/1000 m) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Weight of a part per 1000 meters of length. This specification is relevant for length-related parts such as cables, wires, pipes, etc. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Mass |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_WEIGHT_KG_1000_M |
| 26376 |
Weight (individual packaging) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Weight of the individual part packaging. Weight of the primary packaging that is directly around the individual product, without additional protective packaging. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT_OF_THE_INDIVIDUAL_ARTICLE_PACKAGING |
| 26377 |
Weight (individual packaging) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Weight of the individual part packaging. Weight of the primary packaging that is directly around the individual product, without additional protective packaging. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Mass |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_WEIGHT_OF_THE_INDIVIDUAL_ARTICLE_PACKAGING |
| 26378 |
Weight (packaging) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Total weight of the packaging of a product. This can include both the primary packaging (directly around the product) as well as the secondary packaging (additional protective packaging). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_WEIGHT_OF_THE_PACKAGING |
| 26379 |
Weight (packaging) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Total weight of the packaging of a product. This can include both the primary packaging (directly around the product) as well as the secondary packaging (additional protective packaging). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Mass |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_WEIGHT_OF_THE_PACKAGING |
| 26380 |
Hydraulic efficiency |
Part |
Ratio of available pump input power and pump output minus power losses. Power losses arise, for example, through mechanical power losses, friction, leakages, etc. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HYDRAULIC_EFFICIENCY |
| 26381 |
Actual power (hydraulic) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Hydraulic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the component or system determined at the time under consideration. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_HYDRAULIC |
| 26382 |
Actual power (hydraulic) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Hydraulic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the component or system determined at the time under consideration. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_HYDRAULIC |
| 26383 |
Actual power (hydraulic), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum hydraulic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the item or system, determined in a defined time interval. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_HYDRAULIC_MAX |
| 26384 |
Actual power (hydraulic), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum hydraulic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the item or system, determined in a defined time interval. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_HYDRAULIC_MAX |
| 26385 |
Actual power (hydraulic), min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Lowest hydraulic power output or consumption (product of the rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the item or system, determined in a defined time interval. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_HYDRAULIC_MIN |
| 26386 |
Actual power (hydraulic), min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Lowest hydraulic power output or consumption (product of the rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the item or system, determined in a defined time interval. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_HYDRAULIC_MIN |
| 26387 |
Actual power (pneumatic) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Pneumatic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the component or system determined at the time under consideration. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_PNEUMATIC |
| 26388 |
Actual power (pneumatic) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Pneumatic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the component or system determined at the time under consideration. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_PNEUMATIC |
| 26389 |
Actual power (pneumatic), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum pneumatic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the item or system, determined in a defined time interval. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_PNEUMATIC_MAX |
| 26390 |
Actual power (pneumatic), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum pneumatic power output or consumption (product of rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the item or system, determined in a defined time interval. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTUAL_OUTPUT_PNEUMATIC_MAX |
| 26391 |
Actual power (pneumatic), min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Lowest pneumatic power output or consumption (product of the rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the item or system, determined in a defined time interval. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTUAL_POWER_PNEUMATIC_MIN |
| 26392 |
Actual power (pneumatic), min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Lowest pneumatic power output or consumption (product of the rated flow rate and pressure of a pressure fluid) of the item or system, determined in a defined time interval. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTUAL_POWER_PNEUMATIC_MIN |
| 26393 |
Cable reel |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Type of cable reel. Example: An extension cable is supplied with an integrated cable drum. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_WINDER |
| 26394 |
Cable reel |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Type of cable reel. Example: An extension cable is supplied with an integrated cable drum. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CABLE_WINDER |
| 26395 |
Cable entry into device |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies the way in which a cable is inserted and fastened into the device, for example by means of a screw connection. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_ENTRY_INTO_THE_DEVICE |
| 26396 |
Cable entry into device |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies the way in which a cable is inserted and fastened into the device, for example by means of a screw connection. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CABLE_ENTRY_INTO_THE_DEVICE |
| 26397 |
Cable length, routed |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Routed length of the cable. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_LENGTH_LAID |
| 26398 |
Cable length, routed |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Routed length of the cable. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CABLE_LENGTH_LAID |
| 26399 |
Cable length, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum length of a cable that is permissible for a specific application or installation. Example: An extension cable may not be longer than 50 m in order to be used safely. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CABLE_LENGTH_MAX |
| 26400 |
Cable: Voltage level |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Voltage level of the cable. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CABLE_LEVEL |
| 26401 |
Cable: Voltage level |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Voltage level of the cable. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CABLE_LEVEL |
| 26402 |
Capacitive load |
Part |
Specific properties of a capacitive load, for example capacitance, nominal voltage, nominal current, inrush current, etc. Capacitive loads are electric consumers which store electric energy in the electric field of a capacitor. These loads influence the phase angle between the current and voltage in an AC circuit, which leads to the current running ahead of the voltage. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Electrical capacity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CAPACITIVE_LOAD |
| 26403 |
Characteristic curve |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Graphical representation of the relationship between two or more physical quantities of a product or item. Example: For a diode, the I-U characteristic curve shows the relation between the current (I) and the voltage (U) at the diode. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CHARACTERISTIC |
| 26404 |
Characteristic curve |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Graphical representation of the relationship between two or more physical quantities of a product or item. Example: For a diode, the I-U characteristic curve shows the relation between the current (I) and the voltage (U) at the diode. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CHARACTERISTIC |
| 26405 |
Identification |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Marking or labeling of a product by applying numbers, letters, labels, symbols or colors with the aim of identifying the product and giving instructions for transport, handling and storage. Example: CE certification. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_LABELLING |
| 26406 |
Identification |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Marking or labeling of a product by applying numbers, letters, labels, symbols or colors with the aim of identifying the product and giving instructions for transport, handling and storage. Example: CE certification. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_LABELLING |
| 26407 |
Climate class |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specification of the environmental climatic conditions, i.e. air temperature, humidity and pressure at specific operating locations, that may occur during operation (including downtimes), storage or transportation on land or at sea. Maintenance and repair conditions are not included. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CLIMATE_CLASS |
| 26408 |
Climate class |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specification of the environmental climatic conditions, i.e. air temperature, humidity and pressure at specific operating locations, that may occur during operation (including downtimes), storage or transportation on land or at sea. Maintenance and repair conditions are not included. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CLIMATE_CLASS |
| 26409 |
Storage, transport and packaging (requirement) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Requirements for logistic processes. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STORAGE_TRANSPORT_AND_PACKAGING_REQUIREMENT |
| 26410 |
Storage, transport and packaging (requirement) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Requirements for logistic processes. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_STORAGE_TRANSPORT_AND_PACKAGING_REQUIREMENT |
| 26413 |
Length, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum length of a product or a component. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_LENGTH_MAX |
| 26414 |
Length, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum length of a product or a component. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_LENGTH_MAX |
| 26415 |
Length, min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum length of a product or a component. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_LENGTH_MIN |
| 26416 |
Length, min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum length of a product or a component. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_LENGTH_MIN |
| 26417 |
Power consumption |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Quantity of electrical energy that a device or component consumes during operation. The power consumption describes the actual energy consumption. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
| 26418 |
Power consumption |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Quantity of electrical energy that a device or component consumes during operation. The power consumption describes the actual energy consumption. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
| 26419 |
Power consumption, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum quantity of electrical energy that a device or component can consume during operation. The power consumption describes the actual energy consumption. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
| 26420 |
Power consumption, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum quantity of electrical energy that a device or component can consume during operation. The power consumption describes the actual energy consumption. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
| 26421 |
Power requirement, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum quantity of energy that a device or plant requires to function properly. The power requirement describes the theoretical maximum power requirement. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWER_REQUIREMENT_MAX |
| 26422 |
Power requirement, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum quantity of energy that a device or plant requires to function properly. The power requirement describes the theoretical maximum power requirement. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POWER_REQUIREMENT_MAX |
| 26423 |
Power requirement, min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum quantity of energy that a device or plant requires to function properly. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWER_REQUIREMENT_MIN |
| 26424 |
Power requirement, min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum quantity of energy that a device or plant requires to function properly. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POWER_REQUIREMENT_MIN |
| 26425 |
Performance description, standardized: Description (device, utility, service) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
In the context of the standardized performance description, this is the descriptive text of the performance description for a device, a utility or a service. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PERFORMANCE_DESCRIPTION |
| 26426 |
Performance description, standardized: Description (device, utility, service) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
In the context of the standardized performance description, this is the descriptive text of the performance description for a device, a utility or a service. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PERFORMANCE_DESCRIPTION |
| 26427 |
Performance description (item, device) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Describing texts or notes on an item or device. Example: The performance description of a motor can contain information about its maximum performance, rotation speed, efficiency class and operating areas. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWER_DESCRIPTION |
| 26428 |
Performance description (item, device) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Describing texts or notes on an item or device. Example: The performance description of a motor can contain information about its maximum performance, rotation speed, efficiency class and operating areas. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POWER_DESCRIPTION |
| 26429 |
Performance unit (bill of quantities) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Measuring unit in which the output to be provided - in accordance with the performance catalog - is specified, for example cubic meter (m³) for concrete work or piece (unit) for individual items such as windows or doors. The bill of quantities describes all the services, materials and work that are required for a project or a procurement and serves as a basis for offers by suppliers or service providers. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SERVICE_UNIT |
| 26430 |
Performance unit (bill of quantities) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Measuring unit in which the output to be provided - in accordance with the performance catalog - is specified, for example cubic meter (m³) for concrete work or piece (unit) for individual items such as windows or doors. The bill of quantities describes all the services, materials and work that are required for a project or a procurement and serves as a basis for offers by suppliers or service providers. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SERVICE_UNIT |
| 26431 |
Performance description, standardized: Performance group item number |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique identification number for a specific service item within a service group in the bill of quantities. Each service group contains several service items that can be identified by such a unique number. Example: In a performance group "Piping and support systems" a specific number stands for the position "Drilling through walls and ceilings made of masonry". |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWER_GROUP_ITEM_NUMBER_LGPOSNR |
| 26432 |
Performance description, standardized: Performance group item number |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Unique identification number for a specific service item within a service group in the bill of quantities. Each service group contains several service items that can be identified by such a unique number. Example: In a performance group "Piping and support systems" a specific number stands for the position "Drilling through walls and ceilings made of masonry". |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POWER_GROUP_ITEM_NUMBER_LGPOSNR |
| 26433 |
Power circuit breaker - test available |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies whether a power circuit breaker has already been checked and the corresponding check results are available. Example: For a low-voltage power circuit breaker the check includes, for example, the check of the contact resistance, the switching time measurement and the isolation test. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CIRCUIT_BREAKER_TEST_AVAILABLE |
| 26434 |
Power circuit breaker - test available |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies whether a power circuit breaker has already been checked and the corresponding check results are available. Example: For a low-voltage power circuit breaker the check includes, for example, the check of the contact resistance, the switching time measurement and the isolation test. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CIRCUIT_BREAKER_TEST_AVAILABLE |
| 26435 |
Supplier batch number |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
One-time and unique alphanumeric identifier used to uniquely identify products from different manufacturing processes. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLIER_BATCH_NUMBER |
| 26436 |
Supplier batch number |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
One-time and unique alphanumeric identifier used to uniquely identify products from different manufacturing processes. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUPPLIER_BATCH_NUMBER |
| 26437 |
Hole pattern |
Part |
Specification of the arrangement of cut-outs. Hole patterns can be created in accordance with the standard or manufacturer-specifically, for example as a paper template. A hole pattern point is not a drilling pattern in Eplan. (information on the generation of drilling patterns can be found in the help system in the section "Drilling Patterns from Machine Data".) |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HOLE_PATTERN |
| 26438 |
Bill of quantities: Identifier |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
This identifier is used to uniquely identify and classify a bill of quantities. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_LV_IDENTIFIER |
| 26439 |
Bill of quantities: Identifier |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This identifier is used to uniquely identify and classify a bill of quantities. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_LV_IDENTIFIER |
| 26440 |
Mass |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Weight of a product or a component. Example: A motor has a mass of 50 kg. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MASS |
| 26441 |
Mass |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Weight of a product or a component. Example: A motor has a mass of 50 kg. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Mass |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MASS |
| 26442 |
Mass flow |
Part |
The quantity of mass that flows through a specific cross-section per unit of time. Example: The coolant flow in a cooling system, measured in kilograms per second (kg/s). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass flow |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MASS_FLOW |
| 26443 |
Mass moment of inertia of the load |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Describes the resistance of a load to changes in its rotation around an axis. This is a measure of how difficult it is to change the rotational speed of the load and depends on the mass distribution of the load relative to the axis of rotation. Example: In the case of a rotating flywheel in a machine, the mass moment of inertia indicates the torque required to change the rotational speed of the flywheel. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Inertia moment |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MASS_MOMENT_OF_INERTIA_OF_THE_LOAD |
| 26444 |
Mass moment of inertia of the load |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Describes the resistance of a load to changes in its rotation around an axis. This is a measure of how difficult it is to change the rotational speed of the load and depends on the mass distribution of the load relative to the axis of rotation. Example: In the case of a rotating flywheel in a machine, the mass moment of inertia indicates the torque required to change the rotational speed of the flywheel. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Inertia moment |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MASS_MOMENT_OF_INERTIA_OF_THE_LOAD |
| 26445 |
Measuring range: Density |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the density. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Mass per volume |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_DENSITY |
| 26446 |
Measuring range: Dynamic viscosity |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the dynamic viscosity. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Dynamic viscosity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_DYNAMIC_VISCOSITY |
| 26447 |
Measuring range: Humidity (in %r.H.) |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range of the relative humidity. The relative humidity is specified as a percentage and is the ratio of the absolute humidity to the saturation humidity of the air at a specific temperature. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Relative humidity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_HUMIDITY_PERCENTRH |
| 26448 |
Measuring range: Concentration measurement |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the concentration. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_THE_CONCENTRATION_MEASUREMENT |
| 26449 |
Measuring range: Quantity |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the quantity. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_THE_QUANTITY |
| 26450 |
Measuring range: Ratio measurement |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for the ratio measurement, e.g. for mixing ratios in liquids or gases. Ratios are often specified in the units percentage (%), parts per million (ppm). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_RATIO_MEASUREMENT |
| 26451 |
Measuring range: Mass flow |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the mass flow. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Standard flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_OF_THE_MASS_FLOW_RATE |
| 26452 |
Measuring range: Level |
Part |
Specification of the measuring range for measuring the level. Range in which a sensor or a measuring instrument can measure the fill level or the level of a medium (for example liquid or bulk material). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_LEVEL_MEASURING_RANGE |
| 26453 |
Measuring range, max. |
Part |
Maximum value that a measuring instrument or sensor can reliably measure. This value indicates the upper limit of the measuring range within which the device can perform accurate and reliable measurements. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_MAX_ |
| 26454 |
Measuring range, min. |
Part |
Minimum value that a measuring instrument or sensor can reliably measure. This value indicates the lower limit of the measuring range within which the device can perform accurate and reliable measurements. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_MIN |
| 26455 |
Measuring range: Upper limit |
Part |
This is the specific value that represents the upper limit of the measuring range. It is the highest measurable value up to which the device can carry out precise measurements. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_UPPER_LIMIT_VALUE |
| 26456 |
Measuring range: Lower limit |
Part |
This is the specific value that represents the lower limit of the measuring range. It is the lowest measurable value down to which the device can carry out precise measurements. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_LOWER_LIMIT_VALUE |
| 26457 |
Measuring range / scale length |
Part |
The measuring range indicates the minimum and maximum values that the device can measure. The scale length refers to the total length of the scale that is displayed on the device, as well as the dimension and subdivision of the scale integrated in the measuring instrument. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_RANGE_SCALE_LENGTH |
| 26458 |
Measurement accuracy |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Degree of similarity between the result of a measurement and a true value of the quantity to be measured. Example: Digital multimeters often have an accuracy of ±0.5% to ±1% of the measured value. Pressure sensors often have an accuracy of ±0.1% to ±1% of the full scale range. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURING_ACCURACY |
| 26459 |
Measurement accuracy |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Degree of similarity between the result of a measurement and a true value of the quantity to be measured. Example: Digital multimeters often have an accuracy of ±0.5% to ±1% of the measured value. Pressure sensors often have an accuracy of ±0.1% to ±1% of the full scale range. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MEASURING_ACCURACY |
| 26460 |
Measurand |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Physical quantity or characteristic detected by a measuring instrument or sensor. This can be, for example, temperature, pressure, length, volume, mass or another measurable property. The measurand thus defines exactly what is measured. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MEASURED_VARIABLE |
| 26461 |
Measurand |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Physical quantity or characteristic detected by a measuring instrument or sensor. This can be, for example, temperature, pressure, length, volume, mass or another measurable property. The measurand thus defines exactly what is measured. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MEASURED_VARIABLE |
| 26462 |
Motor nominal power |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum power of the drive unit that can be achieved in continuous operation. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_MOTOR_POWER |
| 26463 |
Motor nominal power |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum power of the drive unit that can be achieved in continuous operation. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_MOTOR_POWER |
| 26464 |
Nominal output torque |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum torque that a gearbox or a drive unit can transmit continuously under normal operating conditions. Torque available after transfer by the transmission. The torque is specified in Newton meters (Nm). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_OUTPUT_TORQUE |
| 26465 |
Nominal output torque |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum torque that a gearbox or a drive unit can transmit continuously under normal operating conditions. Torque available after transfer by the transmission. The torque is specified in Newton meters (Nm). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Work |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_OUTPUT_TORQUE |
| 26466 |
Nominal drive torque |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum torque that a motor drive can continuously output to the drive shaft without overloading or damage occurring. The torque is specified in Newton meters (Nm). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_DRIVING_TORQUE |
| 26467 |
Nominal drive torque |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum torque that a motor drive can continuously output to the drive shaft without overloading or damage occurring. The torque is specified in Newton meters (Nm). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Work |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_DRIVING_TORQUE |
| 26468 |
Nominal rotation speed |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Rotation speed at which a motor or machine outputs the maximum power under nominal conditions. This rotation speed is specified in revolutions per minute (rpm). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Rated speed |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_SPEED |
| 26469 |
Nominal rotation speed |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Rotation speed at which a motor or machine outputs the maximum power under normal operating conditions. This rotation speed is specified in revolutions per minute (rpm). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Rated speed |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_SPEED |
| 26470 |
Nominal pressure |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum permissible pressure that an item or piping can withstand under normal operating conditions. This pressure is specified in bar. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE |
| 26471 |
Nominal pressure |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum permissible pressure that an item or piping can withstand under normal operating conditions. This pressure is specified in bar. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE |
| 26472 |
Pressure range |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specified graduation series in accordance with ISO 7268 for the maximum permissible working pressure. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE_RANGE |
| 26473 |
Pressure range |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specified graduation series in accordance with ISO 7268 for the maximum permissible working pressure. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE_RANGE |
| 26474 |
Nominal power |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Power of the device, which is specified by the manufacturer. The nominal power can relate to the power consumed or output, depending on the device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_POWER_KW |
| 26475 |
Nominal power |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Power of the device, which is specified by the manufacturer. The nominal power can relate to the power consumed or output, depending on the device. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_POWER_KW |
| 26476 |
Nominal power (hydraulic) |
Part |
Maximum power that a hydraulic system or component can provide continuously under normal operating conditions. This power is usually specified in kilowatts (kW). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_POWER_HYDRAULIC |
| 26477 |
Nominal power (pneumatic) |
Part |
Maximum power that a pneumatic system or component can provide continuously under normal operating conditions. This power is usually specified in kilowatts (kW). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_CAPACITY_PNEUMATIC |
| 26478 |
Nominal power (in kW), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Suitable maximum possible nominal power in kilowatts (kW). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MAX_RATED_POWER |
| 26479 |
Nominal power (in kW), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Suitable maximum possible nominal power in kilowatts (kW). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MAX_RATED_POWER |
| 26480 |
Nominal power (in kW), min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Suitable minimum possible nominal power in kilowatts (kW). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_POWER_MIN |
| 26481 |
Nominal power (in kW), min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Suitable minimum possible nominal power in kilowatts (kW). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_POWER_MIN |
| 26482 |
Nominal power consumption |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum electrical power consumed by a device or component under normal operating conditions. This power is usually specified in watts (W) or kilowatts (kW). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
| 26483 |
Nominal power consumption |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum electrical power consumed by a device or component under normal operating conditions. This power is usually specified in watts (W) or kilowatts (kW). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
| 26484 |
Nominal power requirement |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum electrical power that a device or plant requires under normal operating conditions to function properly. This power is usually specified in kilowatts (kW). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_POWER_REQUIREMENT |
| 26485 |
Nominal power requirement |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum electrical power that a device or plant requires under normal operating conditions to function properly. This power is usually specified in kilowatts (kW). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_POWER_REQUIREMENT |
| 26486 |
Nominal voltage |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The value of the voltage specified by the manufacturer or supplier in normal operation. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE |
| 26487 |
Nominal voltage |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The value of the voltage specified by the manufacturer or supplier in normal operation. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE |
| 26488 |
Nominal voltage (AC 50 Hz) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specified value of the electric voltage for alternating current with a frequency of 50 Hertz. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_FOR_AC_50_HZ |
| 26489 |
Nominal voltage (AC 50 Hz) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specified value of the electric voltage for alternating current with a frequency of 50 Hertz. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_FOR_AC_50_HZ |
| 26490 |
Nominal voltage (AC) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specified value of the electrical voltage for alternating current. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_FOR_AC |
| 26491 |
Nominal voltage (AC) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specified value of the electrical voltage for alternating current. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_FOR_AC |
| 26492 |
Nominal voltage (DC) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specified value of the electric voltage for direct current. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_FOR_DC |
| 26493 |
Nominal voltage (DC) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specified value of the electric voltage for direct current. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_FOR_DC |
| 26494 |
Nominal voltage (load circuit) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specified voltage in volt, which is foreseen for the operation of an electrical load circuit. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_OF_THE_LOAD_CIRCUIT |
| 26495 |
Nominal voltage (load circuit) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specified voltage in volt, which is foreseen for the operation of an electrical load circuit. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_OF_THE_LOAD_CIRCUIT |
| 26496 |
Nominal voltage (control circuit) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specified voltage in volt, which is foreseen for the operation of an electrical control circuit. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_OF_THE_CONTROL_CIRCUIT |
| 26497 |
Nominal voltage (control circuit) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specified voltage in volt, which is foreseen for the operation of an electrical control circuit. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_VOLTAGE_OF_THE_CONTROL_CIRCUIT |
| 26500 |
Nominal current, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum permissible current that an electrical device or a plant can carry continuously without overheating or damage occurring. This value is, among other things, decisive for the dimensioning of items and fuses. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MAX_RATED_CURRENT |
| 26501 |
Nominal current, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum permissible current that an electrical device or a plant can carry continuously without overheating or damage occurring. This value is, among other things, decisive for the dimensioning of items and fuses. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MAX_RATED_CURRENT |
| 26502 |
Nominal current, min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum value of the current that an electrical device or a component requires to function properly. For example, sensors often require a minimum current in order to carry out precise measurements. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_CURRENT_MIN |
| 26503 |
Nominal current, min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum value of the current that an electrical device or a component requires to function properly. For example, sensors often require a minimum current in order to carry out precise measurements. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_CURRENT_MIN |
| 26504 |
Nominal current consumption |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Current that an electrical device or a component absorbs during normal operation. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_RATED_CURRENT_CONSUMPTION |
| 26505 |
Nominal current consumption |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Current that an electrical device or a component absorbs during normal operation. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_RATED_CURRENT_CONSUMPTION |
| 26506 |
Nominal flow rate |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Flow rate measured under defined nominal conditions. These are the conditions for which a device was designed with regard to its application when it is not under load. The nominal flow rate indicates how many volumes of a medium (e.g., air, water) flow through a system or a component per unit of time. These are usually specified in cubic meters per hour (m³/h) or liters per minute (l/min). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26507 |
Nominal flow rate |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Flow rate measured under defined nominal conditions. These are the conditions for which a device was designed with regard to its application when it is not under load. The nominal flow rate indicates how many volumes of a medium (e.g., air, water) flow through a system or a component per unit of time. These are usually specified in cubic meters per hour (m³/h) or liters per minute (l/min). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_VOLUME_FLOW |
| 26508 |
Nominal flow rate (intake side) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Flow rate that flows through the suction side of an appliance or system when it is operated under the specified nominal conditions. In the case of devices such as fans, pumps and compressors, this indicates the quantity of medium (for example air or liquid) which is sucked in per unit of time. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_VOLUME_FLOW_OF_THE_SUCTION_SIDE |
| 26509 |
Nominal flow rate (intake side) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Flow rate that flows through the suction side of an appliance or system when it is operated under the specified nominal conditions. In the case of devices such as fans, pumps and compressors, this indicates the quantity of medium (for example air or liquid) which is sucked in per unit of time. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_VOLUME_FLOW_OF_THE_SUCTION_SIDE |
| 26510 |
Nominal flow rate (compressed air) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Quantity of compressed air that a system or device can deliver under defined nominal conditions. The value is usually measured in cubic meters per hour (m³/h) or liters per minute (l/min). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_VOLUMETRIC_FLOW_OF_COMPRESSED_AIR |
| 26511 |
Nominal flow rate (compressed air) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Quantity of compressed air that a system or device can deliver under defined nominal conditions. The value is usually measured in cubic meters per hour (m³/h) or liters per minute (l/min). |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_VOLUMETRIC_FLOW_OF_COMPRESSED_AIR |
| 26512 |
Nominal size / diameter |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Standardized size of connection points and connections in piping systems. The nominal size is a numerical designation for the approximate diameter of the items in a piping system and is often abbreviated as DN (diameter nominal). The nominal size is specified in millimeters and encompasses standardized sizes such as DN 10, DN 20, DN 50, etc. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_WIDTH |
| 26513 |
Nominal size / diameter |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Standardized size of connection points and connections in piping systems. The nominal size is a numerical designation for the approximate diameter of the items in a piping system and is often abbreviated as DN (diameter nominal). The nominal size is specified in millimeters and encompasses standardized sizes such as DN 10, DN 20, DN 50, etc. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_WIDTH |
| 26514 |
Nominal size / connection size |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Nominal specification for the diameter of the process connection point, e.g. DN 25. The nominal size is a numerical size designation that is used for the items for which the outside diameter or thread size is not specified. Describes the size of connection points and connections in piping systems with regard to the connection compatibility of components such as pipes or fittings. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_NOMINAL_WIDTH_CONNECTION_SIZE |
| 26515 |
Nominal size / connection size |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Nominal specification for the diameter of the process connection point, e.g. DN 25. The nominal size is a numerical size designation that is used for the items for which the outside diameter or thread size is not specified. Describes the size of connection points and connections in piping systems with regard to the connection compatibility of components such as pipes or fittings. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOMINAL_WIDTH_CONNECTION_SIZE |
| 26516 |
BACnet: Standard |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Standard or international standard valid for BACnet. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_STANDARD_BACNET_ |
| 26517 |
BACnet: Standard |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Standard or international standard valid for BACnet. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_STANDARD_BACNET_ |
| 26518 |
Process pressure (absolute pressure), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Highest absolute process pressure to which the parts of the device that are in contact with the media can be exposed without permanent limitation of the operating behavior. The absolute process pressure is measured in comparison to the absolute vacuum and is composed of the atmospheric pressure and the process pressure. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_UPPER_PROCESS_PRESSURE_LIMIT_ABSOLUTE_PRESSURE |
| 26519 |
Process pressure (absolute pressure), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Highest absolute process pressure to which the parts of the device that are in contact with the media can be exposed without permanent limitation of the operating behavior. The absolute process pressure is measured in comparison to the absolute vacuum and is composed of the atmospheric pressure and the process pressure. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_UPPER_PROCESS_PRESSURE_LIMIT_ABSOLUTE_PRESSURE |
| 26520 |
Process pressure (overpressure), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Highest process overpressure to which parts of the device that are in contact with the media can be exposed without permanent limitation of the operating behavior. The process overpressure is measured relative to the atmospheric pressure and is the pressure which exceeds the normal atmospheric pressure. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_UPPER_PROCESS_PRESSURE_LIMIT_GAUGE_PRESSURE |
| 26521 |
Process pressure (overpressure), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Highest process overpressure to which parts of the device that are in contact with the media can be exposed without permanent limitation of the operating behavior. The process overpressure is measured relative to the atmospheric pressure and is the pressure which exceeds the normal atmospheric pressure. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_UPPER_PROCESS_PRESSURE_LIMIT_GAUGE_PRESSURE |
| 26522 |
Opening pressure |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Pressure at which a valve begins to open under defined conditions. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OPENING_PRESSURE |
| 26523 |
Opening pressure |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Pressure at which a valve begins to open under defined conditions. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_OPENING_PRESSURE |
| 26524 |
PCF: Calculation method |
Part |
Norm, standard, method for determining the greenhouse gas emissions of a product (Product Carbon Footprint). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PCF_CALCULATION_METHOD |
| 26525 |
PCF: Reference value for the calculation |
Part |
Quantity unit of the product to which the PCF specification for the CO2 footprint refers. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PCF_REFERENCE_VALUE_FOR_THE_CALCULATION |
| 26526 |
PCF: CO2-eq |
Part |
Sum of all greenhouse gas emissions of a product in accordance with the quantification requirements of the standard. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PCF_CO2EQ |
| 26527 |
PCF: Life cycle phase |
Part |
Life cycle phase of the product to which the PCF indication for the CO2 footprint refers, in accordance with the quantification requirements of the standard. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PCF_LIFE_CYCLE_PHASE |
| 26528 |
PCF: Quantity for the calculation |
Part |
Quantity specification of the product to which the PCF specification for the CO2 footprint refers. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PCF_QUANTITY_FOR_CALCULATION |
| 26529 |
PCF: Calculation |
Part |
Balance sheet of the greenhouse gas emissions over the entire life cycle of a product in a defined application and in relation to a defined unit of use. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PCF_PRODUCT_CARBON_FOOTPRINT_CALCULATION |
| 26530 |
PCF: Address for delivery of goods |
Part |
Designates the place where the goods are handed over. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PCF_GOODS_TRANSFER_ADDRESS |
| 26531 |
Number of poles |
Part |
Number of magnetic poles in rotating electrical machines, such as motors or generators. |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POLE_NUMBER |
| 26532 |
Performance description, standardized: Item number (device, utility, service) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique identification number for a specific service item in the bill of quantities. Example: A specific number stands for the service "Concrete works: Concrete a foundation". |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POSITION_NUMBER_STLB |
| 26533 |
Performance description, standardized: Item number (device, utility, service) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Unique identification number for a specific service item in the bill of quantities. Example: A specific number stands for the service "Concrete works: Concrete a foundation". |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POSITION_NUMBER_STLB |
| 26534 |
Item number (manufacturer) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Unique identification or identification number of the product in the product catalog of the manufacturer. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POSITION_NUMBER_MANUFACTURER |
| 26535 |
Item number (manufacturer) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Unique identification or identification number of the product in the product catalog of the manufacturer. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POSITION_NUMBER_MANUFACTURER |
| 26536 |
Performance description, standardized: Item keyword (device, utility, service) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The item keyword describes the type of service to be carried out, for example heating installation, sanitary installation or ventilation system. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POSITION_KEYWORD |
| 26537 |
Performance description, standardized: Item keyword (device, utility, service) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The item keyword describes the type of service to be carried out, for example heating installation, sanitary installation or ventilation system. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_POSITION_KEYWORD |
| 26538 |
BACnet: Product function |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The product function describes the specific tasks and capabilities of a product within a BACnet network, e.g. temperature control, light control, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PRODUCT_FUNCTION_WITH_BACNET |
| 26539 |
BACnet: Product function |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The product function describes the specific tasks and capabilities of a product within a BACnet network, e.g. temperature control, light control, etc. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PRODUCT_FUNCTION_WITH_BACNET |
| 26540 |
BACnet: Protocol |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specification that a device or system supports the BACnet protocol. Example: The "BACnet/IP" specification means that the device supports the BACnet protocol over IP networks. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROTOCOL_BACNET |
| 26541 |
BACnet: Protocol |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specification that a device or system supports the BACnet protocol. Example: The "BACnet/IP" specification means that the device supports the BACnet protocol over IP networks. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROTOCOL_BACNET |
| 26542 |
Sound pressure level acc. to ISO 20145 |
Part |
Determined sound pressure level of a noise source, measured in accordance with the standard ISO 20145 and specified in decibels (dB). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Sound pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SOUND_PRESSURE_LEVEL_ACCORDING_TO_ISO_20145 |
| 26543 |
Sound insulation |
Part |
Designation for noise abatement measures to reduce sound generation and propagation. The sound insulation values are specified in decibels (dB), which is also the measuring unit of the sound level. In this case, the sound-damping measure R corresponds to the difference between the sound level in the transmitting space and the sound level in the receiving space. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Sound pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SOUND_INSULATION |
| 26544 |
Switching frequency |
Part |
Number of switching operations that an electrical or mechanical item can perform within a specific time period or during its entire service time. Maximum number of switching processes per hour (switch-on number of a machine in a unit of time). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Rated speed |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SWITCHING_FREQUENCY |
| 26545 |
Switching capacity |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum electrical load that a switching device can switch reliably without damage or malfunctions occurring. Example: A switch has a switching capacity of 10 amperes at 250 volts AC. This means that the switch can reliably switch a current of up to 10 amperes at a voltage of 250 volts AC. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SWITCHING_CAPACITY |
| 26546 |
Switching capacity |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum electrical load that a switching device can switch reliably without damage or malfunctions occurring. Example: A switch has a switching capacity of 10 amperes at 250 volts AC. This means that the switch can reliably switch a current of up to 10 amperes at a voltage of 250 volts AC. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SWITCHING_CAPACITY |
| 26547 |
Circuit type |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The way in which an electrical device or a component is connected in a circuit. Combination of the different switching possibilities of primary and secondary voltage windings. Example: Switching, cross-connection, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_SWITCHING |
| 26548 |
Circuit type |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The way in which an electrical device or a component is connected in a circuit. Combination of the different switching possibilities of primary and secondary voltage windings. Example: Switching, cross-connection, etc. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TYPE_OF_SWITCHING |
| 26549 |
Apparent power |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Total power available in an AC circuit. It is composed of the active power and the reactive power. The apparent power is measured in volt amperes (VA) and is obtained as the product of the root mean square value of the electric voltage and the root mean square value of the electric amperage. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_APPARENT_POWER |
| 26550 |
Apparent power |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Total power available in an AC circuit. It is composed of the active power and the reactive power. The apparent power is measured in volt amperes (VA) and is obtained as the product of the root mean square value of the electric voltage and the root mean square value of the electric amperage. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_APPARENT_POWER |
| 26551 |
Closing pressure |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Pressure to close an item under defined conditions. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CLOSING_PRESSURE |
| 26552 |
Closing pressure |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Pressure to close an item under defined conditions. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Pressure |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CLOSING_PRESSURE |
| 26553 |
Degree of protection (IP) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Extent of protection provided by a housing against access to hazardous parts and intrusion of solid foreign objects and/or water, as confirmed by standardized test methods. These protection categories are indicated by the IP code (International Protection Code), which consists of two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP |
| 26554 |
Degree of protection (IP) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Extent of protection provided by a housing against access to hazardous parts and intrusion of solid foreign objects and/or water, as confirmed by standardized test methods. These protection categories are indicated by the IP code (International Protection Code), which consists of two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP |
| 26555 |
Degree of protection (IP): Evaluation electronics |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Describes the degree of protection offered by the housing of the evaluation electronics against the penetration of foreign objects (such as dust) and water. These protection categories are indicated by the IP code (International Protection Code), which consists of two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_OF_THE_EVALUATION_ELECTRONICS |
| 26556 |
Degree of protection (IP): Evaluation electronics |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Describes the degree of protection offered by the housing of the evaluation electronics against the penetration of foreign objects (such as dust) and water. These protection categories are indicated by the IP code (International Protection Code), which consists of two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_OF_THE_EVALUATION_ELECTRONICS |
| 26557 |
Degree of protection (IP): Measuring head |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Describes the degree of protection offered by the housing of the measurement head against the penetration of foreign objects (such as dust) and water. These protection categories are indicated by the IP code (International Protection Code), which consists of two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_OF_THE_MEASURING_HEAD |
| 26558 |
Degree of protection (IP): Measuring head |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Describes the degree of protection offered by the housing of the measurement head against the penetration of foreign objects (such as dust) and water. These protection categories are indicated by the IP code (International Protection Code), which consists of two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_OF_THE_MEASURING_HEAD |
| 26559 |
Degree of protection (IP): Front side |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Degree of protection of a device against the penetration of foreign objects and water at the front of the device. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_FRONT_SIDE |
| 26560 |
Degree of protection (IP): Front side |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Degree of protection of a device against the penetration of foreign objects and water at the front of the device. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_FRONT_SIDE |
| 26561 |
Degree of protection (IP): Mounted |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Degree of protection of a device against the penetration of foreign objects and water when the device is mounted. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_MOUNTED |
| 26562 |
Degree of protection (IP): Mounted |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Degree of protection of a device against the penetration of foreign objects and water when the device is mounted. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_MOUNTED |
| 26563 |
Degree of protection (IP): Rear side |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Degree of protection of a device against the penetration of foreign objects and water at the rear of the device. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_REAR |
| 26564 |
Degree of protection (IP): Rear side |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Degree of protection of a device against the penetration of foreign objects and water at the rear of the device. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_IP_REAR |
| 26565 |
Protection type class (motor) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Classifies the extent of protection of an electric motor against direct contact, against penetration of solid foreign objects and/or against penetration of water. This degree of protection is indicated by the IP code (International Protection), which consists of two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Technical data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_OF_THE_ELECTRIC_MOTOR |
| 26566 |
Protection type class (motor) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Classifies the extent of protection of an electric motor against direct contact, against penetration of solid foreign objects and/or against penetration of water. This degree of protection is indicated by the IP code (International Protection), which consists of two digits. The first digit describes the protection against foreign objects and contact. The second digit describes the protection against water. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PROTECTION_CLASS_OF_THE_ELECTRIC_MOTOR |
| 26567 |
Setpoint |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
In a closed loop control, this is the target value that the process value is to assume, expressed in units of the process value. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SET_POINT |
| 26568 |
Setpoint |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
In a closed loop control, this is the target value that the process value is to assume, expressed in units of the process value. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SET_POINT |
| 26569 |
Specific heat output |
Part |
Usable dissipated heat quantity per unit of time and per temperature unit at the heat transfer medium. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Thermal conductivity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_HEAT_OUTPUT_SPECIFIC |
| 26570 |
Drive torque (specified), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Permissible maximum drive torque for which an item or system is designed. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPECIFIED_MAXIMUM_DRIVE_TORQUE |
| 26571 |
Drive torque (specified), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Permissible maximum drive torque for which an item or system is designed. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Work |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SPECIFIED_MAXIMUM_DRIVE_TORQUE |
| 26572 |
Drive torque (specified), min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Required lowest drive torque to be applied to an item or system in order to perform the task. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Work |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SPECIFIED_MINIMUM_DRIVE_TORQUE |
| 26573 |
Drive torque (specified), min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Required lowest drive torque to be applied to an item or system in order to perform the task. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Work |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SPECIFIED_MINIMUM_DRIVE_TORQUE |
| 26574 |
Plug type |
Part |
Type of plug connected to the device for supplying the device with electrical power. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLUG_TYPE |
| 26575 |
Plug-in connector (connection 1) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specific details and properties of the plug-in connector at connection point 1, for example at a patch cable (prefabricated cable that is provided with plugs at both ends). Possible specifications are, for example, the type of plug connector, the material, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLUG_CONNECTOR_CONNECTION_1 |
| 26576 |
Plug-in connector (connection 1) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specific details and properties of the plug-in connector at connection point 1, for example at a patch cable (prefabricated cable that is provided with plugs at both ends). Possible specifications are, for example, the type of plug connector, the material, etc. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PLUG_CONNECTOR_CONNECTION_1 |
| 26577 |
Plug-in connector (connection 2) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specific details and properties of the plug-in connector at connection point 2, for example at a patch cable (prefabricated cable that is provided with plugs at both ends). Possible specifications are, for example, the type of plug connector, the material, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PLUG_CONNECTOR_CONNECTION_2 |
| 26578 |
Plug-in connector (connection 2) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specific details and properties of the plug-in connector at connection point 2, for example at a patch cable (prefabricated cable that is provided with plugs at both ends). Possible specifications are, for example, the type of plug connector, the material, etc. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PLUG_CONNECTOR_CONNECTION_2 |
| 26579 |
Plug-in connector housing (connection 1) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specific details and properties of the housing that protects the plug-in connector at connection point 1, for example at a patch cable (prefabricated cable that is provided with plugs at both ends). Possible specifications are, for example, the type of construction, the material, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTOR_HOUSING_OF_CONNECTION_1 |
| 26580 |
Plug-in connector housing (connection 1) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specific details and properties of the housing that protects the plug-in connector at connection point 1, for example at a patch cable (prefabricated cable that is provided with plugs at both ends). Possible specifications are, for example, the type of construction, the material, etc. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CONNECTOR_HOUSING_OF_CONNECTION_1 |
| 26581 |
Plug-in connector housing (connection 2) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specific details and properties of the housing that protects the plug-in connector at connection point 2, for example at a patch cable (prefabricated cable that is provided with plugs at both ends). Possible specifications are, for example, the type of construction, the material, etc. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONNECTOR_HOUSING_OF_THE_CONNECTION_2 |
| 26582 |
Plug-in connector housing (connection 2) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specific details and properties of the housing that protects the plug-in connector at connection point 2, for example at a patch cable (prefabricated cable that is provided with plugs at both ends). Possible specifications are, for example, the type of construction, the material, etc. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CONNECTOR_HOUSING_OF_THE_CONNECTION_2 |
| 26583 |
Control signal: Type |
Part |
Type of signal used to control an actuator or a valve. Example: A position controller receives (for example from a superior controller) the actuating signal in the form of a unit signal (for example 4-20 mA) and implements it on-site. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CONTROL_SIGNAL_TYPE |
| 26584 |
Shock load |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Current increase as a multiple of the nominal current due to short-term current peaks or voltage peaks. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SHOCK_LOAD |
| 26585 |
Shock load |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Current increase as a multiple of the nominal current due to short-term current peaks or voltage peaks. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SHOCK_LOAD |
| 26586 |
Grade of filtration |
Part |
Ability of a filter to retain particles of a certain size. The value is given in micrometers (µm) and indicates the maximum diameter of particles and suspended matter which are just let through by a filter irrespective of the type of filter material. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Length |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_FILTER_FINENESS |
| 26587 |
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity (Icu) |
Part |
The rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity (abbreviated "Icu") describes the one-time maximum breaking capacity under extreme short-circuit conditions. The value indicates the highest current that a power circuit breaker can safely break once under extreme short-circuit conditions without being damaged. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ULTIMATE_BREAKING_CAPACITY |
| 26588 |
Service short-circuit breaking capacity (Ics) |
Part |
The service short-circuit breaking capacity (abbreviated "Ics") describes the repeated breaking capacity during normal operation. The value indicates the maximum short-circuit current that a power circuit breaker can switch off without damage. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SERVICE_BREAKING_CAPACITY |
| 26589 |
Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity (Icm) |
Part |
The rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity (abbreviated "Icm") is the maximum short-circuit current that a power circuit breaker can withstand at the moment of closing without damage. It is a one-time peak value that is typically higher than the rated short-circuit breaking capacity ("Icn"). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MAKING_CAPACITY |
| 26590 |
Rated breaking capacity (AC) |
Part |
Maximum short-circuit current that a switching device (for example power circuit breaker, load disconnect switch) can switch off without damage in the case of AC. The rated breaking capacity describes the general breaking capacity of a switching device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ULTIMATE_BREAKING_CAPACITY_AC |
| 26591 |
Rated breaking capacity (DC) |
Part |
Maximum short-circuit current that a switching device (for example power circuit breaker, load disconnect switch) can switch off without damage in the case of DC. The rated breaking capacity describes the general breaking capacity of a switching device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ULTIMATE_BREAKING_CAPACITY_DC |
| 26592 |
Service short-circuit breaking capacity (Ics as % of Icu) |
Part |
"Ics as % of Icu" describes the relative breaking capacity in relation to the maximum load capacity "Icu". The value of "Ics as % of Icu" indicates the percentage of the rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity "Icu" that the power circuit-breaker can safely disconnect during normal operation. The service short-circuit breaking capacity "Ics" is the maximum current that a power circuit-breaker can safely and repeatedly disconnect under short-circuit conditions without being damaged. A higher percentage means greater reliability and safety in operation. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SERVICE_BREAKING_CAPACITY_PERCENT |
| 26595 |
Current consumption |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The electric current in amperes (A) required for the normal operation of a device. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENT_CONSUMPTION |
| 26596 |
Current consumption |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The electric current in amperes (A) required for the normal operation of a device. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CURRENT_CONSUMPTION |
| 26597 |
Current consumption, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The maximum electric current in amperes (A) that a device or component can draw from the mains during operation. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CURRENT_CONSUMPTION_MAX |
| 26598 |
Current consumption, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The maximum electric current in amperes (A) that a device or component can draw from the mains during operation. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CURRENT_CONSUMPTION_MAX |
| 26599 |
TCF: Calculation method |
Part |
Norm, standard, method for determining greenhouse gas emissions for the transport of a product (Transport Carbon Footprint). |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TCF_CALCULATION_METHOD |
| 26600 |
TCF: Reference value for the calculation |
Part |
Specific unit or size used as the basis for determining the TCF information on the CO2 footprint. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TCF_REFERENCE_VALUE_FOR_CALCULATION |
| 26601 |
TCF: CO2-eq |
Part |
Total sum of all greenhouse gas emissions from vehicle operation. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TCF_CO2EQ |
| 26602 |
TCF: Quantity for the calculation |
Part |
Quantity specification of the product to which the TCF specification for the CO2 footprint refers. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TCF_QUANTITY_REFERENCE_FOR_CALCULATION |
| 26603 |
TCF: Processes for greenhouse gas emissions in a transport service |
Part |
Processes at a transportation service for determining the sum of all direct or indirect greenhouse gas emissions from fuel supply and vehicle operation. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TCF_PROCESSES_FOR_GREENHOUSE_GAS_EMISSIONS_FOR_A_TRANSPORT_SERVICE |
| 26604 |
TCF: Calculation |
Part |
Balance of greenhouse gas emissions from a transport service of a product. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TCF_TRANSPORT_CARBON_FOOTPRINT_CALCULATION |
| 26605 |
TCF: Address for delivery of goods |
Part |
Designates the handover address of the goods transport. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TCF_GOODS_HANDOVER_ADDRESS |
| 26606 |
TCF: Address for acceptance of goods |
Part |
Specification of the goods transfer location. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TCF_GOODS_ACCEPTANCE_ADDRESS |
| 26607 |
Temperature, max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum operating temperature that a device or component can withstand safely without being damaged or functionality being impaired. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_MAX |
| 26608 |
Temperature, max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum operating temperature that a device or component can withstand safely without being damaged or functionality being impaired. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_MAX |
| 26609 |
Temperature (medium), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum temperature that a medium (such as a liquid or a gas) can reach while flowing through a device or component without causing damage or impairing its functionality. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TEMPERATUR_MEDIUM_MAX |
| 26610 |
Temperature (medium), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum temperature that a medium (such as a liquid or a gas) can reach while flowing through a device or component without causing damage or impairing its functionality. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TEMPERATUR_MEDIUM_MAX |
| 26611 |
Temperature (medium), min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum temperature that a medium (such as a liquid or a gas) can reach while flowing through a device or component without causing damage or impairing its functionality. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TEMPERATUR_MEDIUM_MIN |
| 26612 |
Temperature (medium), min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum temperature that a medium (such as a liquid or a gas) can reach while flowing through a device or component without causing damage or impairing its functionality. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TEMPERATUR_MEDIUM_MIN |
| 26613 |
Temperature, min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum operating temperature that a device or component can withstand safely without being damaged or functionality being impaired. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_MIN |
| 26614 |
Temperature, min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum operating temperature that a device or component can withstand safely without being damaged or functionality being impaired. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_MIN |
| 26615 |
Temperature range (medium), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum temperature range that a medium (such as a liquid or a gas) can reach while flowing through a device or component without causing damage or impairing its functionality. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_RANGE_MEDIUM_MAX |
| 26616 |
Temperature range (medium), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum temperature range that a medium (such as a liquid or a gas) can reach while flowing through a device or component without causing damage or impairing its functionality. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_RANGE_MEDIUM_MAX |
| 26617 |
Temperature range (medium), min. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Minimum temperature range that a medium (such as a liquid or a gas) can reach while flowing through a device or component without causing damage or impairing its functionality. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_RANGE_MEDIUM_MIN |
| 26618 |
Temperature range (medium), min. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Minimum temperature range that a medium (such as a liquid or a gas) can reach while flowing through a device or component without causing damage or impairing its functionality. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Temperature |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_TEMPERATURE_RANGE_MEDIUM_MIN |
| 26619 |
Overload capability: Overcurrent |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Ability to assimilate an overcurrent briefly - as a result of a current consumption exceeding the nominal current. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_OVERLOAD_CAPACITY_OVERCURRENT |
| 26620 |
Overload capability: Overcurrent |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Ability to assimilate an overcurrent briefly - as a result of a current consumption exceeding the nominal current. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Amperage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_OVERLOAD_CAPACITY_OVERCURRENT |
| 26621 |
Active power loss |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Electrical power that is lost in a device or system in the form of heat or other losses, for example because materials are remagnetized and/or heated. This power is measured in watt (W) and indicates how much energy is not converted into usable work. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER_LOSS |
| 26622 |
Active power loss |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Electrical power that is lost in a device or system in the form of heat or other losses, for example because materials are remagnetized and/or heated. This power is measured in watt (W) and indicates how much energy is not converted into usable work. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER_LOSS |
| 26623 |
Supply voltage range |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specified value range of the voltage that can be applied to a device for supplying power. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_RANGE |
| 26624 |
Supply voltage range |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specified value range of the voltage that can be applied to a device for supplying power. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Voltage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_SUPPLY_VOLTAGE_RANGE |
| 26625 |
Usage for labeling type |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The way in which a product can be labeled or identified. This can include various methods and materials used for labeling, e.g. thermal printing or inkjet printing. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_USE_FOR_MARKING_TYPE |
| 26626 |
Usage for labeling type |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
The way in which a product can be labeled or identified. This can include various methods and materials used for labeling, e.g. thermal printing or inkjet printing. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_USE_FOR_MARKING_TYPE |
| 26627 |
Viscosity |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Measure for the viscosity of the fluid, the greater the viscosity, the more viscous (less flowable) the fluid is. This property is measured in Pascal-Seconds (Pa·s) or in the more common unit Millipascal-Seconds (mPa·s). Example: A lubricating oil has a viscosity of 100 mPa·s at 40 °C. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Dynamic viscosity |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VISCOSITY |
| 26628 |
Viscosity |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Measure for the viscosity of the fluid, the greater the viscosity, the more viscous (less flowable) the fluid is. This property is measured in Pascal-Seconds (Pa·s) or in the more common unit Millipascal-Seconds (mPa·s). Example: A lubricating oil has a viscosity of 100 mPa·s at 40 °C. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Dynamic viscosity |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_VISCOSITY |
| 26629 |
Viscosity index (acc. to DIN ISO 2909) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Description of a temperature-related kinematic viscosity change of a base oil or a completely formulated oil, but not its actual viscosity. The viscosity index VI is used as a measure of the temperature dependence of the viscosity in lubricating oils in the field of application. This index is calculated from the kinematic viscosity at two reference temperatures, typically 40 °C and 100 °C. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VISCOSITY_INDEX_ACCORDING_TO_DIN_ISO_2909 |
| 26630 |
Viscosity index (acc. to DIN ISO 2909) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Description of a temperature-related kinematic viscosity change of a base oil or a completely formulated oil, but not its actual viscosity. The viscosity index VI is used as a measure of the temperature dependence of the viscosity in lubricating oils in the field of application. This index is calculated from the kinematic viscosity at two reference temperatures, typically 40 °C and 100 °C. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_VISCOSITY_INDEX_ACCORDING_TO_DIN_ISO_2909 |
| 26631 |
Viscosity class (acc. to DIN 51519) |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specification which minimum viscosity and which maximum viscosity the respective hydraulic oil has at 40 °C. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VISCOSITY_CLASS_ACCORDING_TO_DIN_51519 |
| 26632 |
Viscosity class (acc. to DIN 51519) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specification which minimum viscosity and which maximum viscosity the respective hydraulic oil has at 40 °C. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_VISCOSITY_CLASS_ACCORDING_TO_DIN_51519 |
| 26633 |
Flow rate |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Quantity of a medium (such as liquid or gas) which flows through a specific cross-section per unit of time. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_VOLUME_FLOW_HEATING_M3_H |
| 26634 |
Flow rate |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Quantity of a medium (such as liquid or gas) which flows through a specific cross-section per unit of time. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Flow rate |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_VOLUME_FLOW_HEATING_M3_H |
| 26635 |
Maintenance interval |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Specifies the period or operating hours between two maintenance tasks. Specification of how often a maintenance has to be carried out, for example every 6 months or every 500 operating hours. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE_INTERVAL |
| 26636 |
Maintenance interval |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies the period or operating hours between two maintenance tasks. Specification of how often a maintenance has to be carried out, for example every 6 months or every 500 operating hours. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE_INTERVAL |
| 26637 |
Maintenance cycle |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Describes the entire sequence of maintenance activities that must be performed within a specific time period or after a specific number of hours of operation. A maintenance cycle can include multiple maintenance intervals and ensures that all necessary maintenance work is performed over time. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE_CYCLE |
| 26638 |
Maintenance cycle |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Describes the entire sequence of maintenance activities that must be performed within a specific time period or after a specific number of hours of operation. A maintenance cycle can include multiple maintenance intervals and ensures that all necessary maintenance work is performed over time. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_MAINTENANCE_CYCLE |
| 26639 |
Material of the inner conductor |
Part |
Material of the inner conductor of the cable. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MATERIAL_OF_THE_CABLE_INNER_CONDUCTOR |
| 26640 |
Material of the cable jacket |
Part |
Material of the cable jacket. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MATERIAL_OF_THE_CABLE_SHEATH |
| 26641 |
Active power |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Electrical power in watt (W), which is actually converted into other forms of energy such as mechanical, thermal or chemical energy. The active power is a measure of how efficiently the electric energy is used. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER |
| 26642 |
Active power |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Electrical power in watt (W), which is actually converted into other forms of energy such as mechanical, thermal or chemical energy. The active power is a measure of how efficiently the electric energy is used. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER |
| 26643 |
Active power (general power supply), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum active power that a generating system (general power supply) can achieve under certain conditions. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER_MAX_ASV |
| 26644 |
Active power (general power supply), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum active power that a generating system (general power supply) can achieve under certain conditions. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER_MAX_ASV |
| 26645 |
Active power (emergency power system), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum active power that a mains replacement system (such as an emergency power unit) can supply under optimum conditions. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER_MAX_NEA |
| 26646 |
Active power (emergency power system), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum active power that a mains replacement system (such as an emergency power unit) can supply under optimum conditions. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER_MAX_NEA |
| 26647 |
Active power (uninterruptible power supply), max. |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Maximum active power that can be provided by an uninterruptible power supply under optimum conditions. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Power |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER_MAX_UPS |
| 26648 |
Active power (uninterruptible power supply), max. |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Maximum active power that can be provided by an uninterruptible power supply under optimum conditions. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Power |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ACTIVE_POWER_MAX_UPS |
| 26649 |
Efficiency |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Ratio of the usable energy to the supplied energy of a system or device. The efficiency is usually expressed as a percentage and shows how efficiently a device or machine works. |
Technical data |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_EFFICIENCY |
| 26650 |
Efficiency |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Ratio of the usable energy to the supplied energy of a system or device. The efficiency is usually expressed as a percentage and shows how efficiently a device or machine works. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Percentage |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_EFFICIENCY |
| 26651 |
BACnet: Character set acc. to BACnet specification |
Part
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Character set that fulfills the requirements of the BACnet specification. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_CHARACTER_SET_ACCORDING_TO_BACNET_SPECIFICATION |
| 26652 |
BACnet: Character set acc. to BACnet specification |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Character set that fulfills the requirements of the BACnet specification. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CHARACTER_SET_ACCORDING_TO_BACNET_SPECIFICATION |
| 26653 |
Permitted bending radius (moving application with forced guidance), min. |
Part |
Smallest radius to which a cable or line can be bent when used in a restricted guidance without damage occurring. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PERMISSIBLE_BENDING_RADIUS_FLEXIBLE_USE_WITH_FORCED_GUIDANCE_MIN |
| 26654 |
Permitted bending radius (moving application / free movement), min. |
Part |
Smallest radius to which a cable or line can be bent when used flexibly in free movement without damage occurring. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PERMISSIBLE_BENDING_RADIUS_FLEXIBLE_USE_FREE_MOVEMENT_MIN |
| 26655 |
Permitted bending radius (stationary application / permanent installation), min. |
Part |
Smallest radius to which a cable or line can be bent in stationary or fixed use without damage occurring. |
Technical data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_PERMISSIBLE_BENDING_RADIUS_STATIONARY_USE_FIXED_INSTALLATION_MIN |
| 26656 |
Material selection list |
Part
Connection
Connection definition point
Piping definition point |
Material or material composition from which an item is manufactured as a result of a manufacturing process in which the raw materials are brought into the final form by extrusion, forming, welding, etc. The following values are possible:
0 = Undefined
1 = Genuine glass
2 = ABS
3 = Die-cast aluminum
4 = Aluminum
5 = Aluminum, spray-finished
6 = Cast aluminum
7 = Brass
8 = Brass, nickel-plated
9 = Cast
10 = Cast iron
11 = Ceramic
12 = Copper
13 = Glass
14 = Metal
15 = Precious metal
16 = Non-ferrous metal
17 = Plastic
18 = Aluminum sheet
19 = Sheet steel, spray-finished
20 = Special metallic materials
21 = Stainless steel
22 = Steel, rust-proof
23 = Stainless steel - 1.4301
24 = Stainless steel - 1.4305
25 = Stainless steel - 1.4401
26 = Stainless steel - 1.4404
27 = Stainless steel - 1.4435
28 = Stainless steel - 1.4539
29 = Stainless steel - 1.4541
30 = Stainless steel - 1.4571
31 = Stainless steel - 1.4581
32 = Precision-cast stainless steel
33 = Steel
34 = Steel, coated
35 = Steel, zinc-coated
36 = Steel, galvanic zinc-plated
37 = Steel, highly corrosion-resistant
38 = Steel, hot galvanized
39 = Steel, stainless (stainless steel, rust-proof)
40 = Steel, sherardized
41 = Cast steel
42 = Plastic, metalized
43 = Aluminum, copper-clad
44 = Steel, copper-coated
45 = Aluminum alloy
46 = Stainless steel V2A
47 = Stainless steel V4A
48 = Copper / zinc-coated steel
49 = Copper / stainless steel
50 = Polycarbonate, fiberglass-reinforced (PC GF) |
Technical data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_MATERIAL_LIST |
| 26657 |
Power factor (cos phi) |
Part |
In electrical alternating current technology, the power factor is defined as the ratio of the active power to the apparent power. The power factor can lie between 0 and 1. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_POWER_FACTOR |
| 31000 |
Connection: Length |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Length in "meter" without specification of the unit. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH_VALUE |
| 31001 |
Connection: Unit of length |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Display unit of the length. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm
2 = cm
3 = dm
4 = m
5 = Meter
6 = km
8 = Inch
9 = "
10 = In
11 = ft
12 = feet
13 = foot
14 = yd
15 = yard
29 = µm. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH_UNIT |
| 31002 |
Connection: Cross-section / diameter |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point
Function template |
Cross-section / Diameter of the connection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION |
| 31003 |
Connection: Length with unit |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Length of a connection with specification of the displayed measuring unit. If you do not enter a unit, the unit of length specified in the project settings is used. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH |
| 31004 |
Connection color / number |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point
Function template |
Color or number of the connection, this property identifies the connection. This property is automatically filled by the connection numbering process. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRENUMBER |
| 31005 |
Autoconnecting line: Color |
Connection
Connection definition point
Autoconnect line
Potential definition point
Symbol |
|
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_COLOR |
| 31006 |
Potential type |
Connection
Potential definition point
Function template |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_TYPE |
| 31007 |
Connection: Cross-section / diameter with unit |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Cross-section / Diameter of the connection, including units. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION_WITH_UNIT |
| 31008 |
Subset / length |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Subset of a part, e.g. 5 pieces of a part, which are only provided in conduits of up to 100. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length with specification of the displayed measuring unit and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". If you do not enter a unit, the unit of length specified in the project settings is used. The value entered here is synchronized with the cable length (Length field in the Cable tab of the property dialog) for the main part of a cable. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH |
| 31009 |
Connection description |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DESCRIPTION |
| 31010 |
Subset / length: Value |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Value of the subset of the part without information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length in "meter" and the entry of decimal values is possible. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_VALUE |
| 31011 |
Connection designation |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point
Symbol |
Designation of the connection. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DESIGNATION |
| 31012 |
Unit for subset / length |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Displayed measuring unit in which the subset or length of the part is specified. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm
2 = cm
3 = dm
4 = m
5 = Meter
6 = km
8 = Inch
9 = "
10 = In
11 = ft
12 = feet
13 = foot
14 = yd
15 = yard
29 = µm. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_UNIT |
| 31013 |
Exchange source and target |
Connection
Connection definition point |
The source and target of a connection are determined by the device tag of the connected functions. Using this property, you can reverse the direction of the individual connection on the connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SWAP_SRC_DEST |
| 31014 |
Part description |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Description of the part, carried over from parts management. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NOTE |
| 31015 |
Autoconnecting line: Line type |
Connection
Connection definition point
Autoconnect line
Potential definition point
Symbol |
|
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_STYLE |
| 31016 |
Autoconnecting line: Line thickness |
Connection
Connection definition point
Autoconnect line
Potential definition point
Symbol |
|
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_WIDTH |
| 31017 |
Autoconnecting line: Layer |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point
Symbol |
|
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_LAYER |
| 31018 |
Autoconnecting line: Pattern length |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point
Symbol |
|
Settings |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ACL_FACTOR |
| 31019 |
Source |
Connection |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SOURCE |
| 31020 |
Target |
Connection |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DESTINATION |
| 31021 |
Source: Placement |
Connection |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_LOCATION_SOURCE |
| 31022 |
Target: Placement |
Connection |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_LOCATION_DESTINATION |
| 31023 |
Source: Target number |
Connection |
Number of the source of the connection. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_NR_SOURCE |
| 31024 |
Target: Target number |
Connection |
Number of the target of the connection. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_NR_DESTINATION |
| 31025 |
Alternative connection cross-section / diameter |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Alternative cross-section / diameter of the connection. Has to be entered manually and enables you to display the connection cross-section / diameter in parallel in different units. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION |
| 31026 |
Name of page containing connection |
Connection
Connection definition point |
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_PAGENAME |
| 31027 |
Associated connections: Device tag (identifying) |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_DT |
| 31028 |
Associated connections: Connection designation |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_DESIGNATION |
| 31029 |
Associated connections: Connection cross-section / diameter |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_WIRECROSSSECTION |
| 31030 |
Intrinsically safe |
Connection
Function |
Functions, connections, and connection definition points are defined as intrinsically safe using this property. The intrinsic safety at the function forces intrinsic safety at the associated connection points for which intrinsic safety is possible. |
Function data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INTRINSICSAFETY |
| 31031 |
Associated connections: Connection: Color / number |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_WIRENUMBER |
| 31032 |
Associated connections: Connection description |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_DESCRIPTION |
| 31033 |
Associated connections: Length |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_WIRELENGTH |
| 31034 |
Associated connections: Remark |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_NOTE |
| 31035 |
Associated connections: Function definition |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_TYPE |
| 31036 |
Associated connections: Exchange source and target |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_SWAP_SRC_DEST |
| 31037 |
Associated connections: Line thickness of autoconnecting line |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_WIDTH |
| 31038 |
Associated connections: Color of autoconnecting line |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_COLOR |
| 31039 |
Associated connections: Line type of autoconnecting line |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_STYLE |
| 31040 |
Subset / length in unit of project |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Subset or length of the part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_IN_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 31041 |
Associated connections: Pattern length for autoconnecting line |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_FACTOR |
| 31042 |
Associated connections: Layer for autoconnecting line |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_ACL_LAYER |
| 31043 |
Subset / length with unit of project |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Subset or length of the part including unit converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_WITH_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 31044 |
Quantity / subset in unit of project |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Quantity or subset of a part converted into the unit which is specified in the project settings. The units are not displayed. If the property "Subset / length" has a value (not 0), then this value is entered for "Quantity / subset" in reports, otherwise "Quantity" is used. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_QUANTITY_IN_PROJECT_UNIT |
| 31045 |
Valid data |
Connection definition point |
Specifies the data that may be entered at the connection definition point:
0 = All data
1 = No connection designation
2 = Only connection designation. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CDP_ALLOWED_DATA |
| 31046 |
Manually set |
Connection definition point
Connection |
Controls the editing possibilities of the connection numbering. Connection definition points which have this property can be excluded by the actions "Designate," "Realign," "Format" as well as being deleted. This property can be automatically set on designation (depending on the settings). |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CDP_SET_AS_MANUAL |
| 31048 |
Connection: Type designation |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Type designation of the connection part, e.g., the type number of the wire type, pipe type or tube type. During a part selection the value of the property "Cable type / type designation" (ID 22030) or "Connection type" (ID 22254) is transferred into this property. These properties can be found in the parts management in the "Properties" tab below the hierarchy level "Technical data". But the value can also be entered manually. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRETYPE |
| 31049 |
Shielded by |
Connection
Function template |
Specifies the name of the shield that shields the connection / conductor. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLEWIRE_SHIELDEDBY |
| 31050 |
Pair index |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function template |
The pair index (twisting index) shows another way of identifying the connection/conductor when this has the same colors/numbers. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLEWIRE_PAIRINDEX |
| 31051 |
Wire termination processing source |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Specifies for the source connection point of the connection the manner in which the connection is to be closed, e.g., with a conductor sleeve or a cable lug. This property is needed for transmissions to the manufacturing machines or for reports for manual manufacturing. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TYPEOFENDSTOP_SOURCE |
| 31052 |
Wire termination processing target |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Specifies for the target connection point of the connection the manner in which the connection is to be closed, e.g., with a conductor sleeve or a cable lug. This property is needed for transmissions to the manufacturing machines or for reports for manual manufacturing. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TYPEOFENDSTOP_DESTINATION |
| 31053 |
Source: Sleeve cross-section |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
If the connection is closed with a conductor sleeve, specify the cross-section of the sleeve here. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SLEEVECROSSSECTION_SOURCE |
| 31054 |
Target: Sleeve cross-section |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
If the connection is closed with a conductor sleeve, specify the cross-section of the sleeve here. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SLEEVECROSSSECTION_DESTINATION |
| 31055 |
Stripping length source |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_STRIPPINGLENGTH_SOURCE |
| 31056 |
Stripping length target |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Here you specify the length of the connection insulation to be removed. This property is required for the transfer to packaging machines. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_STRIPPINGLENGTH_DESIGNATION |
| 31057 |
Pressure line / control line |
Connection
Connection definition point |
Shows whether the connection is a pressure or control line. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WORKING_CONTROL_LINE |
| 31058 |
Cable connection |
Connection
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Indicates whether the connection can be part of a cable. If this property is not assigned to a connection or a connection definition point, the connection points determine whether this is a cable connection for the connection. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_IS_CABLE |
| 31059 |
Unit for connection cross-section / diameter |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Units of the connection cross-section or diameter. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 31060 |
Unit for connection cross-section / diameter (automatic) |
Connection
Connection definition point |
Automatically determined units of the connection cross-section or diameter. Possible values are:
0 = Undefined
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_AUTO_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 31061 |
Connection: Color (multilingual) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Stores the connection color as a multilingual text. The color code is taken from the "Connection color / number" property (or the "Color / number" field of the property dialog) and is assigned to a color corresponding to the assignment table in the project settings. It is case-sensitive. The property is automatically updated with every change to the connection color / number. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_MLWIRENUMBER |
| 31062 |
Associated connections: Potential type |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_POTENTIAL_TYPE |
| 31063 |
Associated connections: Unit of connection cross-section / diameter (automatic) |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_AUTO_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 31064 |
Alternative connection cross-section / diameter with unit |
Connection
Connection definition point |
Alternative cross-section / diameter of the connection, including units, automatically determined. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_AUTO_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION_WITH_UNIT |
| 31065 |
Unit for alternative connection cross-section / diameter |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
The alternative unit belonging to the alternative cross-section/diameter of the connection. Has to be entered manually and enables you to display the connection cross-section / diameter in parallel in different units. Possible values are:
0 = As in project
1 = mm²
2 = sqmm
3 = AWG
4 = mm
5 = KCM
6 = MCM
7 = Zoll
8 = "
9 = inch
10 = µm
11 = kcmil
12 = µm². |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ALTERNATE_WIRECROSSSECTION_UNIT |
| 31066 |
Associated connections: Trade |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_CRAFT |
| 31067 |
Associated connections: Subtrade |
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. On a connection definition point, this shows the corresponding property of the connection running below the connection definition point. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CDP_CON_SUBCRAFT |
| 31068 |
Substance |
Connection
Connection definition point
Piping definition point |
Specifies the substance that is transported through the respective piping in the process engineering (such as "water", "oil", "oxygen"). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_MEDIUM |
| 31069 |
Grouping |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Using this property, free groups of connections can be defined that can then be given special names using connection numbering. This property is available for connections, connection definition points, potentials, signals, and potential definition points. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_GROUPING |
| 31075 |
Type of administration |
Connection |
Specifies at a connection the manner in which the connection is to be managed in Eplan. The property can be used to sort the connections in the connection navigator. Possible values are:
0 = Placed: Placed connection.
1 = Unplaced: Unplaced connection.
2 = Net-based: A connection in a net that is defined at a net definition point.
3 = Direct (automatic): Direct connection between male and female pins; is generated by symbols with direct connection points.
4 = Multi-line (automatic): Multi-line connection that is defined on a connection definition point in the single-line representation.
5 = Jumper (automatic): Automatically generated jumper; this occurs if manual saddle jumpers are defined on terminals or pins or, when creating the jumper, between distributed terminals.
6 = Routed: Routed connection (in the layout space or in the topology)
7 = Not routed: Connection that is not routed; it is created, for example, during the data transfer from Eplan Cabinet. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_TYPE |
| 31076 |
Net index |
Connection |
Identifies the net in the case of net-based connections. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_NET_INDEX |
| 31077 |
Daisy chain index |
Connection |
Identifies the daisy chain within a net in the case of net-based connections. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DAISYCHAIN_INDEX |
| 31078 |
Connection index |
Connection |
Identifies the connections within a daisy chain in the case of net-based connections. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_CONNECTION_INDEX |
| 31080 |
Connection: Connection point length source |
Connection
Connection definition point |
Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the source item. It is by this value that the connection must project at the last routing point. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SOURCE_CP_LENGTH |
| 31081 |
State (substance) |
Connection
Piping definition point |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_STATE |
| 31082 |
Pressure |
Connection
Piping definition point |
|
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_PRESSURE |
| 31083 |
Connection: Connection point length target |
Connection
Connection definition point |
Indicates the item length of the connection that is required to connect the target item. It is by this value that the connection must project at the last routing point. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DEST_CP_LENGTH |
| 31084 |
Temperature |
Connection
Piping definition point |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TEMPERATURE |
| 31085 |
Flow |
Connection
Piping definition point |
|
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_FLOW |
| 31086 |
Conduit connection |
Connection
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Indicates whether the connection can be part of a conduit. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_IS_PACKET |
| 31089 |
Connection definition point exists |
Connection |
Shows whether at least one connection definition point has been placed on the connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_HAS_CDP |
| 31090 |
Connection: Length (full) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Potential definition point |
Length of a connection with information about the unit. The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_WIRELENGTH_FULL |
| 31091 |
Subset / length (full) |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Subset of a part, entered for the function, with information about the unit. At parts for cables, connections and their accessories (for example shrink tubes or insulating tubes) the contents of this property is evaluated as a length and the entry of decimal values is possible, for example "0.7 m". The full value with all decimal places is always stored; the value is not rounded up. This ensures precision is retained when converting to a different unit. Using the index, you can differentiate between 50 entries. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_PARTIAL_LENGTH_FULL |
| 31092 |
Bundle |
Connection
Connection definition point |
Specifies the bundle to which the connection belongs. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRE_BUNDLE |
| 31093 |
Bundle group |
Connection
Connection definition point |
Specifies the bundle group to which the connection belongs. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_BUNDLE_GROUP |
| 31094 |
Layout space: Routing track specification |
Connection |
This property stores routing paths and routing ranges that a routed connection in the layout space has to run through. This has priority over all other defaults.
This property is extended in each case to include routing paths and routing ranges to which a connection is pulled. If the connection is pulled away from a routing path or routing range entered here, the routing path / routing range will be removed from the property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH_PRESETTING |
| 31095 |
Layout space: Routing track |
Connection
Function |
This property stores routing paths and routing ranges that a routed connection in the layout space runs through. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH |
| 31096 |
Connection dimension source |
Connection
Connection definition point |
When routing connections, it is here that the connection dimension of the source connection point is entered. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TERMINALSIZE_SOURCE |
| 31097 |
Connection dimension target |
Connection
Connection definition point |
When routing connections, it is here that the connection dimension of the target connection point is entered. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_TERMINALSIZE_DESTINATION |
| 31098 |
Dual sleeve prescribed at 2 targets at the source |
Connection
Connection definition point |
This property is activated during routing if the "Dual sleeve prescribed" (ID 35560) property is activated for the connection point at the source of the connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DOUBLE_SLEEVES_SOURCE |
| 31099 |
Dual sleeve prescribed at 2 targets at the target |
Connection
Connection definition point |
This property is activated during routing if the "Dual sleeve prescribed" (ID 35560) property is activated for the connection point at the target of the connection. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_DOUBLE_SLEEVES_DESTINATION |
| 31100 |
Layout space: Specification for entry into routing path network (source) |
Connection |
Displays the DT of the channel or routing path through which the connection is to enter the routing path network from the source item. The property is filled upon the manual definition of the entry into the routing path network. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH_PRESETTING_AT_SOURCE |
| 31101 |
Function designation (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLPLANT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31102 |
Function designation: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_PLANT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31103 |
Location designation (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLLOCATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 31104 |
Location designation: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_LOCATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 31105 |
Functional assignment (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLFUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31106 |
Functional assignment: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FUNCTIONALASSIGNMENT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31107 |
Installation site (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLPLACEOFINSTALLATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 31108 |
Installation site: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_PLACEOFINSTALLATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 31109 |
User-defined structure (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLUSERDEFINED_AUTOMATIC |
| 31110 |
User-defined structure: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_USERDEFINED_AUTOMATIC |
| 31111 |
Higher-level function number (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLINSTALLATIONNUMBER_AUTOMATIC |
| 31112 |
Higher-level function number: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_INSTALLATIONNUMBER_AUTOMATIC |
| 31113 |
Protected routing |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function |
Prevents a routing connection from being re-routed and overwritten. Also prevents that a cable is rerouted and overwritten in the topology. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_PROTECTED_ROUTING |
| 31114 |
Routing direction source |
Connection
Connection definition point |
The routing directions are defined automatically on the basis of the implemented routing of the connection. They reflect the direction of the routing of the wire from the devices to the routing track. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ROUTING_DIRECTION_SOURCE |
| 31115 |
Routing direction target |
Connection
Connection definition point |
The routing directions are defined automatically on the basis of the implemented routing of the connection. They reflect the direction of the routing of the wire from the devices to the routing track. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_ROUTING_DIRECTION_DESTINATION |
| 31116 |
Layout space: Specification for entry into routing path network (target) |
Connection |
Displays the DT of the channel or routing path through which the connection is to exit the routing path network toward the target item. The property is filled upon the manual definition of the entry into the routing path network. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_WIRING_PATH_PRESETTING_AT_DESTINATION |
| 31117 |
ERP / PDM number 1 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 1" (ID 22056) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR |
| 31118 |
Connection: Associated terminal connection point (connection point designation) |
Connection |
This property can be used in terminal diagrams in the data area of the cable chart (via the placeholder elements "Cable chart data area external" and "Cable chart data area internal"). Indicates the connection point designation of the terminal to which the connection is connected. Thus, you can see from the cable chart which connection is to be connected to which terminal connection point. For example, this is helpful if you use the placeholder elements "Target via connection point", "Connection via connection point" or "Connection / cable via connection point" to output several terminal connection points in a row. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_TERMINAL_CONNECTIONDESIGNATION |
| 31119 |
Topology: Routing track specification |
Connection |
In this property, a routing path is stored that a connection routed in the routing path network must pass through. This has priority over all other defaults.
Here, it is always the last routing path to which a connection is drawn that is stored. If the connection is pulled away from the routing path entered here, the routing path will be removed from the property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLING_PATH_PRESETTING |
| 31133 |
Product: Main identifier (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_PRODUCT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31134 |
Product (automatic) |
Connection |
If a DT is entered on the connection, the corresponding structure identifier is output. Otherwise, the structure identifier from the connection source is output. The source is determined by its position in the schematic and can be exchanged with the target over a connection definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FULLPRODUCT_AUTOMATIC |
| 31135 |
Phase busbar connection |
Connection
Connection definition point |
This property is no longer in use and only taken into consideration in old projects. Indicates whether the connection can be part of a phase busbar. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_IS_PHASEBAR |
| 31136 |
Connection splicers passed through |
Connection |
Outputs the DTs of the connection splicers which pass through the connection. The individual values are separated by a semicolons and sorted alphanumerically. This property can be used in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_DISTRIBUTORS |
| 31137 |
Topology: Connection splicers passed through (sorted) |
Connection |
Outputs the DTs of the connection splicers which pass through the connection at a routing connection. The individual connection splicers are differentiated in the order from source to target through the index. This property can be used in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLING_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 31138 |
Topology: Distance between connection splicers and source |
Connection |
Outputs the position of the connection splicers passed through on this connection at a routing connection. To this purpose the distance between the connection splicer and the source of the connection is specified. The individual connection splicers are differentiated in the order from source to target through the index. This property can be used in reports. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
CONNECTION_CABLING_DISTRIBUTOR_DISTANCE |
| 31139 |
Connection splicers exist |
Connection |
Shows whether connection passes through at least one connection splicer. This property can be used as a filter criterion for connection lists. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_HAS_DISTRIBUTOR |
| 31140 |
Internal / External index: Source |
Connection |
Indicates the internal / external index that the connection point at the source of the connection has. The internal / external index defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_TARGETINFO_SOURCE |
| 31141 |
Internal / External index: Target |
Connection |
Indicates the internal / external index that the connection point at the target of the connection has. The internal / external index defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_TARGETINFO_DESTINATION |
| 31142 |
Connection: Association |
Connection
Connection definition point |
This property specifies whether the connection is an individual connection or can be part of a cable, conduit, phase busbar, etc. Possible values are:
0 = Individual connection
1 = Cable
2 = Conduit
3 = Phase busbar
4 = Line. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_KINDOFWIRE |
| 31143 |
Wire harness name |
Connection
Function
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
The wire harness name is used to assign functions and connections to a specific wire harness. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
HARNESS_NAME |
| 31146 |
Line |
Connection
Connection definition point |
Indicates whether the connection can be part of a line. This property is activated or deactivated in accordance with the set value for the Connection: Association (ID 31142) property. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_IS_PIPE |
| 31148 |
Routing track source: X coordinate |
Connection |
X coordinate for the source of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_SOURCE_XPOS |
| 31149 |
Routing track source: Y coordinate |
Connection |
Y coordinate for the source of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_SOURCE_YPOS |
| 31150 |
Routing track source: Z coordinate |
Connection |
Z coordinate for the source of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_SOURCE_ZPOS |
| 31151 |
Routing track target: X coordinate |
Connection |
X coordinate for the target of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_DESTINATION_XPOS |
| 31152 |
Routing track target: Y coordinate |
Connection |
Y coordinate for the target of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_DESTINATION_YPOS |
| 31153 |
Routing track target: Z coordinate |
Connection |
Z coordinate for the target of the routing track. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_ROUTE_DESTINATION_ZPOS |
| 31157 |
Piping name |
Connection
Piping definition point |
Name of the piping. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_PIPENAME |
| 31160 |
Object identification: Source |
Connection |
Internal object identifier. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_SOURCE_DBOBJECTID |
| 31161 |
Object identification: Target |
Connection |
Internal object identifier. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_DESTINATION_DBOBJECTID |
| 31162 |
Cable unit name |
Connection
Function
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows the association of a component (function, connection, cable, etc.) to a cable unit in Eplan Harness proD. The property is used for the data exchange with Eplan Harness proD. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
HARNESS_CABLEUNIT |
| 31163 |
Saddle jumper slot |
Connection
Connection definition point |
This property can be used to manage up to five saddle jumper slots at saddle jumper connections. The "Automatic" setting is the default setting. In this case only two saddle jumper slots (for the internal and external sides of the terminal connection point) are managed and the saddle jumpers are generated depending on the "internal / external" setting of the respective terminal connection point. Alternatively you can assign a specific saddle jumper slot to the connection by using the setting "Saddle jumper slot 1" to "Saddle jumper slot 5". |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CONNECTION_SADDLEJUMPER_SLOT |
| 31164 |
Routed mechanical feedthroughs |
Connection |
Outputs the DT of the device through which the connection runs as a mechanical feedthrough. This property can be used in reports. If the connection runs through several devices, the individual DTs are output semicolon-separated and alphanumerically sorted. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_FEEDTHROUGH |
| 31165 |
Mechanical feedthroughs available |
Connection |
Specifies whether the connection runs through a mechanical feedthrough. This property can be used as a filter criterion for connection lists. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONNECTION_HAS_FEEDTHROUGH |
| 31167 |
ERP / PDM number 2 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 2" (ID 22371) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR_2 |
| 31168 |
ERP / PDM number 3 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 3" (ID 22372) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR_3 |
| 31169 |
ERP / PDM number 4 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 4" (ID 22373) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR_4 |
| 31170 |
ERP / PDM number 5 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 5" (ID 22374) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR_5 |
| 31171 |
ERP / PDM number 6 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 6" (ID 22375) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR_6 |
| 31172 |
ERP / PDM number 7 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 7" (ID 22376) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR_7 |
| 31173 |
ERP / PDM number 8 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 8" (ID 22377) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR_8 |
| 31174 |
ERP / PDM number 9 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 9" (ID 22378) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR_9 |
| 31175 |
ERP / PDM number 10 |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
This property can be used to filter in the project data navigators. By default, the property is preset with the value of the part property "ERP / PDM number 10" (ID 22379) of the associated part. During entry as many characters as you wish are possible, but only the first 64 characters in the UTF-8 format are identifying. A max. of 50 definitions can be defined using the index. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
Yes |
FUNC_ARTICLE_ERPNR_10 |
| 31176 |
Jacket (cable) stripping length |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Length of the area on a cable where the outer sheath is removed or can be removed. |
Part |
Value with unit |
Length |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_STRIPPING_LENGTH |
| 31177 |
Number of outputs |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Number of outputs. |
Part |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_NUMBER_OF_OUTPUTS |
| 31178 |
Design as maintenance / repair switch |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specification whether the switch version is suitable for use as a maintenance / repair switch on the basis of the technical properties. |
Part |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_VERSION_AS_MAINTENANCE_REPAIR_SWITCH |
| 31179 |
Connectable cable type |
Connection
Connection definition point
Function
Project
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning) |
Cable type that can be connected to a device. The cable type describes the physical properties of the cable. |
Part |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
FUNC_ARTICLE_CONNECTABLE_CABLE_TYPE |
| 33000 |
Name of potential |
Connection
Potential definition point |
Name of the potential. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_NAME |
| 33001 |
Superior potential |
Potential definition point
Connection |
Name of the superior potential to which the selected signal belongs. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_PARENT |
| 33003 |
Potential value |
Potential definition point
Connection |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_VALUE |
| 33004 |
Frequency |
Potential definition point |
|
Connection |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_FREQUENCE |
| 33005 |
Possible counter potentials |
Potential definition point |
Enter here which other potentials may be connected to the same consumer. This property is only used for information purposes and can be output in the potential overview for documentation purposes. |
Connection |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_VALID_POTENTIALS |
| 33006 |
Signal name |
Potential definition point
Connection |
Name of the signal. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_SIGNAL |
| 33007 |
Net name |
Connection
Potential definition point |
Name of the net. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
POTENTIAL_NETNAME |
| 33100 |
Outline definition point: Name |
Outline definition point |
Name of outline definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONTOURDEFINITIONPOINT_NAME |
| 33101 |
Outline definition point: Type |
Outline definition point |
Type of outline definition point. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CONTOURDEFINITIONPOINT_TYPE |
| 33301 |
Piping: Exchange source and target |
Piping definition point |
Through this entry you specify whether the target designations of a piping correspond to the targets of the underlying connection or the source and target have been exchanged. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PIPELINE_CHANGE_SOURCE_TARGET |
| 35000 |
Terminal strips: Number of SH terminals |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Number of SH terminals on the terminal strip. Shields will be connected to these terminals. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFSH |
| 35001 |
Terminal strips: Total number of objects on terminal strip |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Quantity of all objects on the terminal strip, including the terminal strip definition, terminals, terminal accessories, and function templates. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINAL_COUNTOFINTERNALOBJECTS |
| 35002 |
Terminal strips: Number of general terminals |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Total number of terminals on the terminal strip that are not N, PE, PEN or SH terminals. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFCOMMON |
| 35003 |
Terminal strips: Number of N terminals |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Quantity of N terminals on the terminal strip. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFN |
| 35004 |
Terminal strips: Number of PE terminals |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Quantity of PE / PEN terminals on the terminal strip. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFPE |
| 35005 |
Terminal strips: Number of terminals and accessories for terminal diagram |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Quantity of terminals and accessories displayed on the terminal diagram. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_ITEMCOUNT |
| 35006 |
Terminal strips: Number of terminals |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Quantity of terminals on the terminal strip (independent of type). |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFTERMINALS |
| 35007 |
Terminal strips: First terminal |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Designation of the first terminal on the terminal strip. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_FIRSTTERMINAL |
| 35008 |
Terminal strips: Last terminal |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Designation of the last terminal on the terminal strip. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_LASTTERMINAL |
| 35009 |
Terminal strips: Page name of terminal diagram |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the terminal diagram for the reported terminal strip. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_DIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35010 |
Terminal strips: Page name of terminal-connection diagram |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the terminal-connection diagram for the reported terminal strip. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_CONNECTIONDIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35011 |
Terminal strips: Page name of terminal line-up diagram |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the terminal line-up diagram for the reported terminal strip. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_TERMINALLINEUPDIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35012 |
Terminal strips: Number of main terminals |
Terminal strip (in reports) |
Number of main terminals on the terminal strip (regardless of type). |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
TERMINALSTRIP_COUNTOFTERMINALMAINS |
| 35100 |
Cables: Number of used connections |
Cables (in reports) |
Automatically calculated number of cable connections used. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFUSEDWIRES |
| 35101 |
Cables: Number of free connections |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of unused cable connections in the cable. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFFREEWIRES |
| 35102 |
Cables: Number of shields |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of cable shields. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFSHIELDS |
| 35103 |
Cables: Number of PE conductors |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of PE / PEN cable conductors. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFPEWIRES |
| 35104 |
Cables: Number of N conductors |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of N cable conductors. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFNWIRES |
| 35105 |
Cables: Number of general connections |
Cables (in reports) |
Total number of connections in the cable that are not N, PE or PEN conductors. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFNORMALWIRES |
| 35106 |
Cables: Page name of the cable diagram |
Cables (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the cable diagram for the reported cable. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_DIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35107 |
Cables: Page name of cable connection diagram |
Cables (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the cable-connection diagram for the reported cable. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_CONNECTIONDIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35108 |
Cables: Number of all connections |
Cables (in reports) |
Sum of free and used cable connections. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLE_COUNTOFALLWIRES |
| 35109 |
Number of connections used (single-line cables) |
Function |
Manually entered number of used cable connections for single-line cables and shields. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
CABLE_COUNTOFUSEDWIRES_MANUAL |
| 35110 |
Cables: Number of connections to this target / this source |
Cables (in reports) |
Number of cable connections for a specific target or source; used in reporting. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_COUNTOFWIRES_DESTINATION |
| 35111 |
Cables: Connection splicers passed through |
Cables (in reports) |
Outputs the DTs of the connection splicers which pass through the cable. The individual values are separated by a semicolons and sorted alphanumerically. This property can be used in cable reports, for example during the evaluation of single-line cables. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
CABLE_DISTRIBUTORS |
| 35200 |
Plugs: Number of SH pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of SH pins in the plug. Shields will be connected to these pins. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFSH |
| 35201 |
Plugs: Page name of plug diagram |
Plugs (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the plug diagram for the reported plug. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_DIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35202 |
Plugs: Page name of pin-connection diagram |
Plugs (in reports) |
Name of the first page of the pin-connection diagram for the reported plug. Can be used in reports / forms. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_CONNECTIONDIAGRAMPAGE |
| 35203 |
Plugs: First pin |
Plugs (in reports) |
Designation of the first pin in the plug. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_FIRSTCONTACT |
| 35204 |
Plugs: Last pin |
Plugs (in reports) |
Designation of the last pin in the plug. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_LASTCONTACT |
| 35205 |
Plugs: Number of PE pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of PE / PEN pins in the plug. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFPE |
| 35206 |
Plugs: Number of N pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of N pins in the plug. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFN |
| 35207 |
Plugs: Number of pins and accessories for plug diagram |
Plugs (in reports) |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_ITEMCOUNT |
| 35208 |
Plugs: Number of general pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Total number of pins in the plug that are not N, PE, PEN or SH pins. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFCOMMON |
| 35209 |
Plugs: Total number of pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Total number of pins in the plug. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFINTERNALOBJECTS |
| 35210 |
Plugs: Number of male pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of male pins in plug. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFPINS |
| 35211 |
Plugs: Number of female pins |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of female pins in plug. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFSOCKETS |
| 35212 |
Plugs: Number of pins (male and female pin) |
Plugs (in reports) |
Number of pins consisting of a male-female combination in plug. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
PLUGSTRIP_COUNTOFJOINED |
| 35500 |
Drill type |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
Shows the type of drill hole for groups of drill holes of the same type. The value is chosen from a drop-down list on the "Cut-outs" tab in parts management. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_TYPE |
| 35501 |
Subtype |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
For certain drill types (e.g. "Rectangular"), you can select a subtype that describes the drill hole in greater detail. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_SUBTYPE |
| 35502 |
Outline name |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
For the "Free outline" drill type, you can enter a designation for the outline here. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_OUTLINENAME |
| 35503 |
X position |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_XPOS |
| 35504 |
Y position |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_YPOS |
| 35505 |
Angle |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_ANGLE |
| 35506 |
1st dimension |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DIMENSION1 |
| 35507 |
2nd dimension |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DIMENSION2 |
| 35508 |
3rd dimension |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
|
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DIMENSION3 |
| 35509 |
Repetitive spacing |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
Shows the spacing between all further drill holes. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_SPACINGREPEAT |
| 35510 |
End spacing |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
The minimum clearance of the last drill hole to the right edge of the object, i.e. no drill hole will be placed closer to the edge of the object than the value specified here. For (e.g.) cable ducts you can use this setting to define how far away the drill hole is from the edge of the cable duct, so that no problems occur when screwing it tight. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_SPACINGEND |
| 35511 |
Drill every n-th hole |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
Specifies which holes are to be drilled; for example, enter "4" to drill only every fourth hole. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_DRILLNTHHOLE |
| 35512 |
Part number |
Accessory list entry |
Part number of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYLISTPOSITION_PARTNR |
| 35513 |
Variant |
Accessory list entry |
Variant of the accessory list (hierarchy level "Accessory list" in parts management). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEACCESSORYLISTPOSITION_VARIANT |
| 35514 |
Always make |
Cut-out (in drilling patterns) |
Shows that the drill hole must always be carried out, even if the part is not placed directly on the mounting surface (for example, on a mounting rail). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEDRILLINGPOSITION_FABRICATEALWAYS |
| 35550 |
Connection point designation |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Designation of the connection point in the connection point pattern (entered on the "Connection points" tab for connection point patterns in parts management). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_NAME |
| 35551 |
X position |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_XPOS |
| 35552 |
Y position |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_YPOS |
| 35553 |
Z position |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 35554 |
Routing direction |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Routing direction of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern, which is selected from a drop-down list.
0 = Automatic
1 = Move up
2 = Down
3 = Left
4 = Right.
The routing direction specifies the direction of the search for a possible entry point into a routing path network. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_DIRECTION |
| 35555 |
Additional length |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Additional length of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_ADDITIONALLENGTH |
| 35556 |
Wire termination processing (Eplan Cabinet) |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
This property is only required for reasons of compatibility with Eplan Cabinet. For a connection point, this shows how the end of the connection is handled, for example with stripping or crimping. Is selected from a drop-down list in parts management on the Connection points tab where user-defined values can also be assigned. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CONTACTTYPE |
| 35557 |
Min. cross-section |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION |
| 35558 |
Max. cross-section |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION |
| 35559 |
Max. number of connections |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Maximum number of connections that can be connected to the connection point; defined in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXWIRECOUNT |
| 35560 |
Dual sleeve prescribed |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Specifies for a connection point in the connection point pattern that dual sleeves are to be used if two connections lead to this connection point. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TWINSLEEVE |
| 35561 |
Connection category |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Specifies the connection point type of a connection more exactly for an individual connection in the connection point pattern:
0 = Undefined
1 = Screw clamp connection single (do not use anymore)
2 = Screw clamp connection double (do not use anymore)
3 = Cage clamp connection (do not use anymore)
4 = Insulation-displacement connection
5 = Screw-type connection (Ring or U cable lug), (do not use anymore)
6 = Ferrule connection (cable lug), (do not use anymore)
7 = Plug connection (do not use anymore)
8 = Conductor plate connection (do not use anymore)
9 = Plug-in connection (Fluid), (do not use anymore)
10 = Nipple (do not use anymore)
11 = Internal thread
12 = External thread
13 = Compression nut (do not use anymore)
14 = Compression fitting (do not use anymore)
15 = User-defined
1015 = Screw connection
1016 = Spring pulley connection
1017 = Push-in connection
1018 = Penetration connection
1019 = Push-in fitting
1020 = Push-wire connection
1021 = Bolt connection
1022 = Flat plug-in connector
1023 = Crimp connection
1024 = Band connection
1025 = Rail connection
1026 = Soldering lug connection
1027 = Wrap post. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TYPEOFTERMINAL |
| 35562 |
Connection dimension |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
A connection dimension can be specified in this property for bolt connections, flat plug-in connectors, band connections, rail connections, internal threads and external threads.
Example: For a terminal with the connection category "Bolt connection" you can specify the bolt diameter here, for example "3 mm". For a push-in fitting with the connection category "External thread" you can specify the connection thread here, for example "M3" or "G1/8". |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALSIZE |
| 35563 |
Plug designation |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Plug designation of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_DEVICETAG |
| 35564 |
Level |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Level of the connection point (if it is a terminal) in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_LEVEL |
| 35565 |
Internal / External index |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TARGETINFO |
| 35566 |
Terminal designation |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Terminal designation, used in the connection point patterns of topology functions. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALNUMBER |
| 35567 |
X vector |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
X-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_XDIR |
| 35568 |
Y vector |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Y-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_YDIR |
| 35569 |
Z vector |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Z-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_ZDIR |
| 35571 |
Min. AWG |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION_AWG |
| 35572 |
Max. AWG |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION_AWG |
| 35573 |
Socket size |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
A screwing tool (for example screwdriver) consists of the drive and the socket. The drive is the component that moves the tool, for example a handle or a motor shaft. The socket is the component that is moved, for example the tip of the screwdriver. The socket size describes the dimensions of the socket (of the blade or tip), for example 3 x 0.5 mm = width 3 mm and thickness 0.5 mm. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_SCREWDRIVES |
| 35574 |
Bus interface: Name |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Bus interface name of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME |
| 35575 |
Min. tightening torque |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Minimal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MINTIGHTENINGTORQUE |
| 35576 |
Max. tightening torque |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Maximal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_MAXTIGHTENINGTORQUE |
| 35578 |
Stripping length |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Length in millimeters in which the wire fabrication machine is to cut off the insulation. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_STRIPPINGLENGTH |
| 35580 |
X position: Tool |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XPOS |
| 35581 |
Y position: Tool |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YPOS |
| 35582 |
Z position: Tool |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZPOS |
| 35583 |
X vector: Tool |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XDIR |
| 35584 |
Y vector: Tool |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YDIR |
| 35585 |
Z vector: Tool |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZDIR |
| 35586 |
Shaft diameter |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The shaft diameter describes the size of the hole in which the terminal screw sits. Entry for example "5 mm". |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_HOLEDIAMETER |
| 35587 |
Clamping space offset |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
Describes the offset of the clamping space from the item edge into the item. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_OFFSET |
| 35594 |
X starting point: Clamping space |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTXPOS |
| 35595 |
Y starting point: Clamping space |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTYPOS |
| 35596 |
Z starting point: Clamping space |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTZPOS |
| 35597 |
X end point: Clamping space |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDXPOS |
| 35598 |
Y end point: Clamping space |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDYPOS |
| 35599 |
Z end point: Clamping space |
Connection point (in connection point patterns) |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLETERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDZPOS |
| 35600 |
User name |
|
Shows, at the deletion marker, the name of the user who deleted the object. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
HISTORY_USERNAME |
| 35601 |
Modification date |
|
Shows the date of the last change at a deletion marker. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
HISTORY_MODIFICATIONDATETIME |
| 35602 |
Modification: Property |
|
Shows, at the deletion marker, the name of the user who deleted the object. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 0 |
Yes |
HISTORY_PROPERTY_NAMES |
| 35603 |
Modification: Previous value |
|
Shows, at the deletion marker, the name of the user who deleted the object. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 0 |
Yes |
HISTORY_PROPERTY_VALUES_OLD |
| 35604 |
Modification: New value |
|
Shows, at the deletion marker, the name of the user who deleted the object. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 0 |
Yes |
HISTORY_PROPERTY_VALUES_NEW |
| 35800 |
Identifying name |
|
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_IDENTNAME |
| 35801 |
Displayed name |
|
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_DISPLAYNAME |
| 35802 |
Assignments |
|
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_ASSIGNMENT |
| 35803 |
Category |
|
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_CATEGORY |
| 35804 |
Display type |
|
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_INPUTASSISTANCE_TYPE |
| 35805 |
Default value for selection list |
|
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_INPUTASSISTANCE_VALUE |
| 35806 |
Do not use anymore |
|
|
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_DONOTUSE |
| 35807 |
Usage count |
|
Specifies how often a user-defined property is used in the project. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_USAGE |
| 35808 |
Part reference assigned |
|
|
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_USED_BY_ARTICLEREF |
| 35809 |
Translate property value |
|
Specifies whether the property value is considered for the translation. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_TRANSLATE_VALUE |
| 35810 |
Data type |
|
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_DATATYPE |
| 35811 |
Description |
|
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_DESCRIPTION |
| 35812 |
Subcategory 1 |
|
|
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_SUBCATEGORY_1 |
| 35813 |
Subcategory |
|
|
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_SUBCATEGORY_2 |
| 35814 |
Block property: Format |
|
|
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMUSERPROPDEFTABLEENTRY_BLOCKPROPERTY_FORMAT |
| 35900 |
Identifying name |
Property arrangement |
Identifying name of the property arrangement. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPERTYVIEW_IDENTNAME |
| 35901 |
Displayed name |
Property arrangement |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPERTYVIEW_DISPLAYNAME |
| 35902 |
Standard arrangement |
Property arrangement |
|
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPERTYVIEW_DEFAULT |
| 35903 |
Usage count |
Property arrangement |
Specifies how often a user-defined property arrangement is used in the project. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPERTYVIEW_USAGE |
| 35904 |
Type |
Property arrangement |
Specifies the type of the property arrangement:
-1 = Undefined
0 = Component
1 = Part placement (3D)
2 = Model view. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPERTYVIEW_TYPE |
| 35905 |
Assignment |
Property arrangement |
Function definition or symbol to which the property arrangement is assigned. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
PROPERTYVIEW_ASSIGNMENT |
| 36000 |
Item designation |
3D function |
Contains the item designation of a mechanical item. This property is particularly useful for items that do not have a DT, e.g. cable ducts. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_DESIGNATION |
| 36002 |
Grouping sign for item designation (automatic) |
3D function |
Shows the contents of the "Grouping sign for item designation" property (ID 36012). If no preceding sign is entered for the item, this is defined from the first superior item for which a preceding sign is entered in the "Grouping sign for item designation" property. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_DESIGNATIONPREFIX_AUTOMATIC |
| 36003 |
Mounting site (describing, common) |
3D function
Part reference |
Shows the contents of the manually entered "Mounting site (describing)" property or if this is empty, the "Mounting site (describing)" property entered at the main function. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_MOUNTINGLOCATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 36004 |
Machining |
3D function |
Specifies whether machining is necessary (e.g., a drill hole). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ISFORMECHANICALPROCESSING |
| 36005 |
Local connection point pattern |
3D function |
If this property is activated, the connection point data is saved locally at the part placement. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ARTICLETERMINAL_ISLOCAL |
| 36006 |
Cut-out: Diameter of the hole |
3D function |
Drill hole diameter. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_DIAMETER |
| 36007 |
Cut-out: Nominal diameter of the threaded hole |
3D function |
Nominal diameter of the threaded hole. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_NOMINAL_DIAMETER |
| 36010 |
Item is immovably attached to the superior item |
3D function |
If this property is enabled, then the item cannot be moved relative to the superior item. Moving the entire mounting panel by means of the "Move" functionality is still possible. The fixation can be temporarily revoked for individual items by pressing the [Shift] key while moving via Drag & Drop. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ELEM_ISFIXONPARENT |
| 36011 |
Prefabricated |
3D function |
Indicates whether form and dimensions of an item can be modified. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ISPREFABRICATED |
| 36012 |
Grouping sign for item designation |
3D function |
Shows a grouping preceding sign for item designation for the item and all subordinate items, which provides for better arrangement of parts. The preceding sign is displayed in the "Full item designation" property and placed before the actual item designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_DESIGNATIONPREFIX |
| 36013 |
Full item designation |
3D function |
Contains the item designation of a mechanical item including the preceding sign for the item designation. The preceding sign is usually taken from the enclosure. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_FULLDESIGNATION |
| 36014 |
Item requires holes in mounting surface |
3D function |
Specifies whether a drill hole is required for an item that has been placed on a mounting surface. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ELEM_NEEDSDRILL |
| 36015 |
Is associated mounting material |
3D function |
|
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ISINSTALLATIONMATERIAL |
| 36016 |
Designation in mechanics structure |
3D function |
Provides the designation, which has the function or mechanical item within the mechanical structure for identification purposes. This is the DT for electrical engineering or fluid power functions, and the designation for mechanical items. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_IDENTNAME_IN_MECHANICAL_STRUCTURE |
| 36017 |
Distance to mounting surface |
3D function |
If an offset was entered during the placement of a part, this property will display the distance of the part placement from the mounting surface. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_MOUNTINGPLATEDISTANCE |
| 36018 |
Item description |
3D function |
Contains the item description of a mechanical item. This property is particularly useful for items that do not have a DT, e.g. cable ducts. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_DESCRIPTION |
| 36019 |
Macro: Variant |
Layout space |
Macro variant. |
Macro |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_MACRO_VARIANT |
| 36020 |
Cut-out: Width |
3D function |
Width of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_WIDTH |
| 36021 |
Cut-out: Height |
3D function |
Height of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_HEIGHT |
| 36022 |
Cut-out: Length |
3D function |
Length of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_LENGTH |
| 36023 |
Cut-out: Radius / Chamfer distance |
3D function |
Radius and / or chamfer distance of the cut-out. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_CHAMFER_OR_RADIUS |
| 36024 |
Cut-out: Edge length |
3D function |
Edge length of the cut-out. The units are imported from the project settings or converted to mm in case of input in inches. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_EDGE_LENGTH |
| 36025 |
Cut-out: Outline |
3D function |
Outline of the cut-out. Here, the file name of a user-defined outline file (*.fc1) is displayed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_CONTOUR |
| 36026 |
Layout space: Connection filter |
3D function |
Filter for generating routing path networks. Is used for routing to control which connections may be routed along which routing tracks (channel, manual routing path, routing range, wiring cut-out). Connection filters are taken into account only if the "Layout space: Routing track specification" (ID 31094) property has not been activated. |
Settings |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_CONNECTIONFILTER |
| 36027 |
Routing path / Curve: Length |
3D function |
Manually entered length of a routing path or curve placed in the layout space. Is used during routing to calculate the precise length of the associated connection. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_LENGTH_MANUAL |
| 36028 |
Routing path / Curve: Length (automatic) |
3D function |
Length of a routing path or curve placed in the layout space. Is used during routing to calculate the precise length of the associated connection. Shows the content of the manually entered length or, when that is empty, the geometric length in the layout space. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_LENGTH_AUTOMATIC |
| 36029 |
Routing path / Curve: Cross-section |
3D function |
Cross-section of a routing path or curve. Is used for calculating the fill capacity of channel. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_CROSSSECTION |
| 36030 |
Routing path / Curve: Automatically generated |
3D function |
Indicates that the routing path or curve was generated automatically (e.g., for routing paths in channels). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_SEGMENT_CREATED_AUTOMATICALLY |
| 36031 |
Extra length |
3D function |
The extra length indicates the length that is added once to a connection running through a routing range. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ROUTING_WIRING_OPENING_EXTRALENGTH |
| 36032 |
Output in mounting list |
3D function |
If this property is activated for a 3D part placement, the 3D part placement is output when mounting lists are generated. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_CREATE_MOUNTINGLIST |
| 36033 |
Superior mounting surface |
3D function |
Specifies the mounting surface on which the 3D part placement has been placed. The property is used in filters to filter for 3D part placements that have been installed on other 3D part placements. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_PARENT_OBJECTID |
| 36034 |
Counter in item ID (relative to macro, EEC) |
3D function |
The counter is assigned automatically at the 3D part placements of the macro when reading in a macro in Eplan Engineering Configuration and is used by the Item ID (relative to macro, EEC) property. If the individual 3D part placements cannot be uniquely identified by "Function definition" and "Item" at a part that consists of several combined 3D part placements, these are additionally identified via the counter. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_IDCOUNTER_RELATIVE |
| 36035 |
Item ID (relative to macro, EEC) |
3D function |
Identifies the individual 3D part placements for a part that consists of several combined 3D part placements. The property is required by the Eplan Engineering Configuration in order to define the items of a macro on which other items are installed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_ID_RELATIVE |
| 36036 |
Multiple cut-out possible |
3D function |
Indicates whether multiple cut-outs are possible for an item, and allows for the "inheriting" of cut-outs. This way, cut-outs can be carried over from a drilling pattern to another item. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_CANHAVE_MULTI_OPENING |
| 36037 |
Cut-out depth (copper) |
3D function |
Cut-out depth for automatic drill holes. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_OPENING_DEPTH_COPPER |
| 36040 |
Superior device |
3D function |
The property supplies the directly superior device as the value. The following property values are combined: Full item designation, full DT, legend item. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_PARENT_OBJECT |
| 36041 |
Variable for placeable functions (EEC One) |
3D function |
The property serves to identify 3D part placements in EEC One, so that specific other 3D part placements can be placed automatically on them during the automatic generation of a layout space. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_ID_EEC_ONE |
| 36042 |
Name of the M-CAD file |
3D function |
This property is used during data exchange with external CAD systems. The full file name and the full file path of the imported STEP file is stored in this property and is entered at the created design space and at the imported 3D objects. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_DOCNAME |
| 36044 |
Thermal design: Simultaneity factor (automatic) |
3D function |
Is required for calculating the power dissipation. Displays the value of the simultaneity factor (if it exists). Otherwise the value from the project settings is used. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_SIMULTANEITYFACTOR_AUTOMATIC |
| 36045 |
Thermal design: Simultaneity factor (device) |
3D function |
Deviating simultaneity factor for this device compared to the project properties. Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_SIMULTANEITYFACTOR |
| 36046 |
Thermal design: Air-conditioning field (automatic) |
3D function |
Number of the air-conditioning field (1 to 100). Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_ZONE_AUTOMATIC |
| 36047 |
Thermal design: Air-conditioning field (device) |
3D function |
Deviating number of the air-conditioning field of this device from the number of the air-conditioning field of the enclosure (1 to 100). Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_ZONE |
| 36048 |
Thermal design: Device power dissipation |
3D function |
Calculated value of the power dissipation of this device under consideration of the simultaneity factor. |
Thermal design |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_AUTOMATIC |
| 36049 |
Thermal design: Installation situation |
3D function |
Installation situation of the enclosure, e.g. "Single housing free-standing". Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_SITUATION |
| 36050 |
Thermal design: Min. external temperature |
3D function |
Minimum external temperature of an enclosure. |
Thermal design |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MIN_OUT_TEMP |
| 36051 |
Thermal design: Max. external temperature |
3D function |
Maximum external temperature of an enclosure. |
Thermal design |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MAX_OUT_TEMP |
| 36052 |
Thermal design: Min. internal temperature |
3D function |
Minimum internal temperature of an enclosure. |
Thermal design |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MIN_IN_TEMP |
| 36053 |
Thermal design: Max. internal temperature |
3D function |
Maximum internal temperature of an enclosure. |
Thermal design |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_MAX_IN_TEMP |
| 36054 |
Thermal design: Air-conditioning field |
3D function |
Number of the air-conditioning field (1 to 100). Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_CABINET_ZONE |
| 36055 |
Thermal design: Operating current |
3D function |
Operating current of a busbar. Is required for calculating the power dissipation. |
Thermal design |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_POWERDISSIPATION_BUSBAR_CURRENT |
| 36056 |
Connection point pattern: X position |
3D function |
X position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_XPOS |
| 36057 |
Connection point pattern: Y position |
3D function |
Y position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_YPOS |
| 36058 |
Connection point pattern: Z position |
3D function |
Z position of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_ZPOS |
| 36059 |
Connection point pattern: Routing direction |
3D function |
Routing direction of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern, which is selected from a drop-down list.
0 = Automatic
1 = Move up
2 = Down
3 = Left
4 = Right.
The routing direction specifies the direction of the search for a possible entry point into a routing path network. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_DIRECTION |
| 36060 |
Connection point pattern: Additional length |
3D function |
Additional length of an individual connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_ADDITIONALLENGTH |
| 36061 |
Connection point pattern: Wire termination processing (Eplan Cabinet) |
3D function |
This property is only required for reasons of compatibility with Eplan Cabinet. For a connection point, this shows how the end of the connection is handled, for example with stripping or crimping. Is selected from a drop-down list in parts management on the Connection points tab where user-defined values can also be assigned. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CONTACTTYPE |
| 36062 |
Connection point pattern: Min. cross-section |
3D function |
Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION |
| 36063 |
Connection point pattern: Max. cross-section |
3D function |
Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION |
| 36064 |
Connection point pattern: Max. number of connections |
3D function |
Maximum number of connections that can be connected to the connection point; defined in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXWIRECOUNT |
| 36065 |
Connection point pattern: Dual sleeve prescribed |
3D function |
Specifies for a connection point in the connection point pattern that dual sleeves are to be used if two connections lead to this connection point. |
No category |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TWINSLEEVE |
| 36066 |
Connection point pattern: Connection category |
3D function |
Specifies the connection point type of a connection more exactly for an individual connection in the connection point pattern:
0 = Undefined
1 = Screw clamp connection single (do not use anymore)
2 = Screw clamp connection double (do not use anymore)
3 = Cage clamp connection (do not use anymore)
4 = Insulation-displacement connection
5 = Screw-type connection (Ring or U cable lug), (do not use anymore)
6 = Ferrule connection (cable lug), (do not use anymore)
7 = Plug connection (do not use anymore)
8 = Conductor plate connection (do not use anymore)
9 = Plug-in connection (Fluid), (do not use anymore)
10 = Nipple (do not use anymore)
11 = Internal thread
12 = External thread
13 = Compression nut (do not use anymore)
14 = Compression fitting (do not use anymore)
15 = User-defined
1015 = Screw connection
1016 = Spring pulley connection
1017 = Push-in connection
1018 = Penetration connection
1019 = Push-in fitting
1020 = Push-wire connection
1021 = Bolt connection
1022 = Flat plug-in connector
1023 = Crimp connection
1024 = Band connection
1025 = Rail connection
1026 = Soldering lug connection
1027 = Wrap post. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TYPEOFTERMINAL |
| 36067 |
Connection point pattern: Connection dimension |
3D function |
A connection dimension can be specified in this property for bolt connections, flat plug-in connectors, band connections, rail connections, internal threads and external threads.
Example: For a terminal with the connection category "Bolt connection" you can specify the bolt diameter here, for example "3 mm". For a push-in fitting with the connection category "External thread" you can specify the connection thread here, for example "M3" or "G1/8". |
No category |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALSIZE |
| 36068 |
Connection point pattern: Plug designation |
3D function |
Plug designation of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_DEVICETAG |
| 36069 |
Connection point pattern: Level |
3D function |
Level of the connection point (if it is a terminal) in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_LEVEL |
| 36070 |
Connection point pattern: Internal / External index |
3D function |
Defines for a connection point in the connection point pattern the number of the internal or external connection point that this connection point represents. |
No category |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TARGETINFO |
| 36071 |
Connection point pattern: Terminal designation |
3D function |
Terminal designation, used in the connection point patterns of topology functions. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_TERMINALNUMBER |
| 36072 |
Connection point pattern: X vector |
3D function |
X-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_XDIR |
| 36073 |
Connection point pattern: Y vector |
3D function |
Y-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_YDIR |
| 36074 |
Connection point pattern: Z vector |
3D function |
Z-vector of the connection point direction in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_ZDIR |
| 36076 |
Product configurator identifier |
3D function |
|
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_ID_EXTERNALPRODUCTCONFIGURATOR_AUTOMATIC |
| 36077 |
Connection point pattern: Min. AWG |
3D function |
Minimum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MINCROSSSECTION_AWG |
| 36078 |
Connection point pattern: Max. AWG |
3D function |
Maximum connection cross-section to be connected for a connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXCROSSSECTION_AWG |
| 36079 |
Max. tightening torque |
3D function |
Maximal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MAXTIGHTENINGTORQUE |
| 36080 |
X starting point: Clamping space |
3D function |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTXPOS |
| 36081 |
Y starting point: Clamping space |
3D function |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTYPOS |
| 36082 |
Z starting point: Clamping space |
3D function |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_STARTZPOS |
| 36083 |
X end point: Clamping space |
3D function |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDXPOS |
| 36084 |
Y end point: Clamping space |
3D function |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDYPOS |
| 36085 |
Z end point: Clamping space |
3D function |
The properties for the clamping space expansion describe the expansion of a clamping space relative to the item edge. Enter the coordinate values of the starting point or the end point of the clamping space, for example "1 mm" for the starting point or "5 mm" for the end point. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_ENDZPOS |
| 36086 |
Clamping space offset |
3D function |
Describes the offset of the clamping space from the item edge into the item. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_CLAMPSPACE_OFFSET |
| 36087 |
Shaft diameter |
3D function |
The shaft diameter describes the size of the hole in which the terminal screw sits. Entry for example "5 mm". |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_HOLEDIAMETER |
| 36088 |
X position: Tool |
3D function |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XPOS |
| 36089 |
Y position: Tool |
3D function |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YPOS |
| 36090 |
Z position: Tool |
3D function |
The properties for specifying coordinate values for the position of the tool describe the position of a terminal screw in an item with screw connection. Entry for example "12 mm". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZPOS |
| 36091 |
X vector: Tool |
3D function |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_XDIR |
| 36092 |
Y vector: Tool |
3D function |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_YDIR |
| 36093 |
Z vector: Tool |
3D function |
The properties for the vector of the tool describe the position and the screwing direction of a terminal screw in an item with screwed connection. Entry for example "-1". |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_OPERATIONVEC_ZDIR |
| 36094 |
Socket size |
3D function |
Describes the form of the screw head for applying a screwdriver or a wrench. Enter of, for example PZ 1 or PH 1 or TX 5 or 0.5x3.0. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_SCREWDRIVES |
| 36095 |
Min. tightening torque |
3D function |
Minimal value of the tightening torque. It is specified in Newton meters. It describes the force with which, for example, a screw is tightened, meaning the force that acts from the drive on the socket. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_MINTIGHTENINGTORQUE |
| 36096 |
Stripping length |
3D function |
Length in millimeters in which the wire fabrication machine is to cut off the insulation. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_STRIPPINGLENGTH |
| 36100 |
Object was transferred during part migration |
3D function |
Identifies objects that were transferred unchanged after the migration of the part. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_OUTDATED |
| 36101 |
Connection point pattern: Bus interface name |
3D function |
Bus interface name of the connection point in the connection point pattern. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_TERMINALPOSITION_PLC_BUS_INTERFACENAME |
| 36103 |
Has mounting lines |
3D function |
Specifies whether the item has mounting lines. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_HAS_MOUNTINGLINES |
| 36104 |
Has mounting points |
3D function |
Specifies whether the item has mounting points. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_HAS_MOUNTINGPOINTS |
| 36105 |
Has mounting grid |
3D function |
Specifies whether the item has mounting grids. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_HAS_MOUNTINGGRIDS |
| 36106 |
Has base points |
3D function |
Specifies whether the item has base points. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_HAS_REFERENCEPOINTS |
| 36108 |
Total weight |
3D function |
This property displays the result of the calculation of the total weight of an enclosure placed in the layout space. The actual total weight of an enclosure is calculated from the enclosure weight and the sum of the weights of all parts and routed connections placed in the enclosure. |
Mounting data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
FUNCTION3D_CABINET_TOTALWEIGHT |
| 36111 |
Exclude from collision check |
3D function |
|
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
FUNCTION3D_EXCLUDE_FROM_COLLISION_CONTROL |
| 36450 |
Grid size |
Layout space |
Distance of the grid points for the graphical editing in the 3D view. |
No category |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_GRIDSIZE |
| 36451 |
Layout space in draft mode |
Layout space |
When you carry out changes in a layout space in a revision, it is identified as "Draft". This is displayed graphically by a watermark in the 3D view and this property is assigned to the layout space. This identifier stays there until you close the layout space. |
Revision |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_REVISION_LOG_DRAFT |
| 36452 |
Layout space name |
Layout space |
The layout space name normally consists of a number. The next number up is automatically suggested when creating new layout spaces. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_DESIGNATION |
| 36453 |
Layout space name (identifying) |
Layout space |
Identifying layout space name; contains layout space names and the identifying but not describing identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_IDENTNAME |
| 36454 |
Layout space name (full) |
Layout space |
Full layout space name; contains layout space names and the identifying and describing identifier blocks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_FULLNAME |
| 36455 |
Layout space name (in reports) |
Layout space |
This property is intended for use in reports. The layout space name is specified here in brackets to differentiate it from page names. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_NAME_IN_EVALUATION_FORMAT |
| 36456 |
Automatically generated |
Layout space |
Indicates whether the layout space was generated automatically, and the information on the creator:
0 = No
5 = Eplan Engineering Configuration. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_AUTO_CREATED_INFO |
| 36457 |
Keep parts at placement |
Layout space |
This property is evaluated during the generation of macros from a macro project, and assigned to the generated macro variants. If the property is activated, the macro stored on the part is placed unchanged when a device is inserted. The part number of the device is not used in this case, but instead the part numbers entered in the macro are retained.
If the property is deactivated, the part number of the device is used, and carried over to the main function of the macro. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
INSTALLATIONSPACE_KEPP_PARTS_BY_INSERT_MACRO |
| 36458 |
Copper bundle: Name |
Copper bundle
Busbar |
Designation of the copper bundle; this name is displayed, for example, in the layout space navigator. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
COPPERBUNDLE_DESIGNATION |
| 36460 |
Thermal design: Maximum reach |
3D part placement (base object) |
Area parameter for calculating the optimally air-conditioned area (area that an air-conditioning unit can reliably air-condition on the basis of its air circulation capacity). Describes the distance in meters at which the flow speed of the emitted air drops below a value of 0.5 m/s. |
Thermal design |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMCABBASE_THERMDIST |
| 36461 |
Thermal design: Intake angle |
3D part placement (base object) |
Area parameter for calculating the optimally air-conditioned area (area that an air-conditioning unit can reliably air-condition on the basis of its air circulation capacity). Describes the width of the angle in which the air to be cooled / heated can enter the cooling device. Amounts uniformly to 60° for all devices. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMCABBASE_ANGLE_IN |
| 36462 |
Thermal design: Discharge angle |
3D part placement (base object) |
Area parameter for calculating the optimally air-conditioned area (area that an air-conditioning unit can reliably air-condition on the basis of its air circulation capacity). Describes the width of the angle in which the cooled / heated air can exit the cooling device. Amounts uniformly to 60° for all devices. |
Thermal design |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMCABBASE_ANGLE_OUT |
| 36500 |
Model view: Description |
Model view |
Description of the model view; drilling view or copper unfold; multilingual entry is allowed. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DESCRIPTION |
| 36501 |
Model view: Manual displacement |
Model view |
Moving the center of the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
No category |
Coordinates (X/Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_MANUAL_CENTER |
| 36502 |
Model view: Frozen |
Model view |
If this property is activated, the model view, drilling view or copper unfold will no longer be updated. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_FROZEN_VIEW |
| 36503 |
Model view: Name |
Model view |
Designation of the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DESIGNATION |
| 36504 |
Model view: Layout space name |
Model view |
Name of the layout space for which the model view, drilling view or copper unfold was created. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_BUILDINGAREA |
| 36505 |
Model view: Layout space description |
Model view |
Description of the layout space for which the model view, drilling view or copper unfold was created. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_BUILDINGAREA_DESCRIPTION |
| 36506 |
Model view: Selection scheme |
Model view |
Scheme for item selection in model view or drilling view. The selection scheme specifies the item types to be displayed in the model view or drilling view. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_UNITSELECTIONSCHEME |
| 36507 |
Model view: Item labeling |
Model view |
Scheme for item labeling in the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_LABELINGSCHEME |
| 36508 |
Model view: Apply viewpoint to mounting surface |
Model view |
If this property is activated, the viewpoint of the model view refers to the first mounting surface of the basic items. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_CONSIDER_TRANSFORM_OF_PLANE |
| 36509 |
Model view: Basic item |
Model view |
The basic item is used to specify what is to be displayed in the model view. You can also further restrict the content of the layout space that is displayed. In the case of 2D drilling views and model views, the basic items can also be components of lower item hierarchy levels, e.g. mounting surfaces. In the case of copper unfolds, this is not possible.
If the selected basic items do not contain any graphics, the next-higher item with graphics is added automatically. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_MAINOBJECT |
| 36510 |
Model view: Scale |
Model view |
Specifies the scale of the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SCALE |
| 36511 |
Model view: Scheme for automatic dimensioning |
Model view |
Scheme for the automatic dimensioning of the items in the model view, drilling view or copper unfold. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_ADIMSCHEME |
| 36512 |
Model view: Name of the report template |
Model view |
Name of the used report template for the automatic generation of model views, copper unfolds or 2D drilling views. At a renewed report this report template is used again. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_TEMPLATE_NAME |
| 36513 |
Model view: Display item silhouettes |
Model view |
If this property is activated, the basic outlines of extruded items (e.g., mounting rails and wire ducts) and the lateral boundary lines of the 3D object generated from the basic outline will be displayed. Disabling this setting will accelerate the output of complex 2D drilling views, but will impair the quality of the illustration of the items. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWSILOUETTES |
| 36514 |
Model view: Rotation |
Model view |
Rotates the content of the model view by 90°, 180° or 270° counterclockwise. This can be useful in order to make optimum use of highly-formatted model views on pages in landscape orientation. The border of the model view is not rotated. Texts in a model view that is rotated by 90° are rotated by the same angle. The exception are property texts to be read from the right. For them to remain legible, they are rotated by -90°. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_ORIENTATION |
| 36515 |
Model view: Display freely routed cables |
Model view |
If this property is activated, freely routed cables are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed cables are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DISPLAY_FREE_ROUTED_CABLES |
| 36516 |
Model view: Display freely routed wires |
Model view |
If this property is activated, freely routed cable connections / wires are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed cable connections / wires are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_FREE_ROUTED_CONNECTIONS |
| 36517 |
Model view: Display freely routed hose lines |
Model view |
If this property is activated, freely routed hose lines are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed hose lines are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_ROUTED_HOSE_ASSEMBLY |
| 36518 |
Model view: Display freely routed hoses |
Model view |
If this property is activated, freely routed hoses are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed hoses are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_FREE_ROUTED_HOSES |
| 36519 |
Show drilling pattern |
Model view |
If this property is activated, the drill holes on the copper item are displayed in the unfold. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWDRILLINGS |
| 36520 |
Show bending line |
Model view |
If this property is activated, the bending lines of the individual bending positions are displayed as solid lines in the unfold. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBENDINGLINES |
| 36521 |
Show bending extents |
Model view |
If this property is activated, the bending extents of the individual bending positions are displayed as dotted lines in the unfold. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBENDINGAREA |
| 36522 |
Show bending note |
Model view |
If this property is activated, the information regarding the bending direction, bending angle and bending radius is displayed as texts on the bending lines. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBENDINGHINT |
| 36523 |
Model view: Display freely routed pipes |
Model view |
If this property is activated, freely routed pipes are also displayed in the model view. If the property is deactivated, freely routed pipes are not displayed. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_DISPLAY_FREE_ROUTED_PIPES |
| 36524 |
Model view: Edge width |
Model view |
With this property you can set the width of the edge lines in the model view, 2D drilling view and copper unfold to a fixed value, for example 0.5 mm. During zooming and at scale changes the line width is adapted correspondingly. During PDF export the edge lines are output with the specified width. If no value is entered, the line thickness amounts to one pixel. |
Data |
Coordinates (only X or Y) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_EDGE_WIDTH |
| 36525 |
Model view: Do not automatically rotate texts from layout space |
Model view |
If the property is activated, the property texts are aligned according to the definition in the layout space and the rotation of the view. If this property is deactivated, property texts are generated readable norm-compliant from below or the left in the model view. The setting only affects property texts that are transferred from the layout space. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_TEXTDIRECTION_LIKE_IN_3D |
| 36526 |
Model view: Display item edges in black |
Model view |
If this property is activated, the display items in the model view are displayed in black. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMG_VIEWPLACEMENT_SHOWBLACKWIHTE |
| 36600 |
Deleted object: Name |
Deletion markers |
Shows the name of the deleted object at a deletion marker at the time of deletion, e.g. the DT for a function or the page names for a page. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTNAME |
| 36601 |
Deleted object: Type |
Deletion markers |
Shows the type of deleted object at a deletion marker, e.g., function, structure box, page, etc. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTTYPE |
| 36602 |
User name |
Deletion markers |
Shows, at the deletion marker, the name of the user who deleted the object. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_USER |
| 36603 |
Delete date |
Deletion markers |
Shows the time (time and date), at the deletion marker, at which the object was deleted. The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_TIME |
| 36604 |
Associated revision name |
Deletion markers |
Outputs the name of the associated project revision at the deletion marker for the deleted page. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION_NAME |
| 36605 |
Deleted object (further): Name |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the name of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the name of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the name of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The name of the last deleted object is output to the "Deleted object: name" property (ID 36600).) |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTNAME_HIST |
| 36606 |
Deleted object (further): Type |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the types of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the type of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the type of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The type of the last deleted object is output to the "Deleted object: type" property (ID 36601).) |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_OBJECTTYPE_HIST |
| 36607 |
User name (further) |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the user name of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the user name of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the user name of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The user name of the last deleted object is output to the "User name" property (ID 36602).) |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_USER_HIST |
| 36608 |
Delete date (further) |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the delete date of the other deleted objects which were placed at the same place as the deletion marker. In other words, the delete date of the second deleted object is output using the index [1]; the delete date of the third deleted object is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted object has the highest index value. (The delete date of the last deleted object is output to the "Delete date" property (ID 36603).) The time is output in the local time of the user in accordance with the set time zone. |
Revision |
Time / Date |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_TIME_HIST |
| 36609 |
Associated revision name (further) |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the associated project revision name of the other deleted pages which are entered at the deletion marker. In other words, the associated project revision name of the second deleted page is output using the index [1]; the associated project revision name of the third deleted page is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted page has the highest index value. (The associated project revision name of the first deleted page is output to the "Associated project revision name" property (ID 36604).) |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION_NAME_HIST |
| 36610 |
Associated project revision |
Deletion markers |
Outputs the internal index value of the associated project revision at the deletion marker for the deleted page. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION |
| 36611 |
Associated project revision (further) |
Deletion markers |
Using the index, this property outputs the associated project revision of the other deleted pages which are entered at the deletion marker. In other words, the associated project revision of the second deleted page is output using the index [1]; the associated project revision of the third deleted page is output using the index [2] etc. The first deleted page has the highest index value. (The associated project revision of the first deleted page is output to the "Associated project revision" property (ID 36610).) |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_PROJECTREVISION_HIST |
| 36614 |
Deleted object: Revision index |
Deletion markers |
Text for identifying a deleted object. The text can be entered directly while deleting the object when the "Always prompt for description of page modification" project setting is enabled. The text can be edited later in the property dialog of the deletion marker. |
Revision |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_REVISION_LOG_NAME |
| 36615 |
Deleted object: Revision description (change tracking) |
Deletion markers |
Revision description for a deleted object. The text can be entered directly while deleting the object when the "Always prompt for description of page modification" project setting is enabled. The text can be edited later in the property dialog of the deletion marker. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_REVISION_LOG_DESCRIPTION |
| 36616 |
Deleted object: Reason for revision change (change tracking) |
Deletion markers |
Revision change reason for a deleted object. The text can be entered directly while deleting the object when the "Always prompt for description of page modification" project setting is enabled. The text can be edited later in the property dialog of the deletion marker. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_REVISION_LOG_CHANGE |
| 36617 |
Defined working section |
Deletion markers |
The property is used during the revisioning of defined working sections. Displays the name of the defined working section to which the page belongs in the Deleted pages dialog. |
Revision |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMDELETEDOBJECTINFO_EDITINGAREA |
| 36700 |
Protected group: Part number |
Protected group |
|
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPROTECTEDGROUP_PARTNR |
| 40321 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 1 |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_1 |
| 40322 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 2 |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_2 |
| 40323 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 3 |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_3 |
| 40324 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 4 |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_4 |
| 40325 |
Safety-related values: Hierarchy level 5 |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Safety-relevant use cases can be structured hierarchically. The selection criteria that must be combined for a use case are entered in hierarchy levels. There are five hierarchy levels. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_HIERARCHY_5 |
| 40326 |
Safety-related values: Input (Collect) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Function range of safety function: Input (Collect). This can be realized via a sensor, for example. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_INPUT |
| 40327 |
Safety-related values: Output (React) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Function range of safety function: Output (React). This can be realized via an actuator, for example. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_OUTPUT |
| 40328 |
Safety-related values: Logic (Generate report) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Function range of safety function: Logic (Generate report). |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_LOGIC |
| 40329 |
Safety-related values: PL |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Indicates the ability of safety-relevant parts of a control to carry out a safety function under foreseeable conditions (short for "Performance Level"). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_PL |
| 40330 |
Safety-related values: SIL CL |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
SIL limit (short for "Safety Integrity Level Claim Limit"). The safety integrity level SIL (short for "Safety Integrity Level") specifies the requirements of the safety functions of a control system. Level 1 denotes the lowest requirements; Level 4 the highest. The SIL limit is the maximum SIL required for a subsystem. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_SILCL |
| 40331 |
Safety-related values: PFHD |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Average probability of a dangerous failure (short for "Probability of Dangerous Failure per Hour"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_PFHD |
| 40332 |
Safety-related values: TMT1 |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Duration of use, Mission Time; proof-test interval. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_TMT1 |
| 40333 |
Safety-related values: MTTFD |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Median time to the dangerous event (short for "Mean Time To Dangerous Failure"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_MTTFD |
| 40334 |
Safety-related values: Lambda-D |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Rate of dangerous failures. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_LAMBDAD |
| 40335 |
Safety-related values: MTTF |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Median time to the event (short for "Mean Time To Failure"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_MTTF |
| 40336 |
Safety-related values: MTBF |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Median time between two failures (short for "Mean Time Between Failures"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_MTBF |
| 40337 |
Safety-related values: RDF |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Percentage of dangerous failures relative to all failures (short for "Ratio of Dangerous to all Failures"). |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_RDF |
| 40338 |
Safety-related values: B10 |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Mean number of cycles up to which 10% of the components have failed. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_B10 |
| 40339 |
Safety-related values: B10 D |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types)
Safety-related value |
Mean number of cycles up to which 10% of the components have failed dangerously. |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLE_SAFETYRELATED_B10D |
| 40340 |
Used drilling pattern: Name |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Outputs the name of the used drilling pattern. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_CONSTRUCTION_NAME |
| 40342 |
Sorting of part on terminal strip |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Sort code for the order of the alignable accessories on the terminal strip. The value is assigned in accordance with the order of the accessory parts in the dialog Edit terminal strip. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_TERMINALSORTCODE |
| 40343 |
Trade of part reference |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_CRAFT |
| 40344 |
Subtrade of part reference |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_SUBCRAFT |
| 40345 |
Safety-related values: Use case in use |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Indicates the use case that is used for the safety-related values of a part. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_USED_SAFETYRELATEDVALUE |
| 40346 |
Safety-related values: Use case in use (name) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Indicates the use case that is used for the safety-related values of a part. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_USED_SAFETYRELATEDVALUE_NAME |
| 40347 |
Harness proD GUID |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
In this property Harness proD stores references to its own objects during the data exchange. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
ARTICLEREF_HARNESSPROD_GUID |
| 40348 |
AutomationML GUID (accessories) |
Part reference
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
In this property the GUIDs for accessory parts are stored in AutomationML AR APC format during the PLC data exchange. All parts that are entered at the positions 2 to 50 on the Parts tab in the property dialog of a main function are considered to be accessories. The GUID is generated automatically and should normally not be modified manually. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
ARTICLEREF_AML_GUID |
| 44001 |
Segment definition: Name (identifying) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning)
Pipe class
Substance |
Identifying name of the segment definition, e.g., "Eplan.Base.Component.Common". |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DEFINITIONNAME |
| 44002 |
Display format: Segment name |
Segment definition (pre-planning) |
Format for displayed name, define at the segment definition, and displayed at the planning objects / structure segments. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_DISPLAYNAME_FORMAT |
| 44003 |
Segment definition: Displayed name |
Segment definition (pre-planning) |
Displayed name of segment definition, e.g., "Planning object general". |
Formats |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_NAME |
| 44004 |
Designation |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Name of the structure segment or planning object. This name is identifying on a structure level in the space. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DESIGNATION |
| 44005 |
Description (Segment) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Description of the structure segment or planning object (multi-lingual). |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DESCRIPTION |
| 44006 |
Technical description |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
You can enter any characteristic and particular features (multi-lingual). Is used for output in reports.
Example: Three-phase motor 11 kW; star-delta control; one direction. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_TECHNICAL_DESCRIPTION |
| 44007 |
Documents |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Any external documents can be stored at a planning object or structure segment. You can output these documents in the reports as hyperlinks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DOCUMENTS |
| 44008 |
Macro |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
At each planning object in the tree view of the pre-planning navigator, a macro can be entered that contains parts of the circuit or the entire circuit. This macro is used when creating the detailed planning. The property is also taken into consideration during the export and import of pre-planning data for external editing as well as during the pre-planning import. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_MACRO |
| 44009 |
Designation (full) |
Segment template (pre-planning)
Segment (pre-planning)
Part reference (summarized representation types) |
Shows the full designation from the top structure level in the tree up to this planning object. In the P&I diagram the property shows the complete designation of the PCT loop / PCT loop function including the structure identifiers of all the superior segments. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_FULLDESIGNATION |
| 44010 |
Power consumption |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
The power consumption necessary to operate this planning object. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_POWER_REQUIREMENT |
| 44011 |
Total power consumption |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Displays the total of the required power consumption that was estimated for the realization of the current segment. To this purpose the required power consumption of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_POWER_REQUIREMENT_TOTAL |
| 44012 |
Expenditure planning |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
The necessary time spent until the planning of this planning object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLANNINGTIME |
| 44013 |
Total expenditure planning |
Segment (pre-planning) |
It displays the total of the time that was estimated for the planning of the current segment. To this purpose the required times of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLANNINGTIME_TOTAL |
| 44014 |
Expenditure construction |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
The necessary time spent to build this planning object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_BUILDINGTIME |
| 44015 |
Total expenditure construction |
Segment (pre-planning) |
It displays the total of the time that was estimated for building the current segment. To this purpose the required times of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_BUILDINGTIME_TOTAL |
| 44016 |
Expenditure software |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
The necessary time spent to program this planning object. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PROGRAMMINGTIME |
| 44017 |
Total expenditure software |
Segment (pre-planning) |
It displays the total of the time that was estimated for the programming of the current segment. To this purpose the required times of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PROGRAMMINGTIME_TOTAL |
| 44018 |
Calculation value |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Estimated value that is required to realize the current planning object (for example an estimated price for a loop). |
Data |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PRICE |
| 44019 |
Total calculation value |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Displays the total of the calculation values that were estimated for the realization of the current segment. To this purpose the calculation values of the current segment (at a planning object) and of all the planning objects lying below this segment are added up. The property is available in reports. |
No category |
Decimal number |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PRICE_TOTAL |
| 44020 |
PLC address: Direction |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter the direction here (input, output, undefined). The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Integer |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_DIRECTION |
| 44021 |
PLC address: Data type |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the data type here. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_DATATYPE |
| 44022 |
PLC address: CPU |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the processor to which the PLC connection point is assigned. A CPU is uniquely identified by specification of the CPU name in the form [Configuration project].[Station ID].[CPU identifier]. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_CPU |
| 44023 |
PLC address: Address |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the PLC address. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_ADDRESS |
| 44024 |
PLC address: Symbolic address |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the symbolic address. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS |
| 44025 |
PLC address: Function text |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the function text. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_FUNCTIONTEXT |
| 44026 |
Level in tree |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Indicates the hierarchy level of the planning object or structure segment in the tree view of the pre-planning navigator. The top level (directly below the project) has the value "1"; for the levels below, the value is incremented. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_TREELEVEL |
| 44027 |
Pre-planning item number |
Segment (pre-planning) |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_POSITIONNUMBER |
| 44028 |
Total number of digital PLC inputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the digital PLC inputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DIGITAL_PLCINPUT_COUNT |
| 44029 |
Total number of digital PLC outputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the digital PLC outputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DIGITAL_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT |
| 44030 |
Total number of analog PLC inputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the analog PLC inputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_ANALOG_PLCINPUT_COUNT |
| 44031 |
Total number of analog PLC outputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the analog PLC outputs for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects and (in accordance with the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_ANALOG_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT |
| 44032 |
Structure identifier (Segment) |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies all structure identifiers including preceding sign entered at the structure segment or planning object, provided they have a value. No preceding sign is displayed for empty structure identifiers. For example, instead of the string "==A1+-", only "==A1" is displayed. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_ALLSTRUCTUREPARTS |
| 44033 |
Structure identifiers without separators |
Segment definition (pre-planning) |
If this property is activated, same-type structure identifiers of nested segments are combined without separators.
Example: A segment has the structure identifier "=A1" and the subordinate segment "=12". In the full designation of the subordinate segment, "=A112" is displayed if the property is activated; otherwise, "=A1.12". |
Formats |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_NO_STRUCTUREDELIMITER |
| 44034 |
Do not check for pre-planning depth |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Indicates that the structure segment or planning object is not taken into account in the error checking for the pre-planning depth. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_IGNORE_MANDATORY_PROPERTY_VERIFICATION |
| 44035 |
Technical facility |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
"Technical facility" component of the designation of a PCT loop / PCT loop function. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_IDENTIFIER |
| 44036 |
Measurand |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
"Measurand" component of the designation of a PCT loop / PCT loop function. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_MEASURAND |
| 44037 |
Processing function |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
"Processing function" component of the designation of a PCT loop / PCT loop function. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_FUNCTION |
| 44038 |
Number |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
"Number" component of the designation of a PCT loop / PCT loop function. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_NUMBER |
| 44039 |
Basic segment definition: Name (identifying) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning)
Pipe class
Substance |
Identifying name of the basic segment definition, e.g., "Eplan.Base.StructureNode". |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_BASEDEFINITIONNAME |
| 44040 |
Pre-planning finished |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Indicates that the structure segment or planning object is ready for the detailed planning. |
Settings |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLANNING_COMPLETE |
| 44041 |
Segment definition: Displayed name |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning)
Pipe class
Substance |
Displayed name of segment definition, e.g., "Planning object general". |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DEFINITIONDISPLAYNAME |
| 44042 |
Basic segment definition: Displayed name |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning)
Pipe class
Substance |
Displayed name of the basic segment definition, e.g., "Structure segment" or "Planning object". |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_BASEDEFINITIONDISPLAYNAME |
| 44043 |
Implementation |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Realization from the PCT type. The following values are possible:
0 = General
1 = PCS
2 = Process computer
3 = PLC. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_IMPLEMENTATION |
| 44044 |
Activation site |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Activation site from the PCT type. The following values are possible:
0 = On-site
1 = Measuring station
2 = Control room
3 = Measuring station (not visible)
4 = Control room (not visible). |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PCT_LOCATION |
| 44045 |
Segment definition: Preceding sign |
Segment definition (pre-planning) |
Enter here the character that is displayed in front of the designation of a segment with this segment definition in the Full designation property. If this field is empty, a space is used by default. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_PREFIX |
| 44046 |
Segment definition: Preceding sign also at the beginning |
Segment definition (pre-planning) |
If this check box is enabled, the preceding sign of a segment with this segment definition is always displayed in the full designation. The preceding sign is displayed also if a segment forms a top hierarchy level in the tree structure and its designation is at the beginning of the full designation.
If the check box is deactivated, the preceding sign will be hidden if the segment in question is at the beginning of the full designation. This is the default setting. |
Formats |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_BEGINWITHPREFIX |
| 44047 |
PLC address: Workstation |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the station to which the PLC connection point is assigned. (A CPU is identified uniquely through the specification of the configuration project, station ID, and CPU name.) The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_STATION |
| 44048 |
PLC address: Configuration project |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Enter here the configuration project to which the PLC connection point is assigned. (A CPU is identified uniquely through the specification of the configuration project, station ID, and CPU name.) The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_CONFIGURATIONPROJECT |
| 44049 |
Segment template: Description |
Segment template (pre-planning)
Pipe class
Substance |
Displayed name of the segment template. |
General |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLASPECIFICATION_DESCRIPTION |
| 44050 |
Segment template: Name (identifying) |
Segment template (pre-planning)
Pipe class
Substance |
Identifying name of the segment template. The segment template is managed in Eplan under this name. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLASPECIFICATION_NAME |
| 44051 |
Segment template |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Segment template of the planning object or structure segment. |
General |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SPECIFICATIONNAME |
| 44052 |
PLC address: Symbolic address (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Specify a (unique) single component of the symbolic address for each input and output. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. These single components are used to determine the symbolic address and are attached to the single components of the symbolic address that was entered at the superior segments. The automatically determined symbolic address thus results as a combination of the single components that were entered at the current planning object and at all the superior segments. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS_PART |
| 44053 |
Symbolic address (single component) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
At segments, a single component of the symbolic address can be entered. These single components are linked at the PLC inputs and outputs of the planning objects starting with the top node and provide the automatically determined symbolic address. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SYMBOLICADDRESS_PART |
| 44054 |
User-defined property: Name |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
This property can be used in reports and displays the name of a user-defined property. Up to 100 properties can be differentiated by using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_USERPROPERTY_NAME |
| 44055 |
User-defined property: Value |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
This property can be used in reports and displays the value of the associated user-defined property with the same index. Up to 100 properties can be differentiated by using the index. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_USERPROPERTY_VALUE |
| 44056 |
Hook-up |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Displays the first assembly part from the "Hook-up" product group that is entered in the properties dialog of the planning object or of the segment template in the Part tab. |
Part |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_HOOKUP |
| 44057 |
Usage count |
Segment template (pre-planning) |
This property can be used in reports and shows for a segment template the number of planning objects to which the segment template is assigned. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLASPECIFICATION_OBJECT_COUNT |
| 44059 |
Total number of PLC counter inputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the PLC counter inputs (meaning PLC inputs identified as counters) for the current planning object and the subordinate planning objects (same as the tree structure in the pre-planning navigator). |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCCOUNTER_COUNT |
| 44060 |
Relevant to safety |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
The property can be displayed in the P&I diagram at the placed measuring points or consumers and serves to represent PCT tasks in accordance with the standard DIN EN 62424. This property is additionally available at planning objects and containers. On the basis of the symbols displayed in the graphical editor you can recognize whether a placed measuring point or consumer is relevant to safety, or GMP- or quality-relevant. The property can be output in the reports, during the manufacturing data export and it can also be output in the block properties for the planning objects. In the navigators for pre-planning you can use the property as a filter criterion or display it in the list view as a column. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SAFETY_RELEVANT |
| 44061 |
GMP-relevant |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
The property can be displayed in the P&I diagram at the placed measuring points or consumers and serves to represent PCT tasks in accordance with the standard DIN EN 62424. This property is additionally available at planning objects and containers. GMP stands for "Good Manufacturing Practice". On the basis of the symbols displayed in the graphical editor you can recognize whether a placed measuring point or consumer is relevant to safety, or GMP- or quality-relevant. The property can be output in the reports, during the manufacturing data export and it can also be output in the block properties for the planning objects. In the navigators for pre-planning you can use the property as a filter criterion or display it in the list view as a column. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_GMP_RELEVANT |
| 44062 |
Quality-relevant |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
The property can be displayed in the P&I diagram at the placed measuring points or consumers and serves to represent PCT tasks in accordance with the standard DIN EN 62424. This property is additionally available at planning objects and containers. On the basis of the symbols displayed in the graphical editor you can recognize whether a placed measuring point or consumer is relevant to safety, or GMP- or quality-relevant. The property can be output in the reports, during the manufacturing data export and it can also be output in the block properties for the planning objects. In the navigators for pre-planning you can use the property as a filter criterion or display it in the list view as a column. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_QUALITY_RELEVANT |
| 44063 |
Linked segments: Name |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows at a segment which other segments are linked to this segment through links. Up to 100 links can be differentiated by using the index. The complete designation of the linked segment is displayed as a value. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 100 |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_LINK_CHILD_NAME |
| 44064 |
PLC address: Counter |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. Specify a (unique) single component of the symbolic address for each input and output. The individual PLC inputs and outputs are differentiated via the index, with a maximum of 50. These single components are used to determine the symbolic address and are attached to the single components of the symbolic address that was entered at the superior segments. The automatically determined symbolic address thus results as a combination of the single components that were entered at the current planning object and at all the superior segments. |
PLC data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_COUNTER |
| 44065 |
Designation (visible) |
Segment (pre-planning) |
By means of this property you can have a "reduced" designation displayed at the PCT loops / PCT loop functions which are placed in a structure box in the P&I diagram. In this property the designation of the superior structure box is abbreviated, meaning that the partial structure in which the PCT loop / PCT loop function is located is displayed.
If a PCT loop / PCT loop function belongs to a different structure, a "reduced" designation is displayed. In this case a ">" is displayed before the designation. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_DESIGNATION_VISIBLE |
| 44066 |
Is linked to superior segments |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows whether the current segment is linked to different superior segments. The property can be used for filtering in the pre-planning navigator and in the reports for the pre-planning. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_IS_LINKED |
| 44067 |
Has linked segments |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows whether links to other segments exist below the current segment. The property can be used for filtering in the pre-planning navigator and in the reports for the pre-planning. |
Data |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_HAS_LINKS |
| 44068 |
Documents: File / hyperlink |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
File name or hyperlink of an external document. Any external documents can be stored at a planning object or structure segment. You can output these documents in the reports as hyperlinks. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DOCUMENTS_URL |
| 44069 |
Documents: Designation |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Designation of an external document. Any external documents can be stored at a planning object or structure segment. You can output these documents in the reports as hyperlinks. |
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 20 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_DOCUMENTS_DESIGNATION |
| 44070 |
Source segment |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Source segment of a connection planning object. Like a connection, a connection planning object must have a source and a target. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SOURCE_SEGMENT |
| 44071 |
Target segment |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Target segment of a connection planning object. Like a connection, a connection planning object must have a source and a target. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_TARGET_SEGMENT |
| 44072 |
Pipe class |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
The pipe class specifies the range of application in relation to the pressure and temperature, meaning the maximum permissible pressure at which the piping may be operated at a maximum permissible temperature. When doing this, a pipe class contains a fixed number of pipe items, such as pipes, fittings, flanges, nuts, bolts, and gaskets. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PIPECLASS |
| 44073 |
Part number |
Pipe class |
Shows the part numbers assigned to a piping. The individual parts are addressed via an index. The property can be output in reports, for example. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 1000 |
Yes |
DMPLAPIPECLASS_PARTS |
| 44074 |
Automatically generated |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Indicates whether the segment was generated automatically, and shows the information on the creator:
0 = No
5 = Eplan Engineering Configuration
9 = Import. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_AUTO_CREATED_INFO |
| 44075 |
Nominal pressure level |
Pipe class |
The nominal pressure of a pipe system specifies a reference value. The designation PN ("Pressure Nominal") is used, followed by a whole number without dimensions that indicates the design pressure in bar at room temperature (20° C). The permissible pressure is correspondingly smaller at higher temperatures, depending on the permissible material characteristics (yield point). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAPIPECLASS_PRESSURELEVEL |
| 44076 |
Material |
Pipe class |
|
Data |
Multilingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAPIPECLASS_MATERIAL |
| 44077 |
Standard |
Pipe class |
|
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAPIPECLASS_NORM |
| 44078 |
Substance |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Specifies the substance that is transported through the respective piping in the process engineering (such as "water", "oil", "oxygen"). |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_SUBSTANCE |
| 44079 |
Number of digital PLC inputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the digital PLC inputs for the current planning object. Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_DIGITAL_PLCINPUT_COUNT |
| 44080 |
Number of digital PLC outputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the digital PLC outputs for the current planning object. Digital PLC addresses are such addresses that have the data type "BOOL". This is not case-sensitive. Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_DIGITAL_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT |
| 44081 |
Number of analog PLC inputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the analog PLC inputs for the current planning object. Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_ANALOG_PLCINPUT_COUNT |
| 44082 |
Number of analog PLC outputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the analog PLC outputs for the current planning object. Analog PLC addresses are such addresses that have a data type that is not "BOOL". Inputs and outputs are recognized by the direction of the PLC address. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_ANALOG_PLCOUTPUT_COUNT |
| 44083 |
Number of PLC counter inputs |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Shows the sum of the PLC counter inputs (meaning PLC inputs identified as counters) for the current planning object. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_SEGMENT_PLCCOUNTER_COUNT |
| 44084 |
Macro for pre-planning and P&I diagram |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Macro with the "Pre-planning" and / or "P&I diagram" representation type for the extension of an existing pre-planning with graphical representations and P&I diagram. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLAMACRO |
| 44085 |
Connection: Cross-section / diameter |
Segment (pre-planning) |
Cross-section / Diameter of the connection. |
Data |
Value with unit |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_CROSSSECTION |
| 44086 |
Color for P&I diagram |
Segment (pre-planning) |
In order to recognize in the P&I diagram which containers, PCT loops, pipings etc. are linked with segments in the pre-planning you can color these components and objects in the P&I diagram. With this property you specify the desired color. In addition the settings for the coloring of components and pipings in the P&I diagram must be activated in the project settings for the pre-planning. |
Settings |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PID_COLOR |
| 44087 |
PLC address: Symbolic address: Group |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. With this property you can group areas of symbolic addresses in the assignment list, for example inputs, outputs, safety addresses, etc. The property is used during the PLC data exchange in AutomationML AR APC format. |
PLC data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS_GROUP |
| 44088 |
PLC address: Symbolic address: UDT (name) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. With this property you have the possibility to nestle and manage the symbolic address of the PLC connection point within a user-defined data type. "UDT" stands for "User Defined Type". The property is a monolingual text and is used and exchanged as of the AutomationML AR APC format Version 1.3.0. Entry of a decimal point is not permissible. When using this property you additionally have to specify the data type in the "PLC address: Symbolic address: UDT (data type)" property. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS_UDT |
| 44089 |
PLC address: Symbolic address: UDT (data type) |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
PLC inputs and outputs that are required for controlling can be defined at a planning object. When using the "PLC address: Symbolic address: UDT (name)" property specify the associated user-defined data type here. With these two properties you have the possibility to nestle and manage the symbolic address of the PLC connection point within a user-defined data type. "UDT" stands for "User Defined Type". The property is a monolingual text and is used and exchanged as of the AutomationML AR APC format Version 1.3.0. Entry of a decimal point is not permissible. The actual structure of the UDT is only required in the PLC configuration program and only specified there. |
No category |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
Yes, 50 |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_PLCADDRESS_SYMBOLICADDRESS_UDT_DATATYPE |
| 44090 |
Segment definition: Separator symbolic address |
Segment definition (pre-planning) |
The separator defined here precedes the individual component of a segment in the symbolic address. This allows the individual components of this segment to be differentiated from the individual components of the segments of the other structure levels. In order for a change in the symbolic address to be transferred to all other segments (planning objects, PCT loops) in the pre-planning navigator or to the placed PLC connection points in the schematic, you have to update the detailed planning and in the process select the option Update device tags and symbolic addresses. |
Formats |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_PREFIX_SA |
| 44091 |
Segment definition: No blank space before the number |
Segment definition (pre-planning) |
|
Formats |
Boolean (True / False) |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECTDEFINITION_NUMBER_NO_SPACE |
| 44092 |
Sort code (segments) |
Segment (pre-planning) |
PCT loop functions that are subordinate to a PCT loop can be output by means of this property in reports in the same sequence as they are displayed in the tree view of the pre-planning navigator. You have to select this property as the "Category / property" in the sorting settings in the "Sorting" dialog so that the same sorting takes place in the reports as in the pre-planning navigator. This applies both for reports of the "Pre-planning: Planning object overview" (function lists for building automation to VDI 3814) type and for the export of manufacturing data / labeling data. |
Data |
Integer |
Not defined |
No |
Yes |
DMPLAOBJECT_COUNTER_IN_TREE |
| 44093 |
Macro: Variant |
Segment (pre-planning)
Segment template (pre-planning) |
Specifies the macro variant for the macro specified in the Macro (ID 44008) property at a planning object. The preset macro and the preset variant of this macro are used when creating the detailed planning. The property is also taken into consideration during the export and import of pre-planning data for external editing as well as during the pre-planning import. |
Data |
Monolingual text |
Not defined |
No |
No |
DMPLAOBJECT_MACROVARIANT |